Magnuson-Stevens Act Provisions; Fisheries Off West Coast States; Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery; 2011-2012 Biennial Specifications and Management Measures; Amendment 16-5; and Amendment 23, 67810-67896 [2010-26941]
Download as PDF
67810
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
50 CFR Part 660
[Docket No. 100804324–0489–01]
RIN 0648–BA01
Magnuson-Stevens Act Provisions;
Fisheries Off West Coast States;
Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery;
2011–2012 Biennial Specifications and
Management Measures; Amendment
16–5; and Amendment 23
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule; request for
comments.
AGENCY:
This proposed action would
establish the 2011–2012 harvest
specifications and management
measures for groundfish taken in the
U.S. exclusive economic zone (EEZ) off
the coasts of Washington, Oregon, and
California consistent with the
Magnuson-Stevens Fishery
Conservation and Management Act and
the Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery
Management Plan (PCGFMP). This
action revises the collection of
management measures in the groundfish
fishery regulations that are intended to
keep the total catch of each groundfish
species or species complex within the
harvest specifications. This action also
includes regulations to implement
Amendments 16–5 and 23 to the
PCGFMP. Amendment 16–5 would
revise existing rebuilding plans, create a
new rebuilding plan for Petrale sole,
which was declared overfished on
February 9, 2010, and revise status
determination criteria and a harvest
control rule for flatfish. This action is
consistent with and partially
implements Amendment 23 to the
PCGFMP. Amendment 23 would make
the PCGFMP consistent with the revised
National Standard 1 Guidelines (74 FR
3178, January 16, 2009).
DATES: Comments must be received no
later than 5 p.m., local time on
December 3, 2010.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments,
identified by the RIN number 0648–
BA01, by any of the following methods:
• Electronic Submissions: Submit all
electronic public comments via the
Federal eRulemaking Portal at https://
www.regulations.gov.
• Fax: 206–526–6736, Attn: Becky
Renko.
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
• Mail: William Stelle, Administrator,
Northwest Region, NMFS, 7600 Sand
Point Way, NE., Seattle, WA 98115–
0070, Attn: Becky Renko.
Instructions: All comments received
are a part of the public record and will
generally be posted to https://
www.regulations.gov without change.
All personal identifying information (for
example, name, address, etc.)
voluntarily submitted by the commenter
may be publicly accessible. Do not
submit confidential business
information, or otherwise sensitive or
protected information.
National Marine Fisheries Service
(NMFS) will accept anonymous
comments (enter N/A in the required
fields if you wish to remain
anonymous). Attachments to electronic
comments will be accepted in Microsoft
Word, Excel, WordPerfect, or Adobe
PDF file formats only.
Information relevant to this proposed
rule, which includes a draft
environmental impact statement (DEIS),
a regulatory impact review (RIR), and an
initial regulatory flexibility analysis
(IRFA) are available for public review
during business hours at the office of
the Pacific Fishery Management Council
(Council), at 7700 NE. Ambassador
Place, Portland, OR 97220, phone: 503–
820–2280. Copies of additional reports
referred to in this document may also be
obtained from the Council.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Becky Renko, phone: 206–526–6110,
fax: 206–526–6736, or e-mail:
becky.renko@noaa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Electronic Access
This rule is accessible via the Internet
at the Office of the Federal Register
Web site at https://www.access.gpo.gov/
su_docs/aces/aces140.html. Background
information and documents are
available at the NMFS Northwest Region
Web site at https://www.nwr.noaa.gov/
Groundfish-Halibut/Groundfish-FisheryManagement/index.cfm and at the
Council’s Web site at https://
www.pcouncil.org.
Background
The Pacific Coast Groundfish fishery
is managed under the PCGFMP. The
PCGFMP was prepared by the Council,
approved on July 30, 1984, and was
implemented under the authority of the
Magnuson-Stevens Fishery
Conservation and Management Act
(Magnuson-Stevens Act). Regulations at
50 CFR part 660, subparts C through G,
implement the provisions of the
PCGFMP.
The amount of each Pacific Coast
groundfish species or species complex
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
that is available for harvest in a specific
year is referred to as a harvest
specification. The PCGFMP requires the
harvest specifications and management
measures for groundfish to be set at least
biennially. This proposed rule, which
proposes the Council’s preferred
alternative, would set 2011–2012
harvest specifications and management
measures for the 90-plus groundfish
species or species complexes managed
under the PCGFMP. The groundfish
fishery regulations include a collection
of management measures intended to
keep the total catch of each groundfish
species or species complex within the
harvest specifications. The management
measures would be revised by this
action.
The following groundfish species
have been declared as overfished and
are currently being managed under
rebuilding plans: Bocaccio south of
40°10′ north latitude; canary rockfish;
cowcod south of 40°10′ north latitude;
darkblotched rockfish, Pacific Ocean
Perch (POP), widow rockfish, and
yelloweye rockfish. This action also
updates the existing overfished species
rebuilding plans.
Petrale sole was declared overfished
on February 9, 2010. The proposed
action adds a new rebuilding plan for
petrale sole under Amendment 16–5 to
the PCGFMP. In addition, also under
Amendment 16–5, the proposed action
modifies status determination criteria in
the PCGFMP for flatfish and adds to the
PCGFMP a new precautionary harvest
control rule for flatfish.
On January 16, 2009, NMFS adopted
revisions to its guidelines implementing
Magnuson-Stevens Act National
Standard 1 (74 FR 3178) to prevent and
end overfishing and rebuild fisheries.
The proposed action would implement
a new fishery specification framework
under Amendment 23 to the PCGFMP
including: Overfishing limits (OFLs), an
acceptable biological catch (ABC) that
incorporates a scientific uncertainty
buffer in specifications, annual catch
limits (ACLs), and annual catch targets
(ACTs). These new specifications are
designed to better account for scientific
and management uncertainty and to
prevent overfishing. Amendment 23
also removes dusky and dwarf-red
rockfish from the list of species in the
groundfish fisheries.
On April 29, 2010, the District Court
for the Northern District of California
ruled that the 2009–2010 harvest
specifications for three overfished
species (cowcod, darkblotched, and
yelloweye) violated the MSA and
ordered that NMFS apply its 2008
harvest levels for these species in 2010.
(Natural Resources Defense Council v.
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Locke (N.D. Cal., 2010) here after refered
to as NRDC v. Locke.) On July 8, 2010,
NMFS revised the harvest specifications
for yelloweye rockfish, cowcod and
darkbloched rockfish to be consistent
with the court order (75 FR 38030). The
court further ordered NMFS to publish
new specifications within one year of its
ruling.
This proposed rule is based on the
Council’s final decisions on the 2011
and 2012 biennial specifications and
management measures, and on
Amendment 23 and Amendment 16–5
at its June 2010 meeting. The supporting
rationale described in this proposed rule
is based on the DEIS prepared by the
Council and other documents developed
as part of the Council’s decision
process. NMFS has not made its final
determination regarding its approval of
the two amendments or whether the
proposed specifications are consistent
with the PCGFMP, the MagnusonStevens Act, and other applicable law,
including the April 29, 2010 Court
Order on Remedy in NRDC v. Locke.
Specification and Management
Measure Development Process
The process for setting the 2011 and
2012 biennial harvest specifications
began in 2009 with the preparation of
stock assessments. A stock assessment is
the scientific and statistical process
where the status of a fish population or
subpopulation (stock) is assessed in
terms of population size, reproductive
status, fishing mortality, and
sustainability. In the terms of the
PCGFMP, stock assessments generally
provide: (1) An estimate of the current
biomass (reproductive potential); (2) an
FMSY or proxy (a default harvest rate for
the fishing mortality rate that is
expected to achieve the maximum
sustainable yield), translated into
exploitation rate; (3) an estimate of the
biomass that produces the maximum
sustainable yield (BMSY); and, (4) a
precision estimate (e.g., confidence
interval) for current biomass estimate.
Each stock assessment is prepared by a
stock assessment scientist then
reviewed by the Council’s stock
assessment review panel (STAR—The
STAR panel is a key part of a process
designed to review the technical merits
of stock assessments and is responsible
for determining if a stock assessment
document is sufficiently complete) and
the Council’s Scientific and Statistical
Committee (SSC).
In each biennial period, the Council
and NMFS consider a number of full
stock assessments, where each stock
assessment model is critically examined
and possibly updated. They also use
stock assessment updates to update an
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
existing assessment by incorporating the
most recent data. A stock assessment
update must carry forward the
fundamental structure from the model
that was previously reviewed and
endorsed by a STAR panel. Stock
assessment updates are prepared for
stocks that have been determined to
have a stable model approach to data
analysis and modeling.
For overfished stocks a rebuilding
analysis is also prepared. The rebuilding
analysis is used to project the status of
the overfished resource into the future
under a variety of alternative harvest
strategies to determine the probability of
recovering to BMSY (or its proxy) within
a specified time-frame. Minimum
requirements for rebuilding analyses for
routine situations have been established
by the SSC and are applied with
computer package developed by Dr
´
Andre Punt (University of Washington).
The SSC encourages analysts to explore
alternative calculations and projections
that may more accurately capture
uncertainties in stock rebuilding and
which may better represent stockspecific concerns. In the event of a
discrepancy between the calculations
´
resulting from Dr Andre Punt’s program,
the SSC groundfish subcommittee will
review the issue and recommend which
results to use. The SSC also encourages
explicit consideration of uncertainty in
projections of stock rebuilding,
including comparisons of alternative
states of nature using decision tables to
quantify the impact of model
uncertainty. The rebuilding analyses
include: An estimation of B0 (the
unfished biomass and hence BMSY or its
proxy); the selection of a method to
generate future recruitment; the
specification of the mean generation
time; a calculation of the minimum
possible rebuilding time (TMIN); and, the
identification and analysis of alternative
harvest strategies and rebuilding times.
At the Council’s June, September and
November 2009 meetings, new stock
assessments, stock assessment updates
and rebuilding analyses were made
available to the Council as was an SSC
report on whether the SSC considered
the documents to be the ‘‘best available
science’’ suitable for use in setting
biennial harvest specifications. The
Council considered the information
brought forward from its advisory
bodies and public comment before
approving the new stock assessments,
stock assessment updates and
rebuilding analyses for setting the 2011
and 2012 biennial harvest
specifications.
The biennial harvest specifications
and management measures are
developed over the course of three
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67811
Council meetings. At its November 2009
meeting the Council recommended an
initial range of harvest specifications
and management measures based on the
new stock assessments, new rebuilding
analyses, recommendations of its
advisory bodies, and public comment.
Using the Council’s initial harvest
specifications and management measure
recommendations, the Council’s
advisory bodies developed initial
alternatives for a draft Environmental
Impact Statement (EIS).
A holistic or integrated approach was
taken in the development of alternatives
in the Draft EIS for this action. The
newly adopted rebuilding analyses were
used to develop a range of alternatives
driven by the annual catch limits (ACLs)
for overfished species. The interrelated
nature of the Pacific Coast groundfish
stocks makes the consideration of
holistic alternatives necessary. The
degree of interaction between overfished
species and other stocks is such that
‘‘rebuilding as quickly as possible while
taking into account the needs of fishing
communities’’ is not possible based
solely on a species-by species approach.
At its April 2010, meeting, the
Council made recommendations on
overfishing limits (OFLs) for all
groundfish stocks and stock complexes.
At this same meeting, the Council made
recommendations on preferred 2011 and
2012 acceptable biological catches
(ABCs) that incorporate scientific
uncertainty buffers for all groundfish
stocks and stock complexes, and
preferred 2011 and 2012 ACLs for all
non-overfished groundfish stocks and
stock complexes. A preliminary analysis
of the holistic alternatives relative to the
biological and socio-economic
environment and consistent with the
requirements of NEPA was further
developed and made available to the
public, the Council, and the Council’s
advisory bodies prior to the June 2010
meeting. Additional information that
further refined the analysis was
provided at the Council’s June meeting.
At its June 2010 meeting, the Council
considered the holistic alternatives, the
analysis, reports provides by its
advisory bodies and public comment
before making final recommendations
on the groundfish harvest specifications,
rebuilding plan revisions for overfished
groundfish species, and groundfish
fishery management measures.
The alternative actions considered by
the Council were consistent with the
harvest specification framework
proposed under Amendment 23 to the
PCGFMP, which contemplates setting
an OFL, an ABC that incorporates a
scientific uncertainty buffer, and an
ACL for each groundfish stock and stock
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67812
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
complex. A final decision regarding
approval of Amendment 23 is expected
by January 1, 2011. The alternative
actions considered by the Council were
also consistent with Amendments 20
and 21 to the PCGFMP which were
approved August 9, 2010 and which are
expected to be fully implemented by
January 1, 2011. The components of
these PCGFMP amendments and the
relationship of each to the biennial
harvest specifications are further
discussed below.
Decision Process
To best inform the decision process,
an analysis was prepared that contrasted
the Council’s preliminary preferred
alternative against the other alternatives
relative to the Council’s stated goals and
objectives for rebuilding. The Council’s
goals and objectives for rebuilding plans
are identified in section 4.5.3.1 of the
PCGFMP: ‘‘The overall goals of
rebuilding programs are to (1) achieve
the population size and structure that
will support the maximum sustainable
yield within a specified time period that
is as short as possible, taking into
account the status and biology of the
stock, the needs of fishing communities,
and the interaction of the stock of fish
within the marine ecosystem; (2)
minimize, to the extent practicable, the
adverse social and economic impacts
associated with rebuilding, including
adverse impacts on fishing
communities; (3) fairly and equitably
distribute both the conservation burdens
(overfishing restrictions) and recovery
benefits among commercial,
recreational, and charter fishing sectors;
(4) protect the quantity and quality of
habitat necessary to support the stock at
healthy levels in the future; and (5)
promote widespread public awareness,
understanding and support for the
rebuilding program.’’ These overall goals
are derived from and consistent with the
requirements of the Magnuson-Stevens
Act. The first goal mirrors MagnusonStevens Act National Standard 1 and the
requirements for rebuilding overfished
stocks found at Magnuson-Stevens Act
section 304(e)(4)(A). The second goal, to
minimize adverse impacts to fishing
communities is required by MagnusonStevens Act National Standard 8. The
third goal is required by MagnusonStevens Act section 304(e)(4)(B). The
fourth and fifth goals represent
additional policy preferences of the
Council that recognize the importance
of habitat protection to the rebuilding of
some fish stocks and the desire for
public outreach and education on the
complexities—biological, economic, and
social issue—involved with rebuilding
overfished stocks.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
Each rebuilding analysis is based on
parameters from the stock assessment
and projects the future status of the
stock based on the rebuilding
alternatives being considered by the
Council using Monte Carlo simulation
techniques. There is considerable
scientific uncertainty involved with
these projections, which the rebuilding
analysis expresses as the probability of
the stock being rebuilt in any given year.
The rebuilding analysis estimates the
shortest time to rebuild, referred to as
TMIN. TMIN is the time it takes to rebuild
the stock, with a 50 percent probability,
if all fishing caused mortality is ceased.
The Council’s policy for rebuilding is
established with a TTARGET. TTARGET is
the year in which the Council expects
the stock to rebuild with at least a 50
percent probability under the chosen
rebuilding strategy. A particular
TTARGET is determined by the
productivity of the stock, its current
status (a.k.a, ‘‘status and biology’’), and
the allowable harvest associated with a
particular rebuilding strategy. The target
abundance for rebuilding is the biomass
level that produces maximum
sustainable yield (BMSY).
Section 304(e)(4) of the MagnusonStevens Act provides: That any fishery
management plan, plan amendment, or
proposed regulations for rebuilding an
overfished fishery shall—‘‘(A) specify a
time period for rebuilding the fishery
that shall—(i) be as short as possible,
taking into account the status and
biology of any overfished stocks of fish,
the needs of fishing communities,
recommendations by international
organizations in which the United
States participates, and the interaction
of the overfished stock of fish within the
marine ecosystem; and (ii) not exceed
10 years, except in cases where the
biology of the stock of fish, other
environmental conditions, or
management measures under an
international agreement in which the
United States participates dictates
otherwise’’.
Because so many of the groundfish
stocks are intermixed in different
proportions, making adjustments to
protect one stock may increase the
impacts on other stocks. The Council’s
integrated rebuilding strategy, when
taking into account the biology of the
stocks and the needs of the fishing
communities, centers on pushing
fishing effort off of the more sensitive
rebuilding species and on to the less
sensitive rebuilding species (i.e., off of
species with longer rebuilding times
and onto species able to rebuild more
quickly). This concept was adopted in
Amendment 16–4 to the PCGFMP as the
best way of taking into account the
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
biology of the stocks and the needs of
fishing communities in a holistic
fashion that simultaneously considers
all rebuilding species and groundfish
sectors.
Section 4.5.3.2 of the PCGFMP
provides the following general guidance
on the needs of the fishing
communities: ‘‘Fishing communities
need a sustainable fishery that: Is safe,
well-managed, and profitable; provides
jobs and incomes; contributes to the
local social fabric, culture, and image of
the community; and helps market the
community and its services and
products.’’
The rockfish rebuilding plans are
challenging as overfished rockfish
indirectly affect fishing opportunities by
constraining the harvest of target stocks;
they affect multiple commercial and
recreational fishery sectors; it is difficult
to lessen fishing impacts on one
rockfish species without affecting
another; some rockfish populations are
so slow growing that even small
increases in the long-term harvest rate
can delay rebuilding for a number of
years. The Council has approached this
challenging situation using a
comprehensive approach to analyzing
rebuilding alternatives and impacts to
fishing communities.
Because the rebuilding results in
revenue losses in the short-term and
often in the medium-term, the
communities that bear the greatest
short-term and medium-term revenue
impact are those most dependent on
groundfish and the least resilient. To
avoid disastrous short-term
consequences for fishing communities,
harvest levels above the TMIN level were
considered. The harvest specifications
and management measures in the
Council’s preliminary preferred and
final preferred alternatives considered
were generally similar to those in place
at the start of 2010, with some increased
opportunity to the California
recreational and nearshore fixed gear
fisheries south of 40°10’ north latitude.
The remaining alternatives
recommended for analysis by the
Council were more restrictive, to
provide a meaningful analysis of the
shortest time possible to rebuild
overfished stocks.
In its recommendations for overfished
species rebuilding plans and groundfish
harvest specifications and management
measures for 2011 and 2012, the
Council was clear that it did not expect
fishing community needs (described in
Section 4.5.3.2 of the PCGFMP) could be
met by the rebuilding plans and
management measures being
recommended. While the Council could
not meet the needs of fishing
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
communities, the Council took them
into account as directed by the
Magnuson-Stevens Act and
recommended harvest specifications
and management measures that could
allow fishing businesses and
communities to operate at a level that
could provide for the continued
existence of fishing businesses and
communities. Opportunities for
economic growth or profit would only
be allowed if they were consistent with
the adopted rebuilding policies. The
Council expressed particular interest in
seeing the success of new trawl fishery
management measures (trawl
rationalization) and the expected longterm benefits. The supporting draft EIS
for this action assesses, through the
analysis of integrated rebuilding
alternatives, the needs of groundfish
fishing communities, the dependence of
fishing communities on overfished
species, and the vulnerability of fishing
communities to further near-term
reductions in groundfish harvest.
The Council and fisheries science are
just beginning to consider approaches
for transitioning to ecosystem based
fisheries management. Models for
assessing impacts on the marine
environment are being developed. Given
that this area of marine science is in
development, the respective impact of
the rebuilding alternatives on ecosystem
structure and function cannot be
described by science at this time.
At the start of each biennial
management cycle, NMFS and the
Council establish fishery management
measures that are expected to allow as
much harvest of the healthy species
ACLs as possible without exceeding
allowable harvest levels for co-occurring
overfished species. At the start of the
biennial period, the management
measures are based on the best scientific
information available at the time.
However, as catch data and new
scientific information become available
during the fishing year, NMFS and the
Council’s knowledge may change. Catch
data vary in quality and abundance both
before and during the season, and catch
of the most constraining overfished
species may also occur in fisheries not
managed under the PCGFMP.
Managing a coastwide fishery to
ensure that ACLs of overfished species
are not exceeded is particularly difficult
because of the low ACLs. If new
information received during the season
reveals that total catch is occurring at a
faster pace than initially anticipated,
management action would be needed to
keep the harvest of healthy stocks and
the incidental catch of overfished
species at or below their specified ACLs.
If these inseason adjustments to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
management measures are dramatic,
such as an early closure of a fishery,
then the effects of management actions
on the fishing communities can be
severe. To prevent major inseason
changes in management measures, the
2011–2012 overfished species ACLs
account for management uncertainty in
order to minimize the potential need for
dramatic inseason measures. In other
words, currently available scientific
information is used to design
management measures that are projected
to result in overfished species harvest
levels that are somewhat lower than
their ACLs. In addition, for some
overfished species (yelloweye rockfish
and POP) annual catch targets (ACTs)
have been proposed. ACTs provide an
additional buffer to account for
uncertainty and unexpected occurrences
within the fishery. This additional
measure helps prevent ACLs from being
exceeded. Even with these safeguards,
information that becomes available
during the fishing year from activities
within the fishery and from activities
outside the fishery (i.e. research fishing
mortality) may reveal that previously set
management measures need to be
revised inseason. If that is the case,
management measures will be
appropriately adjusted inseason.
District Court Ruling in NRDC v.
Locke
NRDC challenged the 2009–2010
groundfish harvest specifications (74 FR
9,874, March 6, 2009), asserting that the
harvest specifications for seven
overfished species of Pacific groundfish:
darkblotched rockfish, cowcod,
yelloweye rockfish, canary rockfish,
bocaccio, Pacific Ocean Perch, and
widow rockfish violated the MagnusonStevens Act, 16 U.S.C. 1801–1891, and
the National Environmental Policy Act
of 1969 (NEPA), 42 U.S.C.A. 4321 et seq.
The 2009–2010 harvest specifications
revised the Amendment 16–4 rebuilding
periods for four of the seven overfished
species in accordance with the
PCGFMP’s rebuilding framework. The
Court upheld the integrated approach,
but determined that the 2009–2010
harvest specifications for darkblotched
rockfish, cowcod, and yelloweye
rockfish violated the Magnuson-Stevens
Act by failing to rebuild the species in
as short a time as possible and ordered
the agency to develop, within one year
of the Order, revised rebuilding plans
for those species that are consistent with
the MSA.
With respect to yelloweye rockfish,
the court vacated the OY of 17 metric
tons (mt) for 2009–2010 and established
an OY of 14 mt for 2010, consistent with
the ‘‘ramp down’’ strategy that the
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67813
agency adopted in the 2007–2008
specifications. The court likewise
vacated the 2009–2010 cowcod OY of 4
mt and the darkblotched rockfish OYs of
285 mt and 291 mt for 2009 and 2010
stating that they do not rebuild in time
periods that are as short as possible. For
these two species, the court established
OY levels consistent with the most
recent levels in 2007–2008.
On July 8, 2010, NMFS revised the
harvest specifications for yelloweye
rockfish, cowcod and darkblotched
rockfish to be consistent with the court
order (75 FR 38030) and projected
impacts to darkblotched rockfish in
2010 are being actively managed to
prevent exceeding 290 mt.
The court also agreed with NRDC’s
argument that NMFS’ decisions
regarding the rebuilding plans were
arbitrary and capricious because the
agency relied on economic data from
1998, before any of the species at issue
in the case were declared overfished,
and did not use 2002 data that was
available to it. The court ruled that the
1998 data was not the best available
scientific information, and distorted
current revenue losses by comparing
them to revenues resulting from fishing
losses before fishing was constrained to
rebuild overfished species. The use of
the 1998 data, the court opined,
‘‘weight[ed] the Agency’s analysis in
favor of short-term economic interests
and against conservation, in violation of
the MSA.’’ NMFS used a different
approach in this biennial cycle.
PCGFMP Amendment 23
On January 16, 2009, NMFS
published a final rule in the Federal
Register to implement new
requirements in the Magnuson-Stevens
Reauthorization Act by amending the
National Standard Guidelines (50 CFR
600.310) for National Standard 1.
National Standard guidelines aid in the
development and review of fishery
management plans (plans), plan
amendments, and regulations prepared
by the regional Fishery Management
Councils and the Secretary of
Commerce. National Standard 1
establishes the relationship between
conservation and management
measures, preventing overfishing, and
achieving OY from each stock, stock
complex or fishery. The National
Standard 1 guidelines also address the
classification of stocks within a fishery
management plan, and the new
requirement in the MSRA that fishery
management plans include annual catch
limits (ACLs) to prevent overfishing.
Amendment 23 to the PCGFMP is
intended to modify the harvest
specification framework in the PCGFMP
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67814
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
to be consistent with the revised
National Standard 1 guidelines. An
approval decision on Amendment 23 is
expected prior to January 1, 2011.
Therefore, the harvest specifications
being considered for 2011 and 2012 are
consistent with the provisions of
Amendment 23.
To better account for scientific and
management uncertainty and to prevent
overfishing, the revised National
Standard 1 guidelines introduced new
fishery management concepts including:
OFL, ACL, ACT, and accountability
measures (AMs), and defined the term
ABC. The concept of OY remains in the
PCGFMP as revisions to National
Standard 1 did not alter the definition
of OY.
Under the Amendment 23 framework
the OFL is an estimate of the maximum
amount of annual catch of a stock or
stock complex from all sources
(includes landed and discarded catch)
that does not result in overfishing.
Overfishing occurs whenever a stock or
stock complex is subjected to a rate or
level of fishing mortality that
jeopardizes the stock’s capacity to
produce MSY (an estimate of the largest
long-term average annual catch or yield
that can be taken from each stock under
prevailing ecological and environmental
conditions) on a continuing basis. This
level is also referred to as the maximum
fishing mortality threshold (MFMT) in
the PCGFMP. The OFL is comparable to
the ABC specification used in the
Pacific Coast groundfish fishery from
1999 through 2010.
The term ABC is redefined under
proposed Amendment 23 as an annual
catch specification that is the stock or
stock complex’s OFL reduced by an
amount associated with scientific
uncertainty. Proposed Amendment 23
revises the descriptions of species
categories used in the development of
the ABC. The first category (category 1)
includes those species where relatively
data-rich quantitative stock assessment
can be conducted on the basis of catchat-age, catch-at-length or other data.
OFLs and overfished/rebuilding
thresholds can generally be calculated
for these species. The second category
(category 2) includes species for which
some biological indicators are available,
including a relatively data-poor
quantitative assessment or nonquantitative assessments. The third
category (category 3) includes minor
species which are caught and where the
only available information is on the
landed biomass.
For species that have had relatively
data-rich quantitative stock assessments
prepared (category 1 stocks), the
Council chose to determine ABC based
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
on the SSC-recommended framework
for estimating the relative risk of
overfishing the stock (referred to as the
P* approach). The SSC quantified the
scientific uncertainty in the estimate of
OFL (s) and presented a range of
probabilities of overfishing (P*). Each
P* value links to a corresponding
fraction that is used to reduce the OFL
and to derive an ABC. As the P* value
is reduced, the probability of the ABC
being greater than the ‘‘true’’ OFL
becomes lower. The Council then
determines its preferred level of risk
aversion by selecting an appropriate P*
value. Amendment 23 provides that the
P*-Sigma approach for quantifying
scientific uncertainty will be the default
approach for category 1 species unless
an SSC-recommended method is
adopted by the Council during the
biennial specification process.
For stocks with data-poor stock
assessments or no stock assessments
(category 2 and 3 stocks), proposed
Amendment 23 recognizes that there is
greater scientific uncertainty in the
estimate of OFL. Therefore, the
scientific uncertainty buffer is generally
greater than that recommended for
stocks with quantitative stock
assessments. It may be determined using
straight percentage reductions (25% for
category 2 or 50% for category 3) or
using the P* approach with larger sigma
values. The Council adopted an upper
limit on P* for all three categories of
0.45. For category 2 and 3 species,
Amendment 23 provides that either the
P*-Sigma approach or the straight
percentage reduction from OFL will be
used unless the Council adopts an SSCrecommended approach during the
biennial specification process.
The ACL is a harvest specification set
equal to or below the ABC threshold
which considers conservation
objectives, socio-economic concerns,
management uncertainty and other
factors. All sources of fishing-related
mortality including landings, discard
mortality, and catches in exempted
fishing permit activities are counted
against the ACL. In addition, research
fishing catches are counted against the
ACL. Sector-specific ACLs may be
specified, particularly in cases where a
sector has a formal, long-term allocation
of the harvestable surplus of a stock or
stock complex. The new ACL values are
comparable to the OY specification used
in the Pacific Coast groundfish fishery
from 1999 through 2010.
The ACTs are management targets set
below the ACL to address management
uncertainty. The term ‘‘catch’’ includes
fish that are retained for any purpose, as
well as mortality of fish that are
discarded. Therefore, for fisheries where
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
estimates are not available in a timely
enough manner to manage retained and
discarded catch (bycatch) inseason,
targets may be specified. In addition, a
sector-specific ACT may serve as a
harvest guideline for a sector or used
strategically in a rebuilding plan to
attempt to reduce mortality of an
overfished stock more than the
rebuilding plan limits prescribe. These
targets account for landings and bycatch
estimates such that the total of landings
and bycatch will not exceed the stock or
stock complex’s ACL. Since the annual
catch target is a target and not a limit
it can be used in lieu of harvest
guidelines or strategically to accomplish
other management objectives. Sectorspecific annual catch targets can also be
specified to accomplish management
objectives.
The AMs are management controls
that prevent ACLs or sector-ACLs from
being exceeded, where possible, and
correct or mitigate overages if they
occur. If a stock or stock complex’s
catch exceeds its ACL, AMs will be
invoked as specified in the PCGFMP. If
ACLs are exceeded more often than 1 in
4 years, then AMs, such as catch
monitoring and inseason adjustments to
fisheries, need to improve or additional
AMs may need to be implemented. The
development of harvest specifications
for 2011–2012 is discussed later in the
preamble to this proposed rule, while
the harvest specifications are provided
in Tables 1a through 2d.
Amendment 23 adds an additional
species category identified as ecosystem
component (EC) species. These species
are not ‘‘in the fishery’’ and therefore not
actively managed. EC species are not
targeted in any fishery and are not
generally retained for sale or personal
use. EC species are not determined to be
subject to overfishing, approaching an
overfished condition, or overfished, nor
are they likely to become subject to
overfishing or overfished in the absence
of conservation and management
measures. Amendment 23 does not
propose that any species currently in
the PCGFMP be designated as an EC
species. Amendment 23 removes dusky
rockfish and red-dwarf rockfish from the
PCGFMP as there are no recorded
landings of these species in the
groundfish fishery.
PCGFMP Amendments 20 and 21
Amendment 20 established a program
to ‘‘rationalize’’ the groundfish limited
entry trawl fishery. Rationalization of a
fishery is designed to create a
sustainable level of fishing from both
the resources conservation and
economic perspective through the use of
harvest shares and cooperatives. The
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
program being implemented under
Amendment 20 to the PCGFMP uses
quota shares, or catch allocation, to
allow individuals to harvest specific
amounts of groundfish. The trawl
rationalization program is intended to
increase net economic benefits, create
individual economic stability, provide
full utilization of the trawl sector
allocation, consider environmental
impacts, and achieve individual
accountability of catch (retained and
discarded). NMFS approved
Amendment 20 on August 9, 2010, and
expects to fully implement it prior to
January 1, 2011, so the harvest
specifications and management
measures being considered for 2011 and
2012 are consistent with the provisions
of Amendment 20.
For the purposes of Amendment 20,
the limited entry trawl fishery has been
divided into three distinct sectors
(shoreside, mothership, and catcher/
processor). An individual fishing quota
(IFQ) program is created for the
shoreside sector and harvester
cooperatives are created for the catcher/
processor and mothership sectors.
Formal allocations (to and among the
trawl sectors) necessary to support the
trawl rationalization program have been
adopted under Amendment 21 to the
PCGFMP.
Amendment 21 to the PCGFMP
modifies the PCGFMP framework by
specifying formal, long term allocations
for the following species: Lingcod,
Pacific cod, sablefish south of 36° north
latitude, Pacific ocean perch (POP),
widow rockfish, chilipepper rockfish,
splitnose rockfish, yellowtail rockfish
north of 40°10′ north latitude,
shortspine thornyhead (north and south
of 34°27′ north latitude), longspine
thornyhead north of 34°27′ north
latitude, darkblotched rockfish, minor
slope rockfish (north and south of 40°10′
north latitude), Dover sole, English sole,
petrale sole, arrowtooth flounder, starry
flounder, and other flatfish. Because
Amendment 21 has been approved, the
harvest specifications being considered
for 2011 and 2012 are consistent with
the provisions of Amendment 21. Long
term, formal allocations are expected to
provide more stability to the trawl
fishery sectors by reducing the risk of
the trawl sector being closed as a result
of a non-trawl or recreational fishery
exceeding an allocation or harvest
guideline.
Species that are not formally allocated
under Amendment 21 will continue to
be addressed through short-term
allocations that are to be decided
through the biennial harvest
specifications and management measure
process. IFQ species with trawl and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
non-trawl allocations established
through the biennial harvest
specifications include the following
species: canary rockfish, bocaccio,
cowcod, yelloweye rockfish, and minor
shelf rockfish north and south. In
addition to allocations specified under
the Amendment 21 provisions for 2011
and 2012, trawl and non-trawl
allocations are being specified through
the biennial harvest specifications for
the following: minor nearshore rockfish
north and south, and longnose skate.
Species being managed under trip limits
and without trawl and non-trawl
allocations are: Shortbelly rockfish,
longspine thornyhead south of 34°27′
north latitude, black rockfish
(Washington-Oregon), California
scorpionfish, cabezon (California only),
kelp greenling, and the ‘‘other fish’’
complex.
Amendment 21 also provides for the
use of fishery set-asides. Fishery setasides are not formal allocations but
rather amounts that are not available to
the other fisheries during the fishing
year. Set-asides for the catcher/
processor and mothership sectors of the
at-sea Pacific whiting fishery are
deducted from the limited entry trawl
fishery allocation. Set-asides for the
Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribal harvest,
and exempted fishing permits (EFPs) are
deducted from the ACL. Set-aside
amounts could change through the
biennial harvest specifications and
management measures process. The setaside amounts will be specified in the
footnotes to Tables 1a through 2b of this
subpart.
In addition to a new groundfish
allocation framework, Amendment 21
would establish Pacific Halibut trawl
mortality limits to restrict the incidental
catch of Pacific halibut in limited entry
trawl fisheries. The trawl mortality limit
may be adjusted downward or upward
through the biennial harvest
specifications and management
measures process. Trawl individual
bycatch quota (IBQ) for halibut will be
issued for the Shorebased IFQ Program
north of 40°10′ north latitude. A portion
of the overall trawl mortality limit (10
mt) is a set-aside for the at-sea whiting
fisheries (catcher/processor and
mothership) and the Shorebased IFQ
Program south of 40°10′ north latitude,
where halibut IBQ is not required. The
set-aside amount of Pacific halibut to
accommodate the incidental catch in the
trawl fishery south of 40°10′ north
latitude and in the at-sea whiting fishery
may be adjusted in the biennial harvest
specifications and management
measures process. The use of a trawl
mortality limit for Pacific halibut in
Area 2A trawl fisheries is consistent
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67815
with the Magnuson-Stevens Act
mandate to minimize bycatch, while
providing increased benefits to Area 2A
fishers targeting Pacific halibut.
Under Amendment 20, up to 10
percent of unused IFQ quota pounds in
a vessel’s account may be carried over
for use in the next fishing year.
Similarly, in order to cover an overage
(landings that exceed the amount of
quota pounds held in a vessel account)
that is within 10 percent of the quota
pounds that have been in the vessel
account during the year, the vessel
owner may use that amount from the
quota pounds he will receive in the
following fishing year to account for the
overage in the current year. The
rationale for the carryover as presented
in the Amendment 20 EIS is to provide
increased flexibility to fishery
participants. During the biennial harvest
specification and management process
the Council discussed how the carryover provision works in relationship to
the 2011–2012 harvest specifications,
this provision is further discussed
below.
OFL Policy
The OFL is the MSY harvest level
associated with the current stock
abundance. When setting the 2011 and
2012 OFLs for category 1 species, the
FMSY harvest rate or a proxy was applied
to the estimated exploitable biomass. A
policy of using a default harvest rate as
a proxy for the fishing mortality rate
that is expected to achieve the
maximum sustainable yield is also
referred to as the FMSY control rule or
maximum fishing mortality threshold
(MFMT) harvest rate. For category 2
species, OFLs are typically set at a
constant level and monitoring is
necessary to determine if this level of
catch is causing a slow decline in stock
abundance. It is difficult to estimate
overfished and overfishing thresholds
for the category 2 species a priori, but
indicators of long-term, potential
overfishing can be identified. Average
catches are generally used to determine
the OFL for category 3 species.
For 2011 and 2012, the Council
maintained a policy of using a default
harvest rate as a proxy for the fishing
mortality rate that is expected to achieve
the maximum sustainable yield (FMSY).
A proxy is used because there is
insufficient information for most Pacific
Coast groundfish stocks to establish a
species-specific FMSY. In 2011 and 2012,
the following default harvest rate
proxies, based on the Council’s SSC
recommendations, were used: F30% for
flatfish, F40% for Pacific Whiting, F50%
for rockfish (including thornyheads),
and F45% for other groundfish such as
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67816
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
sablefish and lingcod. The OFL for
groundfish species with stock
assessments are derived by multiplying
the harvest rate proxy by the current
estimated biomass. A rate of F40% is a
more aggressive rate than F45% or F50%.
The PCGFMP allows default harvest
rate proxies to be modified as scientific
knowledge improves for a particular
species. A fishing mortality or harvest
rate will mean different things for
different stocks, depending on the
productivity of a particular species. For
fast growing species (those with
individuals that mature quickly and
produce many young that survive to an
age where they are caught in the fishery)
a higher fishing mortality rate may be
used. Fishing mortality rate policies
must account for several complicating
factors, including the capacity of mature
individuals to produce young over time
and the optimal stock size necessary for
the highest level of productivity within
that stock.
For flatfish, a new proxy of F30% is
being used for the 2011–2012
specifications. Following the 2009
scientific peer review of the petrale sole
assessment by the Council’s stock STAR
panel, the STAR panel prepared a report
which recommended that the SSC
review the estimates of FMSY and BMSY
produced by the petrale sole assessment
and investigate alternatives to the
proxies of F40% and B40%. The SSCs
groundfish sub-committee further
considered the proxies produced by the
petrale sole assessment and
recommended that proxies of B25% for
BMSY and F30% for FMSY be established
for all west coast flatfish.
The overfished threshold or minimum
stock size threshold (MSST) is the
estimated biomass level of the stock
relative to its unfished biomass (i.e.,
depletion level) below which the stock
is considered overfished. The current
default proxy MSST for all the actively
managed groundfish stocks and stock
complexes, other than the assessed
flatfish species, is 25 percent of the
unfished biomass (B25%), which is 62.5
percent of the BMSY target of B40%. The
default proxy MSST for the assessed
flatfish species is being revised from
B25% to B12.5% which is 50 percent of the
BMSY target of B25%.
The full SSC endorsed the groundfish
subcommittee’s recommendation to
establish new proxies of B25% for BMSY
and F30% for FMSY for flatfish. The
values were based on a number of
considerations, including evaluation of
information on flatfish productivity
(steepness) for assessed west coast
flatfish, published meta-analyses of
other flatfish stocks, and
recommendations on appropriate
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
proxies for FMSY and BMSY in the
scientific literature. The SSC however
did not endorse the use of a speciesspecific estimate of BMSY and FMSY for
petrale sole because of high variability
in the estimates between repeat
assessments for other stocks and the
sensitivity of the estimates to
assumptions concerning stock structure.
For the 2011–2012 biennial
specification process, two new
methodologies were evaluated for
determining OFL from data-poor stocks
(unassessed category 2 species and
category 3 species). In January 2010, the
SSC Groundfish Subcommittee and
Groundfish Management Team (GMT)
examined yield estimates from the
Depletion-Corrected Average Catch
(DCAC) and the Depletion-Based Stock
Reduction Analysis (DB–SRA) for 31
groundfish stock assessments. The
DCAC and DB–SRA were developed by
stock assessment scientists from the
Northwest Fishery Science Center
(NWFSC) and the Southwest Fishery
Science Center. The DCAC provides an
estimate of sustainable yield (the OFL)
for data-poor stocks of uncertain status.
DCAC adjusts historical average catch to
account for one-time ‘‘windfall’’ catches
that are the result of stock depletion,
producing an estimate of yield that was
likely to be sustainable over the same
time period. Advantages of the DCAC
approach to determining sustainable
yield for data-poor stocks include: (1)
Minimal data requirements, (2)
biologically-based adjustment to catchbased yield proxies with transparent
assumptions about relative changes in
abundance, and (3) simplicity in
computing. The DB–SRA extends the
DCAC by (1) restoring the temporal link
between production and biomass and
(2) evaluating and integrating alternative
hypotheses regarding changes in
abundance during the historical catch
period. This method combines DCAC’s
distributional assumptions regarding
life history characteristics and stock
status with the dynamic models and
simulation approach of stochastic stock
reduction analysis. The SSC Groundfish
Subcommittee endorsed application of
DCAC and DB–SRA to derive the OFL
for unassessed groundfish stocks.
Although the Council would like further
analysis, the Council did recognize that
the DB–SRA and the DCAC methods
used by the GMT were the best available
scientific information for determining
OFLs for category 2 and 3 stocks.
Proposed OFLs for 2011 and 2012
For the 2011 and 2012 biennial
specification process, 8 stock
assessments and 4 stock assessment
updates were prepared. Full stock
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
assessments, those that consider the
appropriateness of the assessment
model and that revise the model as
necessary, were prepared for the
following stocks: Bocaccio, widow
rockfish, lingcod, cabezon, yelloweye
rockfish, petrale sole, splitnose rockfish
and greenstriped rockfish. Stock
assessment updates, those that run new
data through an existing model without
changing the model, were prepared for:
Canary rockfish, cowcod, darkblotched
rockfish, and POP. Each new stock
assessment includes a base model and
two alternative models. The alternative
models are developed from the base
model by bracketing the dominant
dimension of uncertainty (e.g., stockrecruitment steepness or R0, natural
mortality rate, survey catchability,
recent year-class strength, weights on
conflicting CPUE series, etc.) and are
intended to be a means of expressing
uncertainty within the model for
decision makers by showing the contrast
in management implications. Once a
base model has been bracketed on either
side by alternative model scenarios,
capturing the overall degree of
uncertainty in the assessment, a 2-way
decision table analysis (states-of-nature
versus management action) is used to
present the repercussions of
uncertainty. As noted above, the SSC
makes recommendations to the Council
on the appropriateness of using the
different stock assessments for
management purposes, after which the
Council considers adoption of the stock
assessments, use of the stock assessment
for the development of rebuilding
analysis, and the OFLs resulting from
the base model runs of the stock
assessments. Tables 1a and 2a present
the specifications for each stock while
the footnotes to these tables describe
how the proposed specifications were
derived.
For species that did not have new
stock assessments or updates prepared,
the Council considered an OFL derived
from the most recent stock assessment
or update, the results of rudimentary
stock assessments, or the historical
landings data approved by the Council
for use in setting harvest specifications.
Detailed information on how the OFLs
for species without any new stock
assessments were derived are provided
in the footnotes to Table 1a and Table
2a. The stock assessment cycle and the
process for adoption of final OFLs for
Pacific whiting are detailed below.
Species that are not overfished and for
which new stock assessments or stock
assessment updates were prepared and
recommended for use in setting harvest
specifications by the Council include:
Lingcod, greenstriped rockfish,
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
splitnose rockfish, Cabezon. Specific
information on the OFLs for species
associated with these new stock
assessments and assessment updates are
provided in the footnotes to Table 1a
and Table 2a.
For the overfished species, new
assessments were prepared for bocaccio,
petrale sole, widow rockfish, yelloweye
rockfish and stock assessment updates
were prepared for canary rockfish,
cowcod, darkblotched, POP. The
following stock assessment summaries
pertain to the new stock assessments or
stock assessment updates for stocks that
have been declared overfished.
Bocaccio (Sebastes Paucispinis)
A new stock assessment was prepared
for the bocaccio stock between the U.S.Mexico border and Cape Blanco, OR,
using the Stock Synthesis 3.03a model.
Changes in the model from the prior
assessment include: A northern
expansion of the modeled area from
Cape Mendocino, CA, to Cape Blanco,
OR; and the extension of the catch
history from 1950 to 1892. Assessment
scientists have treated bocaccio as
independent stocks north and south of
Cape Mendocino. The southern stock,
which has been declared overfished,
occurs south of Cape Mendocino.
Although the range extends
considerably further north, there is
some evidence that there are two
demographic clusters of bocaccio. The
northern stock is found north of 48°
north latitude in northern Washington
and Canada, with a relative rarity of
bocaccio (particularly smaller fish) in
the region between Cape Mendocino
and the Columbia River mouth.
Since the early 2000s, the bocaccio
spawning output has been increasing
steadily. Spawning output in 2009 was
estimated at 2,209,900 mt (∼95 percent
confidence: 1,546,440—2,873,360 mt).
Bocaccio depletion was estimated to be
28.12 percent (0.18—0.37 percent) of its
unfished biomass in 2009. There are
clear signs that the stock is rebuilding
at a relatively rapid rate. Recovery may
be taking place more rapidly in the
south, and recovery in the central/
northern California region may be
dependent on an influx of fish from the
southern area.
Model uncertainty regarding natural
mortality rates and estimates of
selectivity for the NMFS triennial trawl
survey continue to be problematic.
Since 2001, large scale area closures
have affected the spatial distribution of
fishing mortality and truncated several
abundance indices (recreational CPUE
indices), confounding the interpretation
of survey indices as well as fishery
dependent and independent length
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
frequency data. Data from relatively
recent, short-term surveys do not yet
appear to be informative with respect to
trends in abundance, although they are
informative with respect to cohort
strength.
At the September 2009 Council
meeting, the SSC endorsed the use of
the 2009 bocaccio assessment for status
determination and management in the
Council process. The SSC supported the
extension of the assessment area as
biologically appropriate given the
current understanding of stock
structure, but also recognized that the
boundary extension raises issues with
respect to area management.
Approximately 6 percent of the
coastwide bocaccio catch has occurred
historically between Cape Mendocino
and Cape Blanco while only 1 percent
has been taken from the California/
Oregon border to Cape Blanco. The SSC
indicated that there was no conservation
issue north of the 40°10′ north latitude
management boundary at Cape
Mendocino, based on these low
bocaccio catches in the area. Therefore,
the SSC did not recommend changing
the area where bocaccio are designated
as overfished. The SSC indicated that
management should be based on a prorata allocation using the historical catch
distribution north and south of 40°10′
north latitude. The bocaccio OFL of 737
mt for 2011 and 732 mt for 2012 was
based on the FMSY harvest rate proxy of
F50% as applied to the estimated
exploitable biomass from the 2009 stock
assessment. For setting harvest
specifications, six percent of the
assessed biomass was estimated to occur
north of 40°10′ north latitude. The
projected OFLs from the assessment
were adjusted accordingly.
Canary Rockfish (Sebastes Pinniger)
A stock assessment update was
prepared for the coastwide canary
rockfish stock using the Stock Synthesis
3.03a model. Consistent with the Terms
of Reference for Groundfish Stock
Assessments, fishery and survey data
were updated through 2008. Data
updates for earlier years were also made
with most of the updates being minor,
with the exception of historical catch
estimates (< 1981) that were
substantially revised by NMFS and
CDFG scientists. The historical catch
revisions resulted in a 24 percent
reduction in the total estimated canary
rockfish catch from 1916 to 2006, with
most of this reduction occurring prior to
1968. The new data resulted in a
rebuilding trajectory that was overall
lower than previous projections.
Although the stock has continued to
progress towards the rebuilding
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67817
threshold (B40%), the overall lowering of
the trajectory means that it would take
more time to reach the B40%. The new
assessment estimated the 2007
depletion level for canary rockfish to
have been 21.7 percent (below the
estimate of 32.4 percent for 2007 from
the 2007 assessment with 95 percent
confidence bounds of 24–41 percent)
and the 2009 depletion level to have
been 23.7 percent with 95 percent
confidence bounds of 17–30 percent).
The SSC indicated that the broad
confidence interval on the depletion
level was due to a high degree of
uncertainty in the parameter estimates,
especially steepness. The change in the
depletion level is largely due to the
revised historical catch time-series for
California. At the Council’s September
meeting, the SSC indicated that revised
catches reflected the best available data,
and were consistent with the Terms of
Reference for Stock Assessment
Documents.
The assessment update estimated the
unfished spawning stock biomass to be
25,993 mt (down from the 2007 estimate
of 32,561 mt). After a period of above
average recruitments, recent year-class
strengths (1997–2008) have generally
been low, with only 4 of the 12 years
(1999, 2001, 2006, and 2007) estimated
to have produced larger recruitments.
Because of the limited number of years
they have been observed, the strengths
of the 2006–2007 year classes are
subject to greater uncertainty. As the
larger recruitments from the late 1980s
and early 1990s move through the
population, the rate of recovery to BMSY
in future projections is estimated to
slow. Because the species has a patchy
distribution it is difficult to sample well
with the bottom trawl gear used in the
trawl survey.
The base case assessment model
explicitly captures parameter
uncertainty in the asymptotic
confidence intervals for key parameters
and management quantities. Uncertainty
around the base model results is
considered through integration of
rebuilding trajectories over two alternate
states of nature corresponding to lower
and higher stock-recruitment steepness,
the parameter largely governing
productivity and recent rebuilding
trajectory. At the Council’s September
meeting the SCC indicated that the
canary rockfish stock assessment update
represented the ‘‘best available science,’’
and was suitable to use for Council
management decisions. The canary
rockfish OFL of 614 mt for 2011 and 622
mt for 2012 was based on the FMSY
harvest rate proxy of F50% as applied to
the estimated exploitable biomass from
the 2009 stock assessment update.
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67818
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Cowcod (Sebastes Levis)
A stock assessment update was
prepared for cowcod in the Southern
California Bight (U.S. waters south of
Point Conception—34°27′ north
latitude) using an age-structured
production model (Stock Synthesis 2
model). The assumption of an isolated
stock is untested, and no information is
available regarding stock structure or
dispersal across the assumed stock
boundaries. No new data sources were
available for this update assessment.
Cowcod is a long lived species with
a mean generation time estimated at 38
years. Relative depletion was estimated
at 4.5 percent in 2009 for the base
model. The cowcod stock shows a
slowly increasing trend in stock
biomass, but given that no new data are
available, this result is little more than
a stock projection. Cowcod remain on a
multi-decadal rebuilding timeline.
Management actions since 2001, that
include large scale area closures
specifically to reduce fishery
interactions with cowcod, have
truncated data used in the assessment.
Due to uncertainty in total mortality
since no-retention regulations took
effect, recreational and commercial
mortalities have been assumed to be
0.25 metric tons per year, per fishery. A
major source of uncertainty in the
assessment was the assumed value of
the steepness parameter in the spawnerrecruit relationship. In addition, the
percentage of cowcod in total rockfish
landings in years prior to the 1980s is
not well understood. At the Council’s
June 2009 meeting the SSC indicated
that the updated assessment for cowcod
represented the ‘‘best available science,’’
and was suitable as the basis for Council
management decisions. The 2011 and
2012 cowcod OFL contribution for the
Conception area (south of 36°00′ north
latitude) was determined from the 2009
stock assessment update with an FMSY
proxy harvest rate of F50% applied to
the estimated exploitable biomass for
the assessed portion of the stock in the
Conception area. The OFLs for the
Monterey area were determined using a
DB–SRA approach. The OFLs for the
Conception and the Monterey areas
were summed to determine an OFL
specification of 13 mt for 2011 and 2012
for the entire stock south of 40°10′ north
latitude.
Darkblotched Rockfish (Sebastes
Crameri)
In 2009, a stock assessment update
was prepared for darkblotched rockfish
the U.S. Vancouver, Columbia, Eureka
and Monterey areas using the Stock
Synthesis 3.03a model. During the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
previous assessment cycle, The SSC
indicated that changes to the
darkblotched rockfish stock assessment
model in 2007 (same model used for
2009 update) represented a substantial
advancement over previous stock
assessments.
The fishing mortality rate on
darkblotched rockfish has been greatly
reduced, and darkblotched rockfish
appear to be rebuilding gradually,
relatively consistent with previous
rebuilding projections. The point
estimate for the depletion of the
spawning output at the start of 2009 is
27.5 percent. In 2009, the biomass (1+
age fish) is estimated at 12,836 mt, as
compared to 5,862 mt in 2000. The
recruitment pattern for darkblotched
rockfish is highly variable between
years. Recruitment levels between the
1980’s and 1990’s were generally poor
when compared with average historical
recruitment levels, with the exceptions
being the 1999 and 2000 year-classes
which appear to be two of the four
largest years since 1975. The estimated
increase in stock size is driven primarily
by the assumption that darkblotched
productivity is analogous to that of
other similar species, and not on survey
and fishery data indicating an upward
trend.
A number of sources of uncertainty
were explicitly included in the
assessment. Allowance was made for
uncertainty in natural mortality and the
parameters of the stock recruitment
relationship. Sources of uncertainty not
included in the current model,
included: The degree of connection
between the stocks of darkblotched
rockfish off British Columbia and those
in the Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ);
the effect of climatic variables on
recruitment, growth and survival of
darkblotched rockfish; and gender based
differences in survival. At the Council’s
June 2009 meeting the SSC indicated
that the updated assessment for
darkblotched rockfish represented the
‘‘best available science,’’ and was
suitable as the basis for Council
management decisions. The
darkblotched rockfish OFL of 508 mt for
2011 and 497 mt for 2012 was based on
the FMSY harvest rate proxy of F50% as
applied to the estimated exploitable
biomass from the 2009 stock assessment
update.
Petrale Sole (Eopsetta Jordani)
A new coastwide stock assessment
was prepared for petrale sole using the
Stock Synthesis 3.03a model. There is
currently no genetic evidence suggesting
distinct biological stocks of petrale sole
off the U.S. coast. Given the lack of clear
information regarding the status of
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
distinct biological populations, the
assessment treats the U.S. petrale sole
resource from the Mexican border to the
Canadian border as a single coastwide
stock.
Petrale sole were lightly exploited
during the early 1900s. By the 1950s,
the petrale sole fishery was well
developed and showing clear signs of
depletion and declines in catches and
biomass. The base model indicates that
the spawning biomass has been below
B25% continuously since 1953. The
petrale sole spawning stock biomass is
estimated to have increased slightly
from the late 1990s, peaking in 2005, in
response to above average recruitment.
However, this increasing trend has
reversed since the 2005 assessment and
the stock has been declining, most likely
due to strong year classes having passed
through the fishery. The estimated
relative depletion level for 2009 is 11.6
percent. Unfished spawning stock
biomass was estimated to be 25,334 mt.
The base case assessment model
includes within model uncertainty
(assessment parameter uncertainty) from
a variety of sources, but it likely
underestimates the uncertainty in recent
trend and current stock status. For this
reason, in addition to asymptotic
confidence intervals, results from
models that reflect alternate states of
nature regarding the estimate of 2009
spawning biomass are presented as a
decision table within the stock
assessment document.
At the Council’s June 2009 meeting,
the SSC reviewed the new petrale sole
assessment and, based on a number of
concerns, was unable to endorse the
assessment at that time. While the
petrale sole assessment appeared to be
technically sound and thoroughly
reviewed by the STAR panel, the SSC
was concerned that certain assessment
results were so extreme that the overall
plausibility of the assessment was called
into question. Attention focused
primarily on the estimated catchability
of the NWFSC survey, the estimate of
stock-recruit steepness (0.95), and
confounding of estimated model
parameters. The Council’s STAR Panel
recommended that the estimates of FMSY
and BMSY produced by the petrale sole
assessment be investigated as
alternatives to the currently used
proxies for F40% and B40%. The SSC
developed a list of analytical requests
for the Council’s petrale sole Stock
Assessment Team to address. The SSC’s
groundfish subcommittee and the
Council’s Stock Assessment Team
reviewed the model and proxies of F40%
and B40%. After further consideration by
the SSC’s groundfish subcommittee, the
full SSC endorsed the petrale sole stock
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
assessment model approved by the
Council’s STAR panel, and
recommended that proxies of B25% for
BMSY and F30% for FMSY be established
for all flatfish not only petrale sole.
The SSC agreed that the base petrale
sole model represents the best available
scientific information, and endorsed its
use for status determination and
management in the Council process.
The SSC concluded that there is no
basis for rejecting the assessment based
on the estimated catchability coefficient
(q) for NWFSC trawl survey. However
the SSC encouraged further
investigation of the catchability
coefficient of the survey by
experimental evaluation of trawl
performance, quantification of trawlable
and untrawlable habitat off the west
coast, or by synthesis of available
information and expert knowledge
through development of an informative
prior, as had been anticipated from the
2008 survey catchability workshop. The
SSC also endorsed further evaluation of
fishery CPUE data in the next petrale
sole assessment. The petrale sole OFL of
1,021 mt for 2011 and 1,279 mt for 2012
was based on the FMSY harvest rate
proxy of F30% as applied to the
estimated exploitable biomass from the
2009 stock assessment.
POP (Sebastes Alutus)
A stock assessment update was
prepared for POP in the combined U.S.
Vancouver and Columbia areas using
the same forward projection agestructured model used in the previous
stock assessment. Consistent with the
Terms of Reference for Groundfish
Stock Assessments, fishery, survey, and
observer data were updated to include
the years since the last assessment. Only
minor updates to the data from earlier
years were made.
There were no significant changes in
the view of stock status between the
2007 and 2009 assessment updates. The
estimate of depletion of the spawning
biomass at the start of 2009 is estimated
to be 28.6 percent. The POP biomass
shows an increasing trend. Poor
recruitment has been seen in recent
years, compared with the 1950s and
1960s, although the 1999 year class
appears to be larger than any other since
the 1960’s. The 2000 year class also
appears to be relatively large; however,
this may be due to some small amount
of overall bias in ageing.
A number of sources of uncertainty
are explicitly included in this
assessment such as uncertainty in
natural mortality, the parameters of the
stock-recruitment relationship, and the
survey catch ability coefficients. There
are also other sources of uncertainty that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
are not included in the current model.
These include the degree of connection
between the U.S. and Canadian stocks;
the effect of climatic variables on
recruitment, growth and survival;
gender differences in growth and
survival; and the relationship between
individual spawner biomass and
effective spawning output and age and
maturity.
At the Council’s June 2009 meeting
the SSC indicated that the updated
assessment for POP represented the
‘‘best available science,’’ and would be
suitable as the basis for Council
management decisions. The POP OFL of
1,026 mt for 2011 and 1,007 mt for 2012
was based on the FMSY harvest rate
proxy of F50% as applied to the
estimated exploitable biomass from the
2009 stock assessment update.
Widow Rockfish (Sebastes Entomelas)
A new coastwide stock assessment
was prepared for widow rockfish in the
U.S Vancouver, Columbia, Eureka,
Monterey, and Conception areas. The
2009 assessment differed from the
previous assessment in several respects:
The assessment used the Stock
Synthesis 3 model rather than an agebased population model; the catch
history was revised and extended back
to 1916; catch, age structure, and survey
data were updated through 2008; and
data from the NWFSC trawl survey were
included in the assessment.
The widow rockfish spawning
biomass steadily declined from 1980 to
2003, when widow rockfish was
targeted in a major commercial fishery.
Since 2003, spawning biomass has
shown an increasing trend. For 2009
spawning biomass is estimated at 15,625
mt (∼95 percent confidence: 5,984–
25,266 mt). Depletion in 2009 is
estimated at 38.5 percent (14.2–62.9
percent) of unfished biomass. Because
the biomass is below B40% it remains
under a rebuilding plan.
Uncertainty in estimation of widow
rockfish recruitment remains high. The
highest known widow rockfish
recruitment occurred in 1970. When
compared to the long-term average,
recruitment was relatively low in the
early 1990s and since 2001. The 2007
stock assessment update indicated that
the 2000 recruitment was relatively
strong; however, the new stock
assessment did not confirm a strong
2000 recruitment. In general, estimates
of recruitment for the most recent years
are uncertain, and can have a
considerable impact on the outcomes of
rebuilding projections.
The SSC endorsed the use of the 2009
widow rockfish stock assessment for
status determination and management
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67819
in the Council process. The widow
rockfish OFLs of 5,097 mt for 2011 and
4,923 mt for 2012 were based on the
FMSY harvest rate proxy of F50% as
applied to the estimated exploitable
biomass from the 2009 stock
assessment.
Yelloweye Rockfish (Sebastes
Ruberrimus)
A new coastwide stock assessment
was prepared for yelloweye rockfish in
2009 using the Stock Synthesis 3.03b
model. The 2009 assessment differed
from previous assessments in terms of
assumed population structure and the
data used to fit the model. The 2009
assessment was based on three regions
(California, Oregon and Washington)
under the assumptions that: Adults are
sedentary; density-dependence is a
function of coastwide egg production;
and the proportion of recruits settling in
each area is constant over time. This
spatial structure is consistent with our
understanding of the behavior of
yelloweye rockfish, and reflects a
compromise between a coastwide
assessment and separate assessments for
each state.
Even with a large number of changes
to data inputs, the results from the 2009
yelloweye rockfish assessment are
consistent with those from the 2006 and
2007 assessments. All of these
assessments suggest that yelloweye
rockfish experienced a substantial
decline in abundance between 1980 and
2000, with increased catches. Large
reductions in harvest have been in place
since 2000. The best estimate of
depletion in 2009 from the current
assessment is 20.3 percent of unfished
biomass (states of nature: 17.3–23.5
percent). This represents an increase
from the 2007 updated assessment,
which estimated depletion in 2007 to be
16.4 percent.
In contrast to the 2006 and 2007
assessments, the 2009 assessment makes
use of data from the NWFSC and
triennial trawl surveys as well as data
on discarded yelloweye rockfish
collected by observers in the Oregon
recreational charter fishery. However,
the International Pacific Halibut
Commission (IPHC) survey data remain
the most important index in the
assessment, although IPHC survey data
are only available for Washington and
Oregon and not California, where the
largest potential biomass of yelloweye
rockfish is estimated to occur.
Data for yelloweye rockfish are sparse
and relatively uninformative, especially
regarding current trends. Yelloweye
rockfish catches are very uncertain due
to the relatively small contribution to
rockfish market categories and the
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67820
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
relatively large scale of recreational
removals. In addition, since 2001,
management restrictions have required
nearly all yelloweye rockfish caught by
recreational and commercial fishers to
be discarded at sea. Currently available
fishery-independent indices of
abundance are imprecise and not highly
informative. It is unclear whether
increased rates of recovery (or lack
thereof) will be detectable without more
precise survey methods applied over
broad portions of the coast. Fishery data
are also unlikely to produce conclusive
information about the stock for the
foreseeable future, due to retention
prohibitions and active avoidance of
yelloweye rockfish among all fleets.
Considerable uncertainty regarding the
time-series of historical catches was
identified as a key source of uncertainty
in the stock assessment.
At the Council’s September 2009
meeting, the SSC cautioned against
using the stock assessment estimates of
trends in abundance by region as the
sole basis for the spatial allocation
because the trend in abundance at the
coastwide level was much more robust
than at the regional level. The SSC
emphasized the value of collecting
biological data, such as age-length and
maturation information, for yelloweye
rockfish during the IPHC surveys.
The SSC endorsed the approach used
to quantify uncertainty, which forms the
basis for the yelloweye rockfish
rebuilding analysis and they endorsed
the use of the 2009 yelloweye rockfish
assessment as the best available science
for status determination and
management in the Council process.
The yelloweye rockfish OFL of 48 mt for
2011 and 2012 was based on the FMSY
harvest rate proxy of F50% as applied to
the estimated exploitable biomass from
the 2009 stock assessment.
ABC Policy
The proposed ABCs are consistent
with the harvest specification
framework proposed for Amendment 23
to the PCGFMP. Under Amendment 23,
the term ABC is redefined to be an
annual catch specification that is the
stock or stock complex’s OFL reduced
by an amount associated with scientific
uncertainty. Under the revised
Magnuson-Stevens Act National
Standard 1 guidelines, scientific advice
that is relatively uncertain will result in
ABCs that are relatively lower, all other
things being equal, i.e., a precautionary
reduction in catch will occur due purely
to scientific uncertainty. The ABC is the
catch level that ACLs may not exceed.
As explained in more detail below, the
SSC recommended a two-step approach
referred to as the P* approach initially
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
for stocks with relatively data-rich stock
assessments and ultimately for other
stocks. In this approach, the SSC
determines the amount of scientific
uncertainty in a stock assessment,
referred to as sigma. Then the Council
determines the level of risk aversion to
use, which is designated as the P*. The
scientists then apply the P* value to the
sigma value to determine the amount by
which the OFL is reduced to establish
the ABC.
In January 2009, the SSC’s Groundfish
and Coastal Pelagic Species
Subcommittees met to discuss the new
Magnuson-Stevens Act reauthorization
requirements, including the
development of a methodology for
estimating scientific uncertainty in
stock assessments. At this meeting, two
types of uncertainty in biomass
estimation were considered. The first
was ‘‘within’’ assessment variability,
which is presented in each stock
assessment or stock assessment update
and represented by the coefficient of
variation for the terminal year biomass
estimate. The second type of uncertainty
is ‘‘among’’ assessment variation,
resulting from a wide variety of factors,
many of which represent a significant
model or structural uncertainty. Reasons
for ‘‘among’’ assessment variations in
stock size estimation, includes
differences in: The modeling software;
the makeup of the analytical team doing
the assessment; the composition of the
review panel; changes in data
availability; altered ‘‘priors’’ for the
parameters; and changes in overall
model structure. The SSC evaluated
three methods of quantifying these types
of scientific uncertainty, but also
recognized that numerous other
unaccounted for factors exist for which
there is currently no method for
meaningful analysis, including for
example, the effects of climate and/or
ecosystem interactions on the
estimation of an OFL.
The general methodology used by the
SSC subcommittees to assess amongassessment uncertainty was to compare
previous stock assessments and stock
assessment updates, and consider the
logarithms of the ratios of the biomass
estimates for each pair of assessments
and their reciprocals using the last 20
years from an assessment. This provides
a distribution of stock size differences in
log-space and, if this variation is
averaged over species, provides a
general view of total biomass variation
(represented as sigma—s) that emerges
among repeat assessments of stocks,
while embracing a wide range of factors
that affect variability in results. During
their consideration of Amendment 23 to
the PCGFMP, in March 2010, the SSC
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
recommended the use of this
methodology, but recognized that it was
only the first step in the process of
developing methods for estimating
uncertainty in OFL, in part, because it
only considers uncertainty in biomass
and likely underestimates total variance.
Going forward, the SSC indicated that it
will be important to consider other
sources of uncertainty, such as FMSY.
While biomass is most likely the
dominant source of uncertainty, it is
anticipated that other factors will need
to be considered in the future.
The SSC recommended the biomass
variance statistic of sigma=0.36, from
the analysis of stock assessments and
stock assessment updates from 17 data
rich stocks (meta-analysis). To set ABCs,
the Council recommended using an
approach where the SSC determines a
value of sigma and the GMT uses the
recommended formulation to translate
sigma to a range of P* values (the
probability of overfishing). Each P* is
then mapped to its corresponding buffer
fraction. The Council then determines
the preferred level of risk aversion by
selecting an appropriate P* value.
In cases where the P* approach is
used, the upper limit of P* values
considered will be 0.45. Since estimated
OFLs are median estimates, there is a 50
percent probability that the OFL is
overestimated or underestimated. A P*
of 0.5 equates to no additional reduction
for scientific uncertainty. In other
words, the ABC is set equal to the OFL.
For the purposes of using the P*
approach, the SSC assigned stocks to
species categories. Using the P*
approach, a scientific uncertainty buffer
against overfishing can generally be
determined for data rich species that
have had quantitative stock assessments
prepared (category 1 species). Since
there is greater scientific uncertainty for
category 2 and 3 stocks relative to
category 1 stocks, the scientific
uncertainty buffer is generally greater
than that recommended for category 1
stocks. The SSC indicated that ideally
the approach recommended for setting
ABCs for category 1 stocks should also
be applied to category 2 and 3 stocks.
However, there is presently no analysis
available for determining the
appropriate value of sigma (s) to
represent scientific uncertainty for
stocks in these categories, unlike the
situation for category 1 stocks. In the
absence of an analysis for category 2 and
3 stocks, the SSC suggested two interim
approaches for computing ABCs from
OFLs: Use 25 percent and 50 percent
reductions from the OFL for deciding
the ABC for category 2 and 3 stocks
(similar to status quo), respectively; or
use the P* approach using the s values
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
for category 2 and 3 stocks
recommended by the SSC. The SSC
noted that their approach allows the
Council to express their views on
overfishing risk aversion. With a P*
approach for deciding the ABC for
category 2 and 3 stocks, the SSC
recommended setting the value of sigma
(s) for category 2 and 3 stocks to 0.72
and 1.44 respectively (i.e., two and four
times the s for category 1 stocks). The
difference between buffers determined
using sigma values of 0.72 and 1.44
corresponds fairly closely to the
difference between the buffers
previously used for category 2 and 3
stocks (25 percent versus 50 percent)
when P* is in the range 0.3 ∼ 0.35.
Although, the specific values of 0.72
and 1.44 are recommended by the SSC
and considered to be the best available
scientific information, the values are not
based on a formal analysis of assessment
outcomes and could change
substantially when the SSC reviews
additional analyses in future
management cycles.
The Council approved the SSCrecommended s values for each species
category. For category 1 species the
Council adopted a P* of 0.45, which
combined with a sigma (s) value of 0.36,
corresponds with a reduction of 4.4
percent from the OFL when deriving the
ABC. For healthy stocks, the P* of 0.45
is more risk averse than the policy used
in the previous biennial management
cycle in which the OYs for most healthy
stocks were set at 100 percent of the
ABC. The Council adopted a general
policy of using a P* of 0.4 for category
2 and 3 stocks. The buffers determined
using sigma (s) values of 0.72 and 1.44
with a P* value of 0.40 corresponds to
16.7 percent, and 30.6 percent
reductions, respectively. For the
purpose of setting the ABCs in 2011 and
2012 the following category 1 species
had a P* of 0.45 applied to the OFL to
determine the ABC: Bocaccio south of
40°10′ north latitude, canary rockfish,
darkblotched rockfish, Pacific Ocean
Perch, widow rockfish, yelloweye
rockfish, petrale sole, lingcod north of
42° N latitude (Oregon and
Washington), Pacific whiting (U.S./
Canada), sablefish (coastwide),
chilipepper rockfish (coastwide),
splitnose rockfish south of 40°10′ north
latitude, yellowtail rockfish north of
40°10′ north latitude, shortspine
thornyhead (coastwide), black Rockfish
(Washington), black Rockfish (OregonCalifornia), California scorpionfish,
cabezon (California), cabezon (Oregon),
Dover sole, and English sole. For the
purpose of setting the ABCs in 2011–
2012, the following category 2 species
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
had a P* of 0.40 and a sigma value of
applied 0.72 applied to the OFL to
determine the ABC: greenstriped
rockfish, arrowtooth flounder, starry
flounder, longspine thornyhead
(coastwide), shortbelly rockfish, lingcod
south of 42° north latitude (California),
cowcod (Conception-Cowcod in the
Monterey area are a category 3 stock)
and longnose skate. For the purpose of
setting the minor rockfish complex
ABCs in 2011–2012, the ABCs for the
sub-complexes are the sum of the
component species ABCs. The SSC
identified the appropriate species
category for each component species: A
sigma value of 0.36 for category 1 stocks
(splitnose north, chilipepper rockfish
north, gopher rockfish north of Pt.
Conception, and blackgill rockfish), 0.72
for category 2 stocks (greenstriped
rockfish, blue rockfish, and bank
rockfish) and 1.44 for category 3 stocks.
The P* value used to determine the
ABCs for the component species in the
minor rockfish complexes was 0.45. The
resulting 2011 and 2012 ABCs for minor
rockfish north are reduced by 11 percent
from the OFL (nearshore-15 percent,
shelf-11 percent, and slope-9 percent)
and for the minor rockfish south are
reduced by 13 percent (nearshore-14
percent, shelf-16 percent, and slope-8
percent). Like the minor rockfish
complex ABCs, the ‘‘other flatfish’’
complex ABCs were derived from the
sum of the component species, with all
being category 3 species (s=1.44/
P*=0.4). For the ‘‘other fish’’ complex
the ABC is a 24 percent reduction from
the OFL s=1.44/P*=0.4)for category 3
species. Tables 1a and 2a present the
specifications for each stock while the
footnotes to these tables describe how
the proposed specifications were
derived.
Vulnerability to Overfishing and
Organization of Stock Complexes
The vulnerability of a stock to
becoming overfished is defined in the
National Standard 1 guidelines as a
function of its productivity and its
susceptibility to the fishery. The
guidelines note that the ‘‘vulnerability’’
of fish stocks should be considered
when: (1) Deciding if a stock considered
to be ‘‘in the fishery’’ or if it is an
ecosystem component stock; (2)
considering the management of stocks
managed within complexes and the
need to re-structure the stock
complexes; and (3) creating
management control rules. The GMT
and the NMFS Vulnerability Evaluation
Work Group considered the
productivity and susceptibility of each
groundfish stock by providing
productivity and susceptibility (PSA)
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67821
scores for each stock. A score of 1 to 3
was identified for a set of attributes
related to productivity and
susceptibility. Currently there are 10
attributes for productivity that reflect
stock life history and 12 attributes that
reflect susceptibility to the impacts of
fishing and management. Stocks with a
low productivity score and a high
susceptibility score were considered to
be more vulnerable, while stocks with a
high productivity score and low
susceptibility score were considered to
be less vulnerable.
In the consideration of stock complex
structure, a four step approach for
defining the relationship between
fisheries and appropriate stock
complexes was developed using the
PSA score: (1) Calculate PSA scores for
each species in the PCGFMP; (2)
identify the overlap in distributions of
each species based on latitude and
depth range; (3) assign each species to
the various fisheries; and (4) overlay the
groupings onto the PSA plot. The GMT
provided the PSA vulnerability scores
for all of the Pacific coast groundfish
and completed a cluster analysis based
on latitude and depth to identify spatial
overlaps. The results of the preliminary
cluster analysis indicate that there is a
need to adjust the assignment of
PCGFMP stocks to complexes. The GMT
concluded they could not complete the
necessary analyses and discussion to
fully implement the changes to stock
complexes suggested by the National
Standard 1 guidelines on the timeline
for implementing Amendment 23 or
these specifications.
The GMT explored using catch
information to consider whether species
that are not in the PCGFMP should be
considered for inclusion as ‘‘in the
fishery’’ or as ‘‘ecosystem component’’
species. By using NWFSC West Coast
Observer Program mortality reports on
the non-whiting trawl fishery in 2007
and 2008, and a simple method for
expanding total catch, the GMT was
able to roughly compare the relative
magnitude of total catch of PCGFMP
species versus species not in the
PCGFMP. Based on this preliminary
analysis of total catch information, the
potential vulnerability scores of these
non-PCGFMP species may be
indistinguishable from those scores of
species currently in the PCGFMP.
Therefore, further consideration may be
warranted in the future to decide if any
of these species should be included in
the PCGFMP as ‘‘in the fishery’’ or as an
‘‘ecosystem component’’ species. The
GMT recommended revisiting the ‘‘in
the fishery’’ classification following this
biennial cycle, with consideration of
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67822
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
changes to stock complexes in the 2013–
2014 biennial cycle.
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
OY Policies
The concept of OY remains in the
PCGFMP, however, OYs will no longer
be used as the annual limit on catch;
instead, ACLs will be used for this
purpose. As revisions to the National
Standard 1 guidelines did not alter the
definition of OY, which is defined as
‘‘the amount of fish that will provide the
greatest overall benefit to the Nation,
particularly with respect to food
production and recreational
opportunities and taking into account
the protection of marine ecosystems;
that is prescribed on the basis of the
MSY from the fishery, as reduced by
any relevant economic, social, or
ecological factor; and, in the case of an
overfished fishery, that provides for
rebuilding to a level consistent with
producing the MSY in such fishery,’’
that definition remains unchanged in
the PCGFMP. OY may be expressed
numerically (as a harvest guideline,
quota, or other specification) or nonnumerically. Beginning with the 2011
and 2012 harvest specifications, ACLs
are intended to, over the long-term,
meet the National Standard 1 guidelines
of preventing overfishing while
achieving, on a continuing basis, the
optimum yield.
ACL Policy
ACLs are specified for each stock and
stock complex that is ‘‘in the fishery’’ as
specified under the proposed
Amendment 23 framework. An ACL is
a harvest specification set equal to or
below the ABC to address conservation
objectives, socioeconomic concerns,
management uncertainty or other factors
necessary to meet any management
objectives. Sector-specific ACLs may be
specified in cases where a sector has a
formal, long-term allocation of the
harvestable surplus of a stock or stock
complex. All sources of fishing related
mortality (tribal, commercial groundfish
and non groundfish, recreational, and
EFP) retained and discard mortality,
plus research catch is accounted for
within an ACL. In general, when
recommending ACLs, the Council
follows a risk-averse policy by
recommending an ACL that is below
ABC when there is a perception the
stock is below its BMSY, or to
accommodate management uncertainty,
socioeconomic concerns, or other
considerations.
Under the PCGFMP, the biomass level
that produces MSY (BMSY) is defined as
the precautionary threshold. When the
biomass for a category 1 stock or stock
complex falls below the precautionary
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
threshold, the harvest rate will be
reduced to help the stock return to the
BMSY level. If a stock biomass is larger
than BMSY, the ACL may be set equal to
or less than ABC. Because BMSY is a long
term average, the true biomass could be
below BMSY in some years and above
BMSY in other years. Even in the absence
of overfishing, a biomass may decline to
levels below BMSY due to natural
fluctuations. Decreasing harvest rates
below the ABC level when a biomass is
estimated to be below BMSY, is a harvest
control rule designed to prevent a stock
or stock complex from becoming
overfished.
The PCGFMP defines ACL harvest
policies for category 1 species. The 40–
10 harvest control rule has been applied
to stocks with a BMSY proxy of 40
percent (B40%) since 2000. A new
harvest control rule referred to as the
25–5 harvest control rule is proposed for
stocks with a BMSY proxy of 25 percent
(B25%). Consistent with the SSC
recommendations, the new harvest
control rule would be used for setting
ACLs for flatfish species not managed
under overfished species rebuilding
plans when the biomass estimated from
the stock assessment indicates that the
stock has fallen below B25%. The 25–5
rule works exactly like the 40–10 rule
except that the ACL adjustment begins
when the stock’s depletion drops below
B25% and at B5%, the ACL is set to zero.
Like the 40–10 harvest control rule for
stocks with an MSST proxy of B40%, the
25–5 harvest control rule is designed to
prevent stocks from becoming
overfished. If a stock biomass is larger
than the biomass needed to produce
MSY (BMSY), the ACL may be set equal
to or less than the ABC.
Under these harvest policies, when a
stock’s depletion level falls below BMSY
(or the proxy for BMSY), the stock is said
to be in the ‘‘precautionary zone’’ or
below the precautionary threshold.
When a stock is below the precautionary
threshold the harvest policies reduce
the fishing mortality rate. The further
the stock biomass is below the
precautionary threshold, the greater the
reduction in ACL relative to the ABC,
until at B10% for a stock with a BMSY
proxy of B40% or B5% for a stock with a
BMSY proxy of B25%, when the OY would
be set at zero. These harvest policies
foster a quicker return to the BMSY level
and serve as an interim rebuilding
policy for stock that are below the
overfished threshold (Below MSST—
below B25% for a stock with a BMSY
proxy of B40% or B12.5% for a stock with
a BMSY proxy of B25%).
The Council may recommend setting
the ACL higher than what the default
ACL harvest control rule specifies as
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
long as the ACL: Does not exceed the
ABC; complies with the requirements of
the Magnuson-Stevens Act; and is
consistent with the National Standard
Guidelines. On a case-by-case basis,
additional precautionary adjustments
may be made to an ACL if necessary to
address management uncertainty. The
ACL serves as the basis for invoking
AMs. If ACLs are exceeded more often
than 1 in 4 years, then AMs, such as
catch monitoring and inseason
adjustments to fisheries, need to
improve or additional AMs may need to
be implemented. Additional AMs may
include setting an ACT, which is a
specified level of harvest below the
ACL. The use of ACTs may be especially
important for a stock subject to highly
uncertain inseason catch monitoring. A
sector-specific ACT may serve as a
harvest guideline for a sector or may be
used strategically in a rebuilding plan to
attempt to reduce mortality of an
overfished stock more than the
rebuilding plan limits prescribe.
For category 2 and 3 species with only
rudimentary stock assessments, the
Council has the discretion to adjust the
ACLs for uncertainty on a case-by-case
basis. In cases where there is a high
degree of uncertainty about the
condition of the stock or stocks, the ACL
may be reduced accordingly. Most
category 3 species are managed in a
stock complex (such as other flatfish,
minor rockfish, and other fish) where
harvest specifications are set for the
complex in its entirety. For stock
complexes, the ACL will be less than or
equal to the sum of the individual
component ABCs. The ACL may be
adjusted below the sum of component
ABCs as appropriate. For what are now
being referred to as category 2 and 3
stocks, the Council’s policy prior to this
specification cycle was to set the OY at
75 percent of the ABC to account for
stocks that have non-quantitative
assessments and to set the OY at 50
percent of the ABC where the ABC is
based on historical data. The previous
adjustments were intended to address
both scientific and management
uncertainty. Because the ABC values for
2011 and 2012 are the OFLs reduced by
scientific uncertainty, adjustment to the
ACLs for additional uncertainty was
made on a case-by-case basis.
If a stock is declared overfished, the
Magnuson-Stevens Act requires the
Council to develop a rebuilding plan
within one year from the declaration
date. The policies for setting ACLs for
overfished species managed under
rebuilding plans is described below in
the section titled ‘‘Rebuilding Plan ACLs
for Overfished Species’’.
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
As discussed above, the Council’s
development of the 2011 and 2012
biennial harvest specifications began at
Council’s November 2009 meeting.
Because Amendment 23 was under
development while the ACL alternatives
were being developed, some early ACLs
under consideration by the Council
were not consistent with Amendment
23 and were removed after the ABCs
were specified (i.e. ACLs that exceeded
the ABC). Other viable ACLs though
lower than the ABC’s developed under
the Amendment 23 structure, are
described in terms of pre-Amendment
23 language. The harvest specifications
recommended by the Council and
which are being implemented by this
action are consistent with Amendments
23.
ACLS for ‘‘Healthy’’ and ‘‘Precautionary
Zone’’ Species and Species Complexes
As stated above, the PCGFMP
provides guidance on setting harvest
specifications for category 1 stocks
depending on the stock’s estimated
biomass level. For the following species
or species complexes where there was
no new scientific information including
stock assessments or a management
guidance change in the harvest strategy,
the Council only considered a single
annual ACL for 2011 and 2012: Pacific
cod; chilipepper rockfish, yellowtail
rockfish, shortspine thornyhead north of
34°27′ north latitude, black rockfish
(Washington), black rockfish (Oregon/
California), longnose skate, other
flatfish, and other fish. The Council
recommended final adoption of the
ABC/OYs values for these species at its
June 2010 meeting. The information that
serves as the basis for the ACLs for these
species can be found in the footnotes to
Table 1a and Table 2a. Because there
were new policies applicable or new
information available, the Council
considered alternative ACLs for the
following non-overfished species:
lingcod north of 42° north latitude;
lingcod south of 42° north latitude;
sablefish; shortbelly rockfish; shortspine
thornyhead south of 34°27′ north
latitude; longspine thornyhead north of
34°27′ north latitude; longspine
thornyhead south of 34°27′ north
latitude; California scorpionfish;
cabezon (California); cabezon (Oregon);
Dover sole; English sole; arrowtooth
flounder; starry flounder; and minor
rockfish complexes north and south of
40°10′ north latitude.
Pacific whiting is managed consistent
with the U.S.-Canada agreement for
Pacific whiting. ACLs for Pacific
whiting are adopted on an annual basis
after a stock assessment is completed
just prior to the Council’s March
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
meeting. Accordingly, the Council
recommended a range of ACLs for 2011
and 2012, and delayed adoption of final
2011 and 2012 OFLs, ABCs, and ACLs
until the March 2011 and 2012
meetings, respectively. The DEIS for the
2011 and 2012 management measures
considers a range for Pacific whiting
ACLs and the resulting impacts.
Lingcod North and South
A lingcod stock assessment was
prepared in 2009. The stock assessment
was conducted as two separate stock
assessments, one for the northern
portion and one for the southern portion
of the stock. For lingcod off of
Washington and Oregon (the northern
portion of the coastwide stock) the
biomass was estimated to be at 62
percent of its unfished biomass, and for
lingcod off of California (the southern
portion) the biomass was estimated to
be at 74 percent of its unfished biomass.
Three ACL alternatives were considered
for the north stock. Alternative 1, with
an ACL of 1,219 mt in 2011 and 1,126
mt in 2012 was based on the 2009 stock
assessment base model with a 50
percent reduction from the OFL (48
percent reduction from the ABC) for
assessment uncertainty and overfished
species bycatch concerns. Alternative 2,
with an ACL of 2,172 mt in 2011 and
2,020 mt in 2012 was based on the low
mortality model in the 2009 assessment.
Alternative 3, with an ACL of 2,330 mt
in 2011 and 2,151 mt in 2012, was based
on the 2009 stock assessment base
model with the ACL set equal to the
ABC. Because lingcod is a healthy stock
the Council recommended the ACL be
set equal to the ABC (Alternative 3).
For lingcod south, three ACLs were
considered. Alternative 1, with an ACL
of 1,262 mt in 2011 and 1,299 mt in
2012, was based on the 2009 stock
assessment base model with a 50
percent reduction from the OFL for
assessment uncertainty and overfished
species bycatch concerns. Alternative 2,
with an ACL of 1,421 mt in 2011 and
1,531 mt in 2012, was based on the low
mortality model in the 2009 assessment.
Alternative 3, with an ACL of 2,102 mt
in 2011 and 2,164 mt in 2012 was based
on the 2009 stock assessment base
model with the ACL set equal to the
ABC. Because lingcod is a healthy stock,
the Council recommended the ACL be
set equal to the ABC (Alternative 3).
The trawl rationalization program, as
approved by NMFS in Amendments 20
and 21, lists lingcod as an IFQ species
with a coastwide area designation.
Because these harvest specifications for
lingcod are being recommended north
and south of 42° north latitude as
opposed to coastwide, NMFS
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67823
anticipates that quota share for lingcod
would need to be reallocated north and
south of 42° N. lat. once the 2011–2012
harvest specifications and management
measures are implemented through a
final rule.
Sablefish
Sablefish is one of the most important
species to the trawl and limited entry
fixed gear fisheries. Management
uncertainty for sablefish and the risk of
overharvesting is considered to be low.
This is because of the increased
monitoring of the trawl fisheries that
will occur under rationalization and
because the limited entry fixed gear
sector tends to under harvest their
allocation. Therefore, when
recommending the sablefish ACLs, the
Council focused primarily on
conservation concerns and stock status.
The 2007 coastwide sablefish stock
assessment indicates the stock is at 36
percent of its unfished biomass and is
therefore considered to be in the
precautionary zone. The strength of the
stock is reliant upon the strong 1999
and 2000 year classes, with the
possibility of a strong incoming 2004
year class as well. The 2010 OY was
previously set by applying a 40–10
harvest control rule to the coastwide
ABC (in 2010 the ABC was equivalent
to the OFL). The coastwide OY was then
apportioned north and south of 36°
north latitude, using the average 2003–
2006 proportions of the swept-area
biomass estimates of sablefish from the
NWFSC shelf-slope trawl survey (72
percent north; 28 percent south). The
OY south of 36° north latitude was then
reduced by 50 percent to account for
greater assessment and survey
uncertainty in that area.
In determining the 2011–2012 ACLs
for sablefish, the Council considered: (1)
How to apply the 40–10 control rule
since this stock is in the precautionary
zone; (2) how to apportion the stock
north and south of 36° north latitude;
and (3) whether precautionary
reductions were needed to the southern
ACL to account for greater conservation
concerns. Options were considered for
applying the 40–10 harvest control rule
directly to the OFL, resulting in
coastwide ACLs of 8,485 in 2011 and
8,227 in 2012, and making the
adjustment to the ABC resulting in
ACLs of 7,296 mt in 2011 and 6,896 mt
in 2012. The Council recommended the
more risk-averse adjustment of applying
the 40–10 reduction to the ABC
resulting in a coastwide ACL of 8,110
mt for 2011 and 7,863 mt for 2012.
Historically, the coastwide sablefish
OY was apportioned north and south of
36° North latitude by using historical
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67824
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
landings data (96.5 percent north and
3.5 percent south). However, beginning
with the 2009–2010 harvest
specifications and management
measures process, the swept area
biomass from the 2003–2006 combined
NWFSC shelf/slope surveys were used
to apportion the coastwide OY (72
percent north and 28 percent south).
The Council considered apportioning
the coastwide ACLs for 2011 and 2012
using the same proportions as in 2009–
2010. When applied to the 2011
coastwide ACL of 8,110 mt this resulted
in a 5,839 mt apportionment to the
north and a 2,271 mt apportionment to
the south. When applied to the 2012
coastwide ACL 7,863 mt it resulted in
5,839 mt apportionment to the north
and a 2,271 mt apportionment to the
south. Because new data were available
from the 2007 and 2008 NWFSC shelf/
slope surveys, the Council also
considered apportioning the coastwide
ACLs using averaged 2003–2008 data
(68 percent north and 32 percent south)
and using a weighted average with more
weighing given to recent years (64
percent north and 36 percent south).
When using averaged 2003–2008 data
and applying it to the 2011 Coastwide
ACL of 8,110 mt it resulted in a 5,515
mt to the north and 2,595 mt to the
south and for 2012 when applied to the
ACL of 7,863 mt it resulted in 5,347 mt
to the north and 2,516 mt to the south.
When using the weighted average of the
2003–2008 data and applying it to the
2011 Coastwide ACL of 8,110 mt it
resulted in a 5,190 mt to the north and
2,920 mt to the south and for 2012 when
applied to the ACL of 7,863 mt it
resulted in 5,032 mt to the north and
2,832 mt to the south. The
apportionment of biomass using the
trawl survey data incorporates the best
available information on the sablefish
stock distribution. The Council
recommended apportioning the 2011
and 2012 coastwide ACLs with 68
percent going to the north and 32
percent going to the south, based on
using averaged 2003–2008 data.
To account for the uncertainty
inherent in the abundance estimates of
sablefish south of 36° north latitude
(due to the short time-series of survey
data from the southern area and
advisory body advice), the Council
recommended making a 50 percent
reduction to the 2011 and 2012 southern
apportionment of the coastwide ACLs of
2,595 mt and 2,516 mt, respectively,
resulting in 2011 and 2012 ACLs for the
area south of 36° north latitude of 1,298
mt and 1,258 mt, respectively. Even
with the precautionary reduction in the
southern area, the ACL is high relative
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
to recent catches in the Conception
Area. The Cowcod Conservation Area
(CCA) closes a significant amount of the
Conception Area to fishing and the areaswept biomass estimates for the
Conception area are based on the
assumption that catch rates outside of
the CCAs are comparable to those inside
(the survey does not sample within the
CCAs).
Thornyheads
Shortspine and longspine thornyhead
stocks have been assessed coastwide
and projected harvest levels in the stock
assessments are coastwide values.
However, since 2008 each of the stocks
has been managed with separate OYs for
the areas north and south of Point
Conception (34°27’ north latitude).
Separate ACLs are being adopted for
shortspine thornyhead north and south
of Point Conception, and longspine
thornyhead north and south of Point
Conception.
Only one ACL alternative, based on
projections from the 2005 stock
assessment and representing 66 percent
of the coastwide ACL (the portion of the
biomass estimated to occur north of
Point Conception) was considered for
shortspine thornyhead. Due to
conservation concerns in the
Conception area and a new
specifications structure under proposed
Amendment 23, two ACL alternatives,
based on projections from the 2005
stock assessment, were considered for
shortspine thornyhead south.
Alternative 1 represented 34 percent
(the portion of the biomass estimated to
occur south of Point Conception) of the
coastwide ACL, reduced by 50 percent
for conservation concerns. Under
Alternative 1 the ACLs were 405 mt in
2011 and 401 mt in 2012. Alternative 2
ACLs represented 34 percent of the
coastwide ACL with no conservation
reductions and were 811 mt in 2011 and
802 mt in 2012. The Council
recommended a continuation of the
added precautionary adjustment
included under Alternative 1, and
recommended ACLs of 405 mt in 2011
and 401 mt in 2012. The conservation
concern is largely due to the fact that a
small proportion of the Conception area
is surveyed in the NMFS trawl survey
given the high proportion of
untrawlable habitat in the Conception
area and the prohibition of bottom
trawling in the Cowcod Conservation
Areas. The conservation concern is
specifically south of Point Conception
(of 34°27′ north latitude) and is
accommodated in consideration of the
ACL for the shortspine thornyhead stock
for the Conception area.
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Two ACL alternatives, based on the
most recent stock assessment (2005)
were considered for longspine
thornyhead north. Both ACL
alternatives are based on the assumption
that 79 percent of the coastwide biomass
occurs north of Point Conception.
Alternative 1 for the northern portion of
the coastwide ACL, is a 10 percent
reduction from the ABC for
conservation uncertainty. Under
Alternative 1 the ACLs were 2,119 mt in
2011 and 2,064 mt in 2012. Alternative
2 ACLs made the same assumption
regarding stock distribution and
represented 79 percent of the coastwide
ACL based on projections from the 2005
stock assessment. The ACLs under
Alternative 2 were 2,825 mt in 2011 and
2,751 mt in 2012. The Council
recommended a continuation of the
added precautionary adjustment
included under Alternative 1 and the
ACLs of 2,119 mt in 2011 and 2,064 mt
in 2012.
Two ACL alternatives, based on the
most recent stock assessment (2005),
were considered for longspine
thornyhead south. Alternative 1
assumed a constant density throughout
the Conception area and represented 21
percent (the portion of the biomass
estimated to occur north of Point
Conception) of the coastwide ACL
reduced by 50 percent for uncertainty.
Under Alternative 1 the ACLs were 375
mt in 2011 and 366 mt in 2012.
Alternative 2 ACLs made the same
assumption regarding stock distribution
and represented 21 percent of the
coastwide ACL. The ACLs under
Alternative 2 were 751 mt in 2011 and
731 mt in 2012. For similar reasons as
for shortspine thornyhead south, but
with a 40 percent reduction from the
ABC, the Council recommended a
continuation of the added precautionary
adjustment included under For similar
reasons as for shortspine thornyhead
south, the Council recommended a
continuation of the added precautionary
adjustment included under Alternative
1 and recommended ACLs of 375 mt in
2011 and 366 mt in 2012.
Cabezon (California)
In recent years, the OY for Cabezon in
waters off California was based on the
California State Nearshore Management
Plan which uses a FMSY proxy of F50%
and a 60–20 precautionary adjustment
for stocks below B60% (60 percent of the
unfished biomass). This is in contrast to
the PCGFMP FMSY proxy of F45% percent
for Cabezon. In light of the new ACL
requirements for a more precautionary
ABC that is reduced from the OFL for
scientific uncertainty, the Council’s
advisory bodies recommended using the
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
40–10 adjustment to better align the
California management strategy with the
PCGFMP. Alternative 1 considered an
ACL of 102 mt in 2011 and 105 mt 2012.
Alternative 1 is based on the low
mortality scenario from the 2009 stock
assessment with a 40–10 reduction.
Since scientific uncertainty is addressed
in the ABC specification and the new
assessment indicates a healthy stock
status, the more risk averse ACL
Alternative 1 was not considered
necessary for managing California
cabezon. Alternative 2 is the ACL set
equal to the ABC and results in a 2011
ACL of 179 mt and a 2012 ACL of 168
mt. Following consideration by the
Council, Alternative 2 was
recommended. The cabezon fishery is
managed by the State under the
California nearshore fishery
management plan. Implementation of
the California fishery management plan
included provisions to improve fishery
monitoring and research data collection.
Improved stock assessment modeling
plus improved inseason data
availability, as implemented under the
California fishery management plan, are
expected to substantially reduce
uncertainty in management of the
nearshore fishery. Therefore, additional
reductions in the ACL below ABC to
address management uncertainty were
not recommended by the Council.
Cabezon (Oregon)
Following a 2009 stock assessment for
cabezon off Oregon the SSC
recommended removing the species
from the ‘‘other fish’’ complex. The
recreational sector was the main source
of cabezon removals until the 1990s
when hook and line and pot gear
commercial fisheries began targeting
cabezon. Cabezon has since become a
valuable live-fish commercial fishery
associated with higher live market
prices. Given the small contribution
relative to other species in the complex,
removing cabezon in Oregon from the
‘‘other fish’’ complex will reduce the risk
of overfishing.
Two ACL alternatives were
considered for the cabezon stock off
Oregon. Alternative 1 includes an ACL
of 29 mt in 2011 and 2012, and was
based on the results of the low mortality
scenario in the 2009 stock assessment.
Since scientific uncertainty is addressed
in the ABC specification and the new
assessment indicates a healthier stock,
the more risk averse ACL alternative 1
was not considered necessary for
managing Oregon cabezon. Alternative 2
was from the results of the base model
and the 2009 stock assessment, with the
ACL set equal to the ABC. This resulted
in a 2011 ACL of 50 mt and a 2012 ACL
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
of 48 mt. Following consideration by the
Council, an ACL of 50 mt in 2011 and
an ACL of 48 mt in 2012 was
recommended. The cabezon fishery is
managed by the State of Oregon under
a limited entry nearshore permit
program with a conservative
management approach and a
management history in which necessary
action to stay within harvest
specifications has been taken by the
state.
California Scorpionfish
California Scorpionfish south of
34°27′ North latitude (Point Conception)
was first assessed in 2005 and was
estimated to be between 58 and 80
percent of its unfished biomass in 2005.
For 2011 and 2012 the Council
considered two ACL alternatives for
California scorpionfish. Alternative 1
was based on the base model from the
2009 stock assessment with the 60–20
reduction from the California State
Nearshore Management Plan.
Alternative 1 resulted in a 2011 ACL of
133 mt and a 2012 ACL of 124 mt. The
Alternative 2 ACLs of 135 mt in 2011
and 125 mt in 2012 are ACLs set equal
to the ABC. The Council recommended
setting the ACL equal to the ABC. Like
cabezon, the California nearshore
fishery management plan includes
California scorpionfish which is a
healthy stock, and is managed by the
state under provisions for improved
fishery monitoring and research data
collection.
Dover Sole
Alternatives 1–3 are based on the
results of the 2005 stock assessment,
which estimated the Dover sole biomass
to be at 59.8 percent of its unfished
biomass in 2005 and was projected to be
increasing. Alternative 1 is the 2010 OY
which is based on the results of the
2005 assessment with an FMSY proxy of
F40%. The Alternative 1 ACL of 16,500
mt is the MSY harvest level which is
considerably larger than the coastwide
catches in any recent years. Alternative
2 reflects the change in the FMSY harvest
proxy from F40% to F30% for flatfishes.
The MSY harvest level at F30% is 17,560
mt. Alternative 3 is based on the results
of the 2005 assessment with an FMSY
proxy of F30%, with the ACL set equal
to the ABC, and was considered because
the Dover sole stock biomass is above
BMSY. Alternative 3 results in ACLs of
42,436 mt in 2011 and 42,843 mt in
2012. After consideration of these
alternatives, the Council recommended
an ACL of 25,000 mt for 2011 and 2012
which is intermediate to Alternatives 2
and 3. An ACL of 25,000 mt is higher
than recent harvests yet substantially
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67825
lower than the ABC. This is anticipated
to provide increased harvest
opportunities on healthy stocks for the
new trawl ITQ program. With a trawl
IFQ program fishers would allow
opportunity within the constraints of
the individual quota shares for both
Dover sole and overfished species that
co-occur with Dover sole within. The
Council indicated that such
opportunities were necessary at the start
of the IFQ fishery to provide harvest
opportunity.
English Sole
Two ACL alternatives were
considered for English sole for 2011 and
2012. Alternative 1 is 7,158 mt and
5,790 mt in 2011 and 2012, respectively.
These amounts, are based on the results
of the 2007 assessment update with an
FMSY proxy of F40% and the ACL set
equal to the ABC. Alternative 2 reflects
the change in the FMSY harvest proxy
from F40% to F30% for flatfishes. The
2011 ACL of 19,761 mt and 2012 ACL
of 10,150 mt under Alternative 2 are the
ACLs set equal to the ABC. The Council
recommended Alternative 2. English
sole is a healthy stock that is primarily
caught in the trawl fishery where
individual allocations and improved
catch accounting under an IFQ fishery
are expected to reduce the management
uncertainty.
Arrowtooth Flounder
Two ACL alternatives were
considered for arrowtooth flounder in
2011 and 2012. The Alternative 1 ACLs
are 9,109 mt in 2011 and 8,241 mt in
2012 and are based on the results of the
2007 assessment with an FMSY proxy of
F40% and is the ACL set equal to the
ABC. Alternative 2 reflects the change
in the FMSY harvest proxy from F40% to
F30% for flatfishes. The Alternative 2
ACL is set equal to the ABC and results
in an ACL of 15,174 mt in 2011 and
12,049 mt in 2012. The Council
recommended Alternative 2. Like
English sole, arrowtooth flounder is a
healthy stock that is primarily caught in
the trawl fishery, where individual
allocations and improved catch
accounting under an IFQ fishery are
expected to reduce the management
uncertainty.
Starry Flounder
Starry Flounder was assessed for the
first time in 2005 and was estimated to
be above 40 percent of its unfished
biomass in 2005. However, the stock
was projected to decline in both the
northern and southern areas. The starry
flounder assessment was considered to
be a data-poor assessment relative to
other groundfish assessments. The
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67826
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Alternative 1 ACL was based on the
results of the 2005 stock assessment
with an FMSY proxy of F40% and a 25
percent precautionary reduction from
the ABC to account for management
uncertainty. Alternative 1 results in
ACLs of 1,130 mt in 2011 and 1,166 mt
in 2012. Alternative 2 reflects the
change in the FMSY harvest proxy from
F40% to F30% for flatfishes and includes
a 10 percent reduction from the ABC as
a precautionary measure. Alternative 2
results in ACLs of 1,352 mt in 2011 and
1,360 mt in 2012. Alternative 3 reflects
the change in the FMSY harvest proxy
from F40% to F30% for flatfishes. Under
Alternative 3 the ACL would be set
equal to ABC. The resulting ACLs under
Alternative 3 are 1,502 mt in 2011 and
1,511 mt in 2012. Following
consideration of the ACLs, the Council
recommended Alternative 2 with ACLs
of 1,352 mt in 2011 and 1,360 mt in
2012.
Minor Rockfish North
In 2010, the ABC for each minor
rockfish complex was the sum of the
ABCs. To obtain the total catch OY for
the complex, the ‘‘remaining rockfish’’
(species that have been assessed by less
rigorous methods or stock assessments)
ABCs were further reduced by 25
percent and ‘‘other rockfish’’ (species
that do not have quantifiable stock
assessments) ABCs were reduced by 50
percent. The complex OYs were then
based on the sum of the OYs for the
component species contributions. Subcomplex OYs, minor nearshore rockfish,
minor shelf rockfish, and minor slope
rockfish were also based on the sum of
their component species contributions.
For 2011 and 2012, the Council
recommended implementing the OFLs
put forward by the SSC along with the
SSC recommended ABC policies of
using a sigma value and the Council
recommended P* values. Substantial
changes in minor nearshore north and
minor shelf north harvest specifications
from the 2010 levels resulted from the
application of DB–SRA and the DCAC
methods for determining OFLs for
stocks that have not been assessed; the
apportionment of catch north and south
of 40°10′ north latitude to derive
component species OFLs; and the
application of scientific uncertainty
buffers.
The Council expressed concern about
the long term impacts of leaving
splitnose and greenstriped rockfish in
their current complexes. If stocks within
a complex are caught in proportion to
their contribution to the OFL the risks
of overfishing an individual stock is
low. If stocks are not caught in such
proportions, then it is possible for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
overfishing to occur on a component
species. This is more of a concern with
stocks that are targeted and that only
contribute a small proportion of the
overall OFL.
Greenstriped rockfish and splitnose
rockfish were assessed in 2009. Given
the results of the new assessments the
Council considered removing these
stocks from the minor rockfish north
complex. Splitnose rockfish is part of
the minor Slope Rockfish North subcomplex, which is comprised of nine
species. In 2011 and 2012, splitnose
rockfish is projected to contribute more
than 50 percent of the weight of the
minor Slope Rockfish in the complex.
Greenstriped rockfish is a minor shelf
rockfish that would present a similar
situation with an OFL contribution of 55
percent of the complex. Removing a
stock from a complex creates substantial
complications for the management
system. New sorting and reporting
programs would be required for
industry and the states. The
implementation of the trawl shoreside
IFQ program and initial allocation of
minor slope rockfish under Amendment
21 would also be affected. Historical
data collected at the complex level
would be unreliable for deriving IFQ
catch history at the species level.
Additional observer monitoring under
an IFQ program would provide much
needed data for allocations at the
species level. Consideration was given
to the potential for a target species
within a complex becoming overfished.
Ultimately, the Council recommended
leaving splitnose and greenstriped
rockfish in the minor rockfish north
complexes at this time.
For chilipepper rockfish, 7 percent of
the biomass from the 2007 assessment
area is attributed to the area north of
40°10′ north latitude. The northern
portion of the stock is currently
managed as part of the minor rockfish
north complex. The Council
recommended continuing the
management of this species within the
complex north of 40°10′ north latitude.
The Council considered dismantling
of the minor rockfish complexes (both
north and south) and grouping them by
stock vulnerability, based on the PSA
analysis prepared by the GMT. Due to
workload and the complexity of the
necessary analysis, the GMT could not
complete the work in time for the 2011–
2012 biennial management cycle. The
Council expressed interest in such an
analysis for the 2013–2014 biennial
process and encouraged that a broad
range of methods be considered through
the Council’s STAR-light process (less
vigorous review than the full STAR
panel process). The lack of species
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
specific historical landing data for
stocks within complexes makes an
analysis difficult. The trawl IFQ
program will require full observer
coverage for catch accounting, and it is
expected to provide catch by species
data that could be used in such an
analysis.
For minor nearshore rockfish north
the Council recommended that
splitnose, greenstriped, and chilipepper
rockfish remain in the complex for 2011
and 2012. A 50 mt contribution for
cabezon in waters off Oregon is removed
from the complex. Minor rockfish north
is comprised of three minor rockfish
sub-complexes: Nearshore, shelf, and
slope. Each sub-complex OFL is the sum
of the OFLs of the component species
within the complex. ABCs for the minor
rockfish complexes and sub-complexes
are based on a sigma value of 0.36 for
category 1 stocks (splitnose and
chilipepper rockfish), 0.72 for category
2 stocks (greenstriped rockfish) and 1.44
for category 3 stocks all with a P*s of
0.45. The ACL for each component
species is less than or equal to the ABC.
The ACL for the complex is the sum of
the sub-complex ACLs. The subcomplexes ACLs are the sum of the
component stock ACLs. The resulting
2011 and 2012 ACLs for the minor
rockfish north represent a 42 percent
(nearshore-15 percent, shelf-56 percent,
and slope-23 percent) reduction from
the OFL. This is in contrast to the 2010
minor rockfish north OY which
represented a reduction from the 2010
ABC (now referred to as the OFL) of 38
percent.
Minor Rockfish South
Similar to the minor rockfish north
complex, the OFLs recommended by the
SSC and the new ABC policies based on
the OFLs for the 2011–2012 cycle
resulted in substantial changes relative
to 2010. Blue rockfish is currently
managed within the minor rockfish
complex. The first blue rockfish
assessment on the West Coast was
conducted in 2007 for the portion of the
stock occurring in waters off California
north of Point Conception (34°27′ north
latitude). The Blue rockfish stock was
estimated to be at 29.7 percent of its
unfished biomass in 2007; therefore, the
stock is considered to be in the
precautionary zone. During the 2009
and 2010 biennial specification process,
the Council contemplated removing
blue rockfish from the minor rockfish
complex. The decision to continue
managing blue rockfish within the
minor nearshore complex was based on
both scientific uncertainty and
management needs, given the
interaction of blue rockfish with other
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
nearshore species. When blue rockfish
occur offshore they can be targeted
separately from other nearshore
rockfish, but those that occur inshore
mix with other nearshore rockfish
stocks. Blue rockfish is managed under
the state of California nearshore
management plan which is a limited
entry program with mandatory sorting
requirements. Landings are routinely
tracked and monitored, thereby
reducing management uncertainty.
The Council considered the
contribution of blue rockfish to the
minor rockfish complex ACL. For more
efficient state management, blue
rockfish would continue to be managed
as part of the minor rockfish complex.
In 2009–2010, blue rockfish in the
California fisheries were managed with
a harvest guideline (HG) to prevent
overfishing as blue rockfish is a stock in
the precautionary zone. To prevent an
ACL from being exceeded, the Council
recommended continued use of the HG.
The 2011 HG will be 242 mt and the
2012 HG will be 239 mt. The HG
contribution for the unassessed portion
of the stock south of Pt. Conception was
calculated by first estimating an OFL
using the DCAC methodology and then
applying an ABC adjustment (s=1.44
with a P* of 0.45). The HG contribution
for the assessed area was calculated by
determining the OFL from the 2007
stock assessment, deriving an ABC
using a P* of 0.45 for a category 2 stock,
then adjusting the ABC value using the
40–10 harvest control rule. The 2011
and 2012 blue rockfish ABC
contributions for the assessed and
unassessed areas are then summed to
determine the HGs.
Similar to minor rockfish north,
consideration was given to the potential
for a target species within a complex
becoming overfished and the
contribution of a non-target species
managed within a species complex. The
Council contemplated the removal of
greenstriped rockfish in the minor shelf
rockfish south complex, but
recommended leaving it in the complex
at this time.
Minor rockfish south is comprised of
three minor rockfish sub-complexes:
Nearshore, shelf, and slope. The OFL for
the complex is the sum of OFLs for
nearshore, shelf and slope south subcomplexes. Each sub-complex OFL is
the sum of the OFLs of the component
species within the complex. ABCs for
the minor rockfish complexes and subcomplexes are based on a sigma value
of 0.36 for category 1 stocks (gopher
north of Point Conception, and blackgill
rockfish), 0.72 for category 2 stocks
(blue, bank and greenstriped rockfish)
and 1.44 for category 3 stocks with a P*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
of 0.45. The ACLs for the complex are
the sum of the sub-complex ACLs. The
ACLs for the sub-complexes are the sum
of the component stock ACLs, which are
less than or equal to the ABC
contribution of each component stock.
The ACLs for the minor slope and shelf
sub-complexes were set equal to the
2010 OYs. The resulting 2011 and 2012
ACLs for the minor rockfish south
represent a 45 percent (nearshore-14
percent, shelf-68 percent, and slop-31
percent) reduction from the OFL. This is
in contrast to the 2010 a minor rockfish
south OY reduction from the 2010 ABC
(now referred to as the OFL) of 41
percent in 2010.
Amendment 23 to the PCGFMP
removes dusky rockfish and red-dwarf
rockfish from the PCGFMP. These
stocks are not considered to be in the
fishery as there are no historical records
of them being landed. Therefore these
stocks are removed from the complexes.
Splitnose Rockfish
A new coastwide stock assessment
was prepared for splitnose rockfish in
2009. Splitnose rockfish is a slope
species currently managed in the minor
rockfish complex north of 40°10′ north
latitude, but as an individual species
south of 40°10′ north latitude. Splitnose
rockfish has been managed separately
north and south of 40°10′ north latitude
because the previous stock assessment
was only for the southern portion of the
stock. Although the SSC recommended
2011 and 2012 coastwide splitnose
rockfish OFLs of 2,381 and 2,507 mt,
respectively, which were determined by
applying the proxy F50% MSY harvest
rate to the projected exploitable biomass
in each year. The Council chose OFL
and ABC values that assume that
splitnose rockfish north of 40°10′ north
latitude would continue to be managed
within the minor nearshore rockfish
complex north. The Council
recommended continuing this
management strategy largely due to the
implications of determining the catch
history for individual trawl permits for
the initial allocation of quota shares for
the shoreside trawl IFQ program under
Amendment 20. Determining the catch
history would be difficult because
splitnose rockfish are not targeted and
are predominantly discarded at sea
resulting in little landing data.
The Council recommended continued
management of splitnose rockfish with
a separate ACL south of 40°10′ north
latitude and within the minor slope
rockfish sub-complex ACL north of
40°10′ north latitude. As noted above,
the minor slope rockfish north complex
is comprised of nine species. In 2011
and 2012, splitnose rockfish were
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67827
projected to contribute more than 50
percent of the ABC/ACL of the minor
Slope Rockfish North complex. The
north/south apportionment
recommended by the Council was based
on the average 1916–2008 assessed area
catch and is 64.2 percent for the area
south of 40°10′ north latitude and 35.8
percent for the area north of 40°10′
north latitude. The resulting ACL for
2011 is 1,461 mt and 1,538 mt for 2012.
Shortbelly Rockfish
To understand the potential
environmental determinants of
fluctuations in the recruitment and
abundance of an unexploited rockfish
population in the California Current
ecosystem, a non quantitative
assessment was conducted in 2007. The
results of the assessment indicated the
shortbelly stock was healthy with an
estimated spawning stock biomass at 67
percent of its unfished biomass in 2005.
Shortbelly rockfish is an abundant
species that is not targeted in any
commercial or recreational fisheries,
and which is a valuable forage fish
species. The OFL of 6,950 mt was
recommended for the stock in both 2011
and 2012 with an ABC of 5,789 mt (s0.72 with a P* of 0.40) in both 2011 and
2012. The Council considered two ACL
alternatives. Alternative 1 with an ACL
of 50 mt was somewhat above the recent
landing level and under Alternative 2
ACL values were set equal to the ABC
(5,789 in both 2011 and 2012). The 50
mt ACL was recommended by the
Council and was intended to be
adequate to accommodate incidental
catch while preventing the development
of fisheries specifically targeting
shortbelly rockfish. The Council
recognized shortbelly rockfish for its
value as a forage fish.
Rebuilding Plan ACLS for Overfished
Species
When a stock has been declared
overfished a rebuilding plan must be
developed and the stock must be
managed in accordance with the
rebuilding plan. An overfished
groundfish stock is considered rebuilt
once its biomass reaches BMSY.
Rebuilding plans are based on the
results of rebuilding analyses. Life
history characteristics (e.g., age of
reproductive maturity, relative
productivity at different ages and sizes,
etc.) and the effects of environmental
conditions on its abundance (e.g.,
relative productivity under inter-annual
and inter-decadal climate variability,
availability of suitable feed and habitat
for different life stages, etc.) are taken
into account in the stock assessment
and the rebuilding analysis. A
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67828
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
rebuilding analysis for an overfished
species uses the information in its stock
assessment to determine TMIN, the
minimum time to rebuild to BMSY in the
absence of fishing. For each stock, TMIN
is dependent on a variety of physical
and biological factors. The rebuilding
analyses are used to predict TMIN for
each overfished species and, in doing
so, answer the question of what is ‘‘as
quickly as possible’’ for each of the
overfished species.
To rebuild a stock by the TMIN date
would require elimination of humaninduced mortality on a stock (the
complete absence of fishing mortality is
referred to as F = zero). However, the
absence of fishing mortality does not
necessarily result in the complete
absence of human-induced fishing
mortality. To rebuild by the TMIN date
would require elimination of extractive
scientific research, in addition to any
target or incidental commercial,
recreational, or ceremonial and
subsistence fishing that results in
overfished species mortality.
Eliminating extractive scientific fishing
would eliminate a significant portion of
data used to inform stock assessments
and to better understand the biological
condition of groundfish stocks. For
overfished species where retention has
been prohibited, little information is
available to inform stock assessments;
this has particularly been an issue for
species such as yelloweye rockfish.
With the implementation of trawl
rationalization, observer monitoring will
increase to full coverage which is
expected to provide more biological
data regarding overfished species that
are vulnerable to trawl gear. However,
for species such as yelloweye rockfish
and cowcod that are primarily taken in
the recreational fishery and with nontrawl gears, little new biological data is
expected to be available without
research collections. Non-extractive
survey techniques, such as Remote
Operational Vehicle (ROV) work, are
currently cost prohibitive on a large
scale. Because Pacific Coast groundfish
species are so intermixed, extractive
scientific fishing for some nonoverfished species would need to be
eliminated as well. To appropriately
take into account the status and biology
of overfished stocks, both now and in
the future the scientific take of
overfished and other groundfish stocks
must continue.
The relative level of depletion,
combined with other biological
characteristics of the stock, influences
the sensitivity of a stock’s rebuilding
time to changes to long-term harvest
rates generally used to set ACLs. Stocks
with very low levels of depletion; such
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
as canary rockfish, cowcod, and
yelloweye rockfish; are considered to
have a higher sensitivity to changes in
harvest rate and higher harvest rates for
these species have a greater risk of not
rebuilding by TTARTGET. From a
biological view due to the differences in
productivity between species, one year
of delay of rebuilding for yelloweye
rockfish (the slowest of the overfished
species to rebuild) is not equivalent to
a one year of delay in rebuilding for
petrale sole (the quickest overfished
species to rebuild). The estimate of
mean generation time recommended in
the National Standard guidelines for the
calculation of TMAX captures these
biological differences, but it is not
incorporated into the other rebuilding
parameters.
As advised by the SSC, the Council
has elected to set overfished species
harvests based on a constant SPR
harvest rate. The SPR is the expected
lifetime contribution to the spawning
stock biomass for a recruit (a fish of
specific spawning age or greater) usually
expressed as the number of eggs that
could be produced by an average recruit
in a fished stock, divided by the number
of eggs that could be produced by an
average recruit in an unfished stock.
The SPR harvest rate specifies the
proportion of the spawning stock that
can be removed each year and
inherently takes into account the
productivity of the stock. The
exploitation pattern, rate of growth, and
natural mortality can be given
consideration when calculating an SPR
harvest rate. Applying a constant SPR
harvest rate is more precautionary in an
uncertain environment as it reduces the
effect of changes in variability in the
scale of biomass (a change in the entire
trajectory of biomass from the first
biomass estimate forward to the current
biomass estimate). When a new stock
assessment results in a change in the
understanding of stock scale, a constant
harvest rate strategy is expected to keep
the stock on track to the TTARGET. In
addition, the ‘‘rebuilding paradox’’ (the
fishing interaction with the stock
increases as the stock biomass increases)
is addressed within a constant SPR
approach. This is because the ACL
would change in relation to changes in
biomass. In contrast, constant catch
rebuilding strategies do not adjust in
relation to changes in biomass which
can be problematic when there is a
downward change in abundance. In this
case, the catch may become too large
relative to the size of the biomass
population and adjustments become
necessary to meet the same TTARGET.
Although the biennial management
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
cycle requires the focus on ACLs for a
two year period, an SPR harvest strategy
is based on a rebuilding trajectory over
time. For stocks with slow trajectories,
the differences between two alternatives
considered during a single biennial
management cycle need to be compared
in relation to how they rebuild the stock
over time.
Given the changes in perception of
stock status and biology, the Council
tracks rebuilding progress in three
dimensions: stock productivity; absolute
stock abundance or stock scale; and
relative stock abundance or stock status.
Stock productivity is referred to as
recruitment and means the ability of a
stock to generate new individuals of
harvestable size. Stock scale is the total
number of individuals in a population.
This value is rarely known, but is
usually estimated from relative
abundance or through other methods.
Absolute stock abundance is an estimate
of the current biomass usually measured
by indices that track trends in
population biomass over time. Stock
status is the current biomass relative to
the unfished biomass. Each of these
dimensions is subject to considerable
scientific uncertainty and can change
the overall rebuilding outlook from
cycle to cycle. To determine whether a
stock is better or worse off compared to
a previous assessment, all three
dimensions must be examined. Changes
in the understanding of stock
productivity can affect rebuilding plans
by altering our perception of how
quickly a stock can increase. Changes in
our understanding of life history traits
(e.g. mortality, maturity, fecundity, or
growth) can change the evaluation of
stock productivity. Measuring
recruitment is difficult given the elusive
and inaccessible early life histories of
most groundfish species and the fact
that recruitment events are not constant.
In the case of many groundfish,
recruitment is highly variable and
sporadic. Age or length data, along with
survey biomass estimates and removal
histories, all inform recruitment
patterns, but to varying degrees of
resolution. The most recent couple of
years of recruitment are often the most
uncertain.
Absolute stock abundance, or stock
scale, has also demonstrated
considerable variability across
assessments. This variability is often a
result of uncertainty in catch histories,
which scales the biomass via estimates
of fishing mortality, but is also sensitive
to life history parameters such as growth
and mortality. Any changes in these
estimates can have large effects in
perceived biomass. These changes in
scale are commonly seen in estimates of
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
unfished biomass, as the scale of the
entire population trajectory can shift up
or down. Changes in population scale
will affect the level of catch needed to
achieve the rebuilding goals if harvest
levels are not based on harvest rates.
Changes in the understanding of stock
productivity and relative biomass can
result in changes in the estimated time
to rebuild and rebuilding reference
points.
Stock status or depletion is expressed
as an estimate of current biomass
relative to the estimate of unfished
biomass. Importantly, changes in the
estimate of unfished biomass can
change with new data, even though the
current population biomass stays the
same. Likewise, as more data becomes
available on productivity in current
years it may alter our understanding of
current year biomass relative to an
unfished biomass. Because stock status
is the basis for determining when a
stock is rebuilt, subsequent estimates of
when a stock is projected to rebuild at
a specific SPR may change as estimates
of stock status change.
At its June 2010 meeting, the Council
made final recommendations on: 2011–
2012 harvest specifications (OFLs, ABC,
ACLs ACTs, catch allocations and setasides); rebuilding plans for overfished
species; and, management measures
designed to keep total catch mortality
within the final preferred ACL levels.
Bocaccio
The new 2009 assessment shows that
bocaccio is rebuilding ahead of
schedule. The Council considered, but
did not recommend extending the
bocaccio rebuilding plan north of 40°10′
north latitude to Cape Blanco based
given advisory body advise that
extending the rebuilding plan further
north would not aid stock recovery and
would complicate current management.
Three bocaccio ACL alternatives derived
from the 2009 rebuilding analysis were
considered by the Council. The
Alternative 1 ACLs of 53 mt in 2011 and
56 mt in 2012 applies an SPR harvest
rate of 95 percent and has a predicted
median time to rebuild of 2019, which
equals the minimum time to rebuild
with F=zero (i.e., the shortest time to
rebuild the stock at this point) and 7
years before the TTARGET specified in the
current rebuilding plan. The 2012
bocaccio HG for the California
recreational fishery Alternative 1, would
reduce the Southern Management Area
fishing season to only a five month
fishing season during the least valuable
months. The resulting season would not
encompass the critical months for
rockfish fishing from March through
April when coastal pelagic and highly
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
migratory species are not available to
the fishery. In addition, the season in
the South-Central Management Area
would be reduced by 1 month resulting
in a 6-month fishing season. The
Alternative 2 ACLs of 109 mt in 2011
and 115 mt in 2012 are consistent with
an SPR harvest rate of 90 percent with
a predicted median time to rebuild the
stock of 2020 or one year longer than the
minimum time to rebuild with F=zero
and rebuilds 6 year earlier than the
TTARGET specified in the current
rebuilding plan. Most bocaccio
mortality occurs in the California
recreational fisheries. Under this
alternative the only constraint over
status quo in the recreational fishery is
for ‘‘other flatfish’’ where fishing is
prohibited seaward of the 20 fm (37 m)
depth contour along the mainland coast
and along islands and offshore
seamounts from May 15 through
September 15; and is closed entirely
from January 1 through May 14 and
from September 16 through December
31). Alternative 2 for the California
recreational fishery, given the preferred
catch sharing alternative selected by the
Council, would be sufficient to allow for
a depth increase to 30 fm (55 m) or
possibly 40 fm (73 m) in the cowcod
conservation area (CCA) and retention
of shelf and slope rockfish including
bocaccio in the CCA. Bocaccio co-occur
with chilipepper and widow rockfish,
which have historically been taken with
trawl gear south of 40°10′ north latitude.
Under the trawl IFQ program, fishers
could target chilipepper rockfish
providing they have adequate quota
pounds to cover all IFQ species in the
catch.
The Alternative 3 ACLs of 263 mt in
2011 and 274 mt in 2012 are based on
the current rebuilding plan and are
based on the status quo SPR harvest rate
of 77.7 percent. This alternative has a
predicted median time to rebuild of
2022 or three years longer than the
minimum time to rebuild with F=zero
and rebuilds 4 years earlier than the
TTARGET specified in the current
rebuilding plan. This alternative applies
the same SPR harvest rate as in 2009–
10, even though it results in slightly
lower harvest levels. This alternative
also takes into account the status of the
stock and facilitates rebuilding early,
while attempting to strike a balance
between rebuilding the stock and
minimizing severe economic
consequences to communities. Bocaccio
is a relatively productive species which
is difficult for fishers to avoid and cooccurs with other stocks (e.g., widow
and chilipepper). As with Alternative 2,
the California recreational fishery could
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67829
increase the RCA depths from 20 fm (37
m) to 30 fm (55 m) under this
alternative. As noted above under
Alternative 2, with the trawl IFQ
program, fishers could target
chilipepper providing they have
adequate quota pounds to cover all IFQ
species in the catch. Alternative 3
provides the greatest opportunity for
targeting chilipepper with trawl gear.
The Council expressed concerns relative
to bocaccio catch in the initial year of
the new IFQ program. For species where
more than 80 percent of the OY has
been harvested annually, concern was
expressed in regards to the implications
of full catch accounting and the number
of fishers that may choose to carry-over
quota pounds into 2012 or 2013.
Because the rebuilding progress was
considered adequate, and the
assessment did not change our
fundamental understanding of the stock,
the SSC recommended maintaining the
status quo rebuilding plan (i.e., no
modifications to TTARGET or SPR harvest
rate) under Alternative 3. Total catch
from 2000–2008 was 50 percent of the
OY, indicating that management has
been effective at curtailing fishing
mortality to facilitate rebuilding as
quickly as possible.
ACL allocations were also considered
by the Council. The following are the
Council’s recommended allocations for
Bocaccio in 2011: Limited entry nonwhiting trawl, 29.6 mt; limited entry
and open access non-nearshore fixed
gears, 57.9; limited entry and open
access nearshore fixed gear, 0.3;
California recreational 161.8 mt. The
following are the Council’s
recommended allocations for bocaccio
in 2012: Limited entry non-whiting
trawl, 30.9 mt; limited entry and open
access non-nearshore fixed gears, 60.4;
limited entry and open access nearshore
fixed gear, 0.3; California recreational
168.9 mt. The recreational portion of the
non-trawl allocation of bocaccio would
accommodate a potential increase in
bocaccio impacts in the recreational
fishery as a result of allowing retention
of shelf rockfish within the 30 fm (55 m)
depth restriction in the CCA.
Although the Council-recommended
ACLs are 263 mt in 2011 and 274 mt in
2012, the proposed management
measures and catch allocations were
projected to result in bocaccio total
catch mortality of 249.6 mt in 2011 and
260.6 mt in 2012, which is 13.4 mt less
than the annual ACLs. Managing the
fishery to a level that is 13.4 mt less
than the annual ACLs is intended to
allow the stock to rebuild faster while
recognizing the management
uncertainty associated with the species.
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67830
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Canary Rockfish
The historical catch data used in the
2009 stock assessment update was
significantly different from that used in
previous assessments. This change
caused a relatively large change in the
unfished and terminal year (2009)
biomass estimates. When compared to
the results of the 2007 stock assessment,
the depletion level in recent years is
lower in the 2009 stock assessment. The
perception of the relative status and
productivity of canary rockfish has
changed and stock cannot be rebuilt by
the current TTARGET (2021) even in the
absence of fishing, therefore the
rebuilding plan must be modified.
The impacts of three ACL alternatives
were analyzed and included ACLs of 49
in 2011 and 51 mt in 2012, 94 in 2011
and 99 mt in 2012; and, 102 mt in 2011
and 107 mt in 2012. Alternative 1 with
an ACL of 49 mt in 2011 and 51 mt in
2012 takes into account the less
optimistic assessment update with a
more precautionary harvest rate
(SPR=94.4 percent). Alternative 1
results in a TTARGET of 2025 which is 4
years longer than the TTARGET in the
existing rebuilding plan and 1 year
longer than the minimum time to
rebuild with F=zero. The canary
rockfish ACLs in Alternative 1 are
similar to the 2007–2008 OY of 44 mt
which resulted in substantial hardship
on fishers and communities because
substantial harvest of other healthy
species was foregone. Under Alternative
1 a large closed area would be needed
for the limited entry fixed gear fishery
in the north or reductions to sablefish
harvest would be necessary in order to
stay within the overfished species
constraints. With the ACLs proposed
under Alternative 1, the canary rockfish
ACL and associated apportionment to
the non-nearshore fisheries is so low
that the sablefish allocations would
have to be reduced by as much as 42
percent. The California nearshore
fishery would also be severely
constrained, requiring statewide 20 fm
(37 m) Shoreward RCA lines and large
trip limit reductions or total closures for
some species would be necessary. This
is in contrast to status quo where the
non-trawl RCAs are 20 fm (37 m) in
most northern areas and 60 fm (110 m)
south of 34°27 north latitude. All
recreational fisheries would experience
reduced season lengths and restrictive
depth restrictions. In addition, the trawl
IFQ fishery is intended to provide longterm benefits to the fishery in the form
of bycatch reduction and economic
stability. Given the full catch accounting
proposed under trawl IFQ program and
that all catch, discarded and retain will
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
count towards the individuals IFQ
shares, the risk of the fishery exceeding
the ACL is reduced compared 2010 and
prior years. In the short term, fishers
will need to learn how to avoid canary
rather than simply discarding them atsea. ACLs for overfished species that are
too low could be perceived as too risky
(risk of exceeding the individual quota
pounds) by fishers such that they limit
their fishing participation for healthy
target species; or hold quota pounds of
constraining overfished for sale to
fishers who incur overages. Reduce
fishing time may result in fishers being
unable to develop new methods or
strategies risk to avoid overfished
species. The long-term success of the
trawl rationalization program to
maintain low incidental catch of
overfished species in conjunction with
profitable harvest of healthy stocks is
consistent with the needs of
communities specified in the PCGFMP.
Alternative 2 included ACLs of 94 mt
in 2011 and 99 mt in 2012. This
alternative takes into account the less
optimistic assessment update with a
more precautionary harvest rate
(SPR=89.5 percent) than the current
rebuilding plan and results in a TTARGET
that is two years longer than F=Zero.
Under this alternative the California
nearshore fishery would experience
changes to the RCA and/or reductions in
catch.
Alternative 3 includes ACLs of 102 mt
in 2011 and 107 mt in 2012. The
alternative would maintain the SPR
harvest rate of 88.7 percent in the
current rebuilding plan. This is a
conservative SPR harvest rate that
results in a TTARGET that is three years
longer the target year with no F=zero.
Due to the nature of the canary stock,
even higher ACL harvest levels in the
range considered by the Council have
small impacts on the time to rebuild.
This is because the range of ACLs being
considered represent a very low level of
fishing mortality. Canary rockfish are
under the rebuilding paradox (as the
stock increases its biomass it becomes
increasingly more difficult for fishers to
avoid) and are difficult to avoid, so the
ACL under this alternative would
address those expected increased
interactions. The California nearshore
fishery would continue to be
constrained under this alternative,
preventing access to target species. The
shoreward nontrawl RCA would be the
same as under the No Action
Alternative (20 fm (37 m) in most
northern areas, 60 fm (110 m) south of
34°27 north latitude). Landings of nonoverfished species would be reduced
from the No Action Alternative levels in
order to stay within the overfished
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
species constraints. Alternative 1, the
trawl IFQ fishery is intended to provide
long-term benefits to the fishery. Under
Alternative 3, canary rockfish would be
less of a limit to access to healthy target
species and the risk of encountering
canary rockfish in excess of an
individual’s quota shares is reduced.
Although canary rockfish is still
expected to constrain harvest of healthy
stocks under Alternative 3, the
constraints on harvest from the
perceived risk of exceeding an
individual’s quota shares and is not
expected to undermine the long term
benefits that shorebased trawl IFQ
program. In the short term fishers will
need to learn how to avoid canary
rockfish rather than simply discarding
them at-sea. However, long term
benefits in reduced bycatch and
improved avoidance techniques are
expected in a rationalized trawl fishery.
The Council also considered the
allocation of the canary ACL among
fishery sectors. The following are the
Council’s recommended allocations for
canary rockfish in 2011: Limited entry
non-whiting trawl, 19.3 mt; limited
entry Pacific whiting 14.1 mt (catcher/
processor 4.8 mt, mothership 3.4 mt,
and shorebased 5.9 mt); limited entry
and open access non-nearshore fixed
gears, 2.3; limited entry and open access
nearshore fixed gear, 3.3; Washington
recreational, 4.4; Oregon recreational
14.5 mt; and California recreational 22.9
mt. The following are the Council’s
recommended allocations for canary
rockfish in 2012: Limited entry nonwhiting trawl, 19.3 mt; limited entry
Pacific whiting 14.8 mt (catcher/
processor 5 mt, mothership 3.6 mt, and
shorebased 6.2 mt); limited entry and
open access non-nearshore fixed gears,
2.3; limited entry and open access
nearshore fixed gear, 3.3; Washington
recreational, 4.4; Oregon recreational
14.5 mt; and California recreational 24.2
mt. Although the Council’s
recommended ACLs are 102 mt in 2011
and 107 mt in 2012, the proposed
management measures and catch
allocations were projected to result in
canary total catch mortality of 82 mt in
2011 and 87 mt in 2012, that is 20 mt
less than the annual ACLs. The catch
allocations are consistent with how the
2010 Washington and Oregon
recreational fisheries have been
managed and with the PCGFMP
Amendment 21 which specifies trawl
and non-trawl allocations. Managing the
fishery to a level that is 20 mt less than
the annual ACLs is intended to allow
the stock to rebuild faster while
reducing inseason management changes
for the species.
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Cowcod
Three ACL alternatives derived from
the 2009 rebuilding analysis for the
Conception area contribution and based
on results of the 2009 stock assessment
update were considered for analysis. As
was done in previous biennial harvest
specifications, the Conception area ACL
was doubled as an appropriate harvest
contribution for the unassessed
Monterey area.
Under Alternative 1, the ACL would
be 2 mt for 2011 and 2012, with an SPR
harvest rate of 90 percent with a median
time to rebuild of 2064, which is four
years longer than the minimum time to
rebuild with F=zero. Under this
alternative extractive research would
not be possible. Additional
modifications to the California
recreational fishery southern
management area may be necessary.
Under Alternative 1, cowcod is less
constraining than other overfished
species occurring in the same areas.
Although the low cowcod ACL would
allow for an increase the CCA depth
restriction from 20 fm to 30 fm (37–55
m) for the California recreational and
fixed gear fisheries, the bocaccio ACLs
would not. The Alternative 2 ACL of 3
mt for 2011 and 2012 is based on an
SPR harvest rate of 82.7 percent in 2011
and 2012. Although cowcod impacts
have been minimized by prohibiting
retention and area closures in California
waters, there have been instances when
3 mt has been estimated to have been
incidentally taken. Alternative 2 has a
median time to rebuild of 2068 which
is eight years longer than the minimum
time to rebuild with F=zero. The
cowcod harvest limit would be
sufficient to allow the proposed 30 fm
(55 m) or 40 fm (73 m) depth restriction
in the CCA and retention of shelf and
slope rockfish including bocaccio in the
CCA. The Alternative 3 ACL of 4 mt in
2011 and 2012 is the status quo
alternative based on an SPR harvest rate
of 79 percent with a median time to
rebuild of 2071 or eleven years longer
the minimum time to rebuild with
F=zero. The three ACL alternatives are
predicted to rebuild the stock 8, 4, and
1 year(s), respectively prior to the
TTARGET of 2072 specified in the current
rebuilding plan. The Council
recommended maintaining the 4 mt
ACL under Alternative 3 with no change
to the SPR harvest rate of 79 percent
from 2009–2010. Modifying the depth
restriction in the CCA from 20 fm (37 m)
to 30 fm (55 m) or 40 fm (73 m) is not
projected to result in increased catch of
cowcod and can be accommodated
under Alternative 3. Because cowcod
impacts have varied over the last 5 years
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
(according to the total mortality reports),
Alternative 3 would encompass the
variability. Cowcod is extremely
important to the recreational fishery and
the trawl fishery south of 40°10′ north
latitude. Trawl activity has declined
south of 40°10′ north latitude over the
last few years due in part to the buyback
program. Trawl activity is expected to
increase due to the new trawl
rationalization program.
Darkblotched Rockfish
The 2009 assessment results indicated
that the fishing mortality rate has been
greatly reduced and darkblotched
appear to be rebuilding gradually at
close to previous rebuilding projections.
Three ACL alternatives derived from the
2009 rebuilding analysis were
considered. The Alternative 1 ACLs of
130 mt and 131 mt for 2011 and 2012,
respectively. The Alternative 1 ACLs are
based on an SPR harvest rate of 81.8
percent and result in an estimated
median time to rebuild of 2018, which
is two years longer than the minimum
time to rebuild with F=zero. The
whiting trawl fishery would likely be
constrained by this alternative.
Reductions in the darkblotched rockfish
OYs are highly limiting to the trawl
fisheries because darkblotched rockfish
co-occur with the most economically
important species in the fishery such as
petrale sole, sablefish, and whiting.
Trawl opportunities on the slope would
be limited as the seaward RCA moved
deeper. With the low ACL under
Alternative 1, ACLs for overfished
species that are too low could be
perceived as too risky (risk of exceeding
the individual quota pounds) by fishers
such that they limit their fishing
participation for healthy target species;
or hold quota pounds of constraining
overfished for sale to other fishers who
incur overages. Reduced fishing time
may result in fishers being unable to
develop new methods or strategies to
avoid overfished species. Darkblotched
rockfish quota shares may increase in
value. Alternative 2 was based on an
SPR harvest rate of 64.9 percent and
resulted in a 2011 ACL of 298 mt and
2012 ACL of 296 mt, with a median time
to rebuild of 2025. The median time to
rebuild is nine years longer than the
minimum time to rebuild with F=zero
and 3 years sooner than the TTARGET in
the current rebuilding plan. The
Alternative 3 ACLs of 332 mt in 2011
and 329 in 2012 are based on an SPR
harvest rate of 62.1 percent which is the
SPR harvest rate specified in the current
rebuilding plan. Alternative 3 has a
median time to rebuild of 2027 which
is eleven years the minimum time to
rebuild with F=zero. The three ACL
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67831
alternatives are predicted to rebuild the
stock 10, 6, and 1 year(s), respectively,
earlier than the TTARGET specified in the
current rebuilding plan. The SSC did
not recommend any changes to the
current rebuilding plan. The Council
recommended Alternative 2, a 2011
ACL of 298 mt and a 2012 ACL of 296
mt.
Petrale Sole
The results of the 2009 stock
assessment estimated the petrale sole
biomass to be at 11.6 percent of its
unfished biomass. Because petrale sole
is below the BMSY proxy of B25% it was
declared overfished by NMFS on
February 9, 2010 and therefore requires
the development of a rebuilding plan.
The ACL alternatives considered for
petrale sole are all projected to rebuild
the stock to the B25% level well in
advance of TMAX (2021). The shortest
time to rebuild petrale sole is TMIN
(2014), which is the estimated
rebuilding period if all sources of
fishing-related mortality were
eliminated beginning in 2011. With
petrale sole, successful rebuilding by
TMIN is also projected to occur even
with some allowable harvest. The
Alternative 1 ACLs of 459 and 624 mt
in 2011 and 2012 respectively were
based on an SPR harvest rate of 50
percent. The median year estimated to
rebuild the stock under Alternative 1 is
2014, which is TMIN. Alternative 2
applies the 25–5 precautionary harvest
control rule beginning in 2011 and
results in ACLs of 776 mt and 1,160 mt
in 2011 and 2012, respectively.
Alternative 2 is estimated to rebuild the
stock by 2015 or 1 year the minimum
time to rebuild with F=zero. Alternative
3 would specify a 2011 ACL of 976 mt
which is at the ABC level and for 2012
the 25–5 precautionary adjustment
would be applied, resulting in a 1,160
mt ACL. Alternative 3 is estimated to
rebuild the stock by 2016 or two years
longer than the minimum time to
rebuild with F=zero and 5 years earlier
than TMAX.
The Council recommended
Alternative 3. Petrale sole are a major
target stock in the current non-whiting
trawl fishery. Industry has indicated
that an allowable harvest below the
1,000–1,200 mt level risks losing market
share to substitute species and
significantly disrupts the fishery. The
fall petrale sole fishery has been a
valuable economic asset to both the
fishers and processors when both the
weather and the late year trip limits put
an economic hardship on the industry.
The petrale sole fishery has become an
established holiday season marketing
item for the processors, brokers,
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67832
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
wholesalers, restaurants, and grocery
stores. While Alternative 3 is below this
critical level of harvest, it is the highest
alternative considered for 2011–2012. It
would constrain the non-whiting trawl
fishery, but cause less disruption to the
fishery and economic harm to trawldependent fishing communities than the
other alternatives.
Petrale sole make seasonal inshoreoffshore migrations and are targeted in
bottom trawl efforts on the shelf in the
summer and in spawning aggregations
in discrete areas on the shelf/slope
break in the winter. One strategy for
faster rebuilding of petrale sole would
be to close the petrale sole fishing areas
where the fish aggregate and spawn in
the winter. The 2009 petrale sole
assessment and rebuilding analysis
indicated that larger and more mature
fish are caught by the offshore winter
fleet. Reducing these fishing
opportunities has been shown to rebuild
the stock relatively faster than allowing
the mix of summer and winter petrale
sole fishing that has occurred prior to
2010. Under Alternative 3, the 200 fm
(366 m) seaward RCA coastwide would
continue to be modified in periods 1
(January–February) and 6 (November–
December) to provide access to petrale
sole. Proposed changes to the 200 fm
(366 m) RCA line in the Heceta Bank
area are not expected to result in
measurable impacts on spawning
aggregations of petrale sole over the
existing 200 fm (366 m) RCA line. In
addition, the shoreward RCA line
between of 48°10′ north latitude and
40°10′ north latitude would be
maintained at 75 fm (137 m) year round
to reduce petrale sole catch. Under a
rationalized trawl fishery, with
individual accountability, the risk of
exceeding the petrale sole trawl
allocation or ACL is lower than under
cumulative trip limit management
where the fleet is modeled as a whole.
Given petrale sole’s productivity and
the fact that the species is caught almost
exclusively by a single fishery sector,
rebuilding the stock is more straight
forward than rebuilding long-lived
rockfish. The Council’s recommended
alternative deviates from the Council’s
policy of overfished species being
managed as incidental only, because the
ACLs recommended for petrale sole
would allow for a targeted fishery with
a minimal delay in rebuilding (2 years
more than F=ZERO). Petrale sole is one of
the most economically important stocks
to the non-whiting trawl fishery. Petrale
sole is the third most valuable species
in terms of its overall annual ex-vessel
value, contributing, on average, 19
percent of total ex-vessel revenue in the
non-whiting trawl fishery. Despite
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
increases in the Dover sole ACL, petrale
sole is so unique in its market
desirability that it will be difficult if not
impossible to make up lost revenue by
switching to the harvest of other
groundfish species. Allowing this level
of harvest will extend the rebuilding
period by two years from TMIN.
POP
The 2009 stock assessment update
changed the perception of stock status.
Although the population dynamics were
similar to the 2007 assessment, the scale
of the terminal year (2009) biomass
estimate changed such that the TTARGET
(2017) in the current rebuilding plan
cannot be attained even in the absence
of fishing. Although the SPR was held
constant (86.4 percent) from 2007
through 2010, the target rebuilding year
changed as a result of revised rebuilding
analyses (2007–2008 TTARGET was 2015;
2009–2010 TTARGET was 2017). Because
the TTARGET (2017) in the current
rebuilding plan cannot be attained even
in the absence of fishing, the existing
rebuilding plan must be revised.
Three alternatives derived from the
2009 rebuilding analysis based on the
2009 stock assessment update were
analyzed for the Council’s June meeting.
All ACL alternatives contemplate a
change in the median time to rebuild
the stock greater than the current
TTARGET. The Alternative 1 ACLs of 80
mt in 2011 and 2012 was based on an
SPR harvest rate of 93.6 percent with a
median time to rebuild of 2019, one year
longer than the minimum time to
rebuild with F=zero. The Alternative 2
ACLs of 111 mt in 2011 and 113 mt in
2012 were based on an SPR harvest rate
of 91.2 percent with a predicted median
time to rebuild the stock of 2019 or one
year longer than the minimum time to
rebuild with F=zero. The Alternative 3
ACLs of 180 mt in 2011 and 183 mt in
2012 are based on the status quo SPR
harvest rate of 86.4 percent from the
current rebuilding plan. Alternative 3
has a predicted median time to rebuild
of 2020 or two years longer than the
minimum time to rebuild with F=zero.
This alternative results in slightly lower
catches than those in 2009–2010.
The Council recommended
Alternative 3 (180 mt and 183 mt, in
2011 and 2012 respectively). POP is a
slope rockfish species that is primarily
taken in the trawl fishery. As discussed
above for canary rockfish, the ACLs
under Alternatives 1 and 2 could
compromise the long-term bycatch
reduction benefits of IFQ management.
The trawl IFQ fishery is intended to
hold individual fishers responsible for
their catch and creates a management
structure that encourages fishers to
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
develop methods or fishing strategies
that reduce the catch of overfished
species. Therefore, long term benefits in
reduced bycatch and improved
avoidance techniques are expected in a
rationalized fishery. However, ACLs for
overfished species that are too low
could be perceived as too risky (risk of
exceeding the individual quota pounds)
by fishers such that they limit their
fishing participation for healthy target
species; or hold quota pounds of
constraining overfished for sale to
fishers who incur overages. Reduced
fishing time may result in fishers being
unable to develop new methods or
strategies to avoid overfished species.
Given the full catch accounting
proposed under trawl IFQ program and
that all catch, discarded and retained,
will count towards the individual’s IFQ
shares, the risk of the fishery exceeding
the ACL is reduced compared with 2010
and prior years. In the short term,
fishers will need to learn how to avoid
POP rather than simply discarding them
at-sea. The long-term success of the
trawl rationalization program to
maintain low incidental catch of
overfished species in conjunction with
profitable harvest of healthy stocks is
consistent with the needs of
communities specified in the PCGFMP,
by allowing some limited harvest of
POP as unavoidable bycatch which
permits targeting of Pacific whiting and
slope fisheries.
The needs of fishing communities
were considered by evaluating how the
alternative POP ACLs affect the
opportunity for targeting healthy stocks
that co-occur with POP. POP is
primarily a trawl caught species landed
in Oregon and Washington. The
vulnerability (dependency on
groundfish fishing and resiliency) of
port group areas were considered in the
supporting DEIS. Fishing communities
in Oregon, Washington and northern
California where healthy trawl-caught
target species that co-occur with POP
are landed were considered to be among
the vulnerable and most vulnerable
communities.
Widow Rockfish
The 2009 assessment indicated that
the stock is at 38.5 percent of unfished
biomass, just short of being rebuilt. The
rebuilding analysis projects that the
stock will be rebuilt by 2010 under each
of the ACL alternatives considered by
the Council. All of the Alternatives
result in a TTARGET that is 5 years earlier
than the current rebuilding plan.
The Alternative 1 ACL is a constant
harvest level of 200 mt in 2011 and
2012. Alternative 1 represents catch
levels far less than status quo. Because
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
the Pacific whiting fisheries have been
constrained by the catch of widow
rockfish in recent years, the whiting
sectors are expected to be seriously
constrained under this alternative. The
Pacific whiting fleets have been
managed under bycatch limits for
widow rockfish for several years and
have taken extensive measures to keep
incidental catch rates low. Despite this,
unexpected widow rockfish catch
events, where several tons of widow
rockfish have been incidentally taken in
single haul, have continued to occur in
the Pacific whiting fishery. As the
widow rockfish stock rebuilds, avoiding
such events is increasingly more
difficult. With a 200 mt ACL there is a
higher likelihood that such an event
would result in the closure of fishery
coop or sector. The Alternative 2 ACL
is a constant harvest level of 400 mt in
2011 and 2012. The whiting trawl
fishery may be constrained under this
alternative, given the increase in widow
biomass as it nears a rebuilt status. The
Alternative 3 ACL is a constant harvest
level of 600 mt in 2011 and 2012 which
is slightly higher than recent total catch
mortality. In addition to whiting, widow
rockfish co-occurs with other stocks
such as bocaccio and chilipepper. It’s
difficult for fishers targeting Pacific
whiting and chilipepper to avoid widow
rockfish. The higher ACL alternative
may provide additional opportunities
for some sectors of the fishery. It is less
likely that Pacific whiting sectors would
be constrained under this alternative.
The Council recommended Alternative
3 with an ACL based on a constant
harvest level of 600 mt in 2011 and
2012. The SPR harvest rate associated
with 600 mt is 91.7 percent in 2011, and
91.3 percent in 2012, which is only
slightly lower than the 2009–2010 SPR
harvest rate of 95.0 percent. The 600 mt
ACL, which is somewhat higher than
the 2010 OY of 509 mt, is expected to
accommodate recent catches and is
unlikely to result in targeting of the
stock.
Yelloweye Rockfish
Yelloweye rockfish have a life history
that illustrates the classic challenge of
rebuilding overfished rockfish stocks;
they are slow to mature, have low
productivity, and can live in excess of
100 years. Stocks exhibiting low
productivity will have longer predicted
rebuilding periods due to longer mean
generation times. Three ACL
alternatives derived from the 2009
rebuilding analysis were considered for
yelloweye rockfish. Alternative 1, with
an ACL of 13 mt for 2011 and 2012 was
determined by applying an SPR harvest
rate of 80.7 percent. Alternative 1 has a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
median time to rebuild of 2065, which
is 19 years before TTARGET in the current
rebuilding plan and 18 years longer than
the minimum time to rebuild with
F=zero. With an ACL of 13 mt the
Oregon and California commercial
nearshore fisheries would be severely
constrained with more restrictive depth
closures and/or reductions to landed
catch compared to status quo or the
other alternatives. All recreational
fisheries would have greatly reduced
season lengths and restrictive depth
restrictions. Alternative 2 is based on an
SPR harvest rate of 76 percent and
results in an ACL of 17 mt for 2011 and
2012. The median time to rebuild under
Alternative 2 is 2074 or 10 years before
the current TTARGET and 27 years longer
than the minimum time to rebuild with
F=zero. With an ACL of 17 mt, the
Oregon and California nearshore
fisheries would need more restrictive
RCAs compared to the 20 fm (37 m)
shoreward boundary used in all areas in
2010. The 20 fm (37 m) depth
restrictions implemented in 2009
between 40°10′ north latitude and 43°
north latitude would remain in effect.
Large trip limit reductions or total
closures for some species would be
necessary in order to stay within the
overfished species ACLs. All
recreational fisheries would have
reduced season lengths and restrictive
depth restrictions. In California,
yelloweye rockfish impacts are
extremely constraining to the
recreational fishery North of Point
Arena and reductions in the ACLs from
the preliminary preferred alternative of
20 mt would result in additional season
length reductions in the North-Central
North of Point Arena Management Area.
This management area is already
severely constrained, with only a threemonth fishing season at 20 fm (37 m).
Alternative 2 ACLs would also require
a reduction in the season length in the
Northern or North-Central South of
Point Arena Management Areas to
remain within the yelloweye rockfish
harvest guidelines resulting in lost
revenue to coastal communities in these
areas. Alternative 3 would apply an SPR
harvest rate of 72.8 percent and result in
an ACL of 20 mt for 2011 and 2012. The
median time to rebuild under
Alternative 3 is 2084 which is the
TTARGET specified in the current
rebuilding plan and 37 years longer than
the minimum time to rebuild with
F=zero. For the non-nearshore fixed gear
fisheries, management measures under
this alternative would allow full access
to the sectors’ sablefish allocation. A
less restrictive RCA compared to 2010
would be in place in Oregon (100 fm
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67833
(183 m) vs. 125 fm (229 m). For the
nearshore fishery, the shoreward RCA
would be the same as under the No
Action Alternative (20 fm (37 m) in
most northern areas, 60 fm (110 fm)
south of 34°27 north latitude). For the
recreational fisheries, season structure
and depth restrictions would be similar
to 2010 with some increased
opportunity in the California
recreational fishery, as described below.
In California, 20 mt (37 m) yelloweye
rockfish ACL would allow the limited
season in the North-Central North of
Point Arena Management Area to be
sustained as well as allowing a one and
a half month increase to the season in
the Northern Management Area over No
Action. This alternative also provides
one and a half months of additional
fishing opportunities over status quo in
the North-Central South of Point Arena
Management Area and the Monterey
and Morro Bay South-Central
Management Areas.
The SPR harvest rate specified in the
current rebuilding plan is 71.9 percent,
which when applied results in an ACL
of 20 mt in 2011 and 21 mt in 2012 with
a median time to rebuild of 2087, three
years longer than the current TTARGET
and 40 years longer than the minimum
time to rebuild with F=zero. The
Council recommended Alternative 3
with a more conservative harvest rate
(SPR = 72.8 percent) than is currently
specified in the rebuilding plan and
which maintains the current TTARGET.
With a 20 mt ACL, slightly higher
fishing opportunities for recreational
and commercial fixed gear fisheries
would be expected relative to the other
alternatives. Following consideration of
the ACLs and resulting impacts, the
Council recommended Alternative 3,
with a 20 mt ACL in 2011 and 2012 and
with the specification of a 17 mt ACT.
A ramp-down OY strategy was
adopted for yelloweye rockfish during
the 2007 and 2008 biennial specification
and management cycle. The ramp down
began with an OY of 23 mt in 2007 and
20 mt in 2008. The OY was to be
reduced each year until ultimately
reaching 14 mt in 2011 based on an SPR
harvest rate of 71.9 percent. A constant
SPR harvest rate of 71.0 percent was to
remain in place through 2084 which
was the TTARGET date. All of the
yelloweye rockfish OYs considered by
the Council were expected to cause
severe impacts to fisheries and
communities. The Council expressed
strong concern about the severity of the
impact on communities resulting from
ramp down strategy as the OY drops
below 17 mt. When considering 2011
and 2012 harvest specifications and
management measures, the Council
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67834
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
recognized the need to restrict the
fisheries, but also took into account the
potentially widespread negative effects
that very low ACLs would have on the
fisheries and fishing communities.
Yelloweye rockfish is the key
constraining stock for the non-nearshore
fixed gear sectors. Yelloweye bycatch
rates in these fixed gear sectors have
remained relatively stable over recent
years, with the lower bycatch
projections in 2011 and 2012 resulting
from the decreasing sablefish ACLs.
Although the bycatch numbers provided
to the Council for decision making were
the best estimates of bycatch for the
non-nearshore fixed gear fisheries,
concerns were raised about management
uncertainty arising from the bycatch
model. The bycatch projections from the
model have been conservative in recent
years, in part because of the assumption
that the fixed gear sablefish allocations
are fully harvested. This assumption
may be less conservative in 2011–2012
because of the lower sablefish ACLs and
the fact that the inseason changes to the
DTL trip limits the Council has made
over this cycle have increased the
likelihood that a higher portion of the
allocations for those sectors will be
taken. Sablefish landings are monitored
inseason and action would be taken to
keep the sablefish allocations from
being exceeded.
ACL allocations were also considered
by the Council. The following are the
Council’s recommended allocations for
yelloweye rockfish in 2011 and 2012:
Limited entry non-whiting trawl, 0.6 mt;
limited entry and open access nonnearshore fixed gears, 1.3; limited entry
and open access nearshore fixed gear,
0.7; Washington recreational, 2.6;
Oregon recreational, 2.4 mt; and
California recreational, 2.6 mt. The
Council also considered two alternative
allocation arrangements between the
states of Oregon and California for
yelloweye rockfish: A simple 50:50
catch sharing plan and a sharing plan
with Oregon receiving 55 percent and
California receiving 45 percent derived
from the stock assessment. Oregon is
constrained by yelloweye rockfish
under both allocation alternatives. With
a 17 mt ACT, annual nearshore fishery
landings would need to be further
reduced to accommodate cuts under
either of the new catch sharing plans. In
addition to being constrained by
yelloweye rockfish, California is
projected to be constrained by canary
rockfish due to the presence of two high
bycatch areas (one north of 40°10′ and
the other south of 40°10′). Under the 17
mt yelloweye rockfish ACT, the
California nearshore fishery would not
reach its yelloweye rockfish limit
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
because it would first be constrained by
canary rockfish. California would be
able to maximize cabezon landings
because the majority of the cabezon
catch is taken in shallow depths where
bycatch rates are low. Precisely tracking
recreational catch inseason, especially
in the California recreational fishery,
has been a challenge, which prompted
the Council to adopt an ACT for
yelloweye rockfish.
The tradeoffs considered by the
Council were between more restrictive
depth restrictions and higher reductions
in landed catch. In Oregon, overfished
species impacts were modeled assuming
a 20 fm (37 m) depth restriction (option
a) and a 30 fm (55 m) depth restriction
(option b). In California, overfished
species impacts are modeled assuming a
20 fm (37 m) depth restriction statewide
(option a) and a 20 fm (37 m) depth
restriction between 42° and 40°10′ north
latitude only (option b). Although the 20
fm (37 m) depth restriction provided
little yelloweye savings in Oregon, it
provided greater savings in California
since a greater proportion of catch
comes from the deeper depths.
Following consideration of the catch
sharing plans the Council
recommended.
Summary of Rebuilding Measures
The harvest specifications and
management measures being
implemented through Federal regulation
and intended to rebuild overfished
species are summarized below.
Management measures adopted for 2011
and 2012 are expected to keep the
incidental catch of overfished species
within the ACLs and ACTs.
Management measures designed to
rebuild overfished species, or to prevent
species from becoming overfished, may
restrict the harvest of relatively healthy
stocks that are harvested with
overfished species. As a result of the
constraining management measures
imposed to rebuild overfished species, a
number of the ACLs for healthy stocks
may not be achieved.
Bocaccio
• Date declared overfished: March 3,
1999.
• Areas affected: South of 40°10′
north latitude.
• Status of stock: 28.12 percent of its
unfished biomass in 2009.
• B0: 7,946 mt.
• BMSY: 3,178 mt.
• TF=0: 2018.
• TMAX: 2031.
• TTARGET: 2026 (median year to
rebuild).
• Target SPR Harvest rate: 77.7
percent.
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
• OFL: 737 mt in 2011 732 in 2012.
• ACL: 263 mt in 2011 274 mt in
2012.
Biology of the stock: Bocaccio is most
abundant in waters off central and
southern California. Juveniles settle in
nearshore waters after a several month
pelagic stage. Adults range from depths
of 6.5–261 fm (12– 478 m). Most adults
are caught off the middle and lower
shelf at depths between 27 fm and 137
fm (50 and 250 m). Larger fish tend to
be found deeper. Bocaccio are found in
a wide variety of habitats, often on or
near bottom features, but sometimes
over muddy bottoms. Bocaccio are
usually found near the bottom, however,
they may also occur as much as 16.4 fm
(30 m) off bottom. Tagging studies have
shown that young fish move up to 148
km (92 miles). Maximum age of
bocaccio was determined to be at least
40 and perhaps more than 50 years.
Management measures for 2011 and
2012: Since 2002 both commercial and
recreational fisheries have been subject
to very restrictive management
measures that have brought catches
down to very low levels. Area closures
or RCAs have been one of the most
effective measures to reduce catch of
bocaccio. South of 40°10′ north latitude
RCAs between 15 and 180 fm (329 m)
provide protection for bocaccio, with
the largest concentrations occurring in
the 54 fm (99 m) to 82 fm (150 m)
depths. The existing CCAs, where sport
and commercial bottom fishing is
prohibited, have also provided
significant protection for bocaccio.
Bocaccio have historically been taken
by commercial trawl and fixed gear
vessels and in the recreational fisheries.
Adult bocaccio are often caught with
chilipepper rockfish and have been
observed schooling with speckled,
vermilion, widow, and yellowtail
rockfish. South of 40°10′ north latitude
the bottom trawl, limited entry fixed
gear, and open access fishing
opportunities, in the depths where
bocaccio are most commonly
encountered, have been reduced though
the use of RCAs. Management of the
bottom trawl fishery under IFQs is
expected to constrain the harvests to be
within the trawl allocations. Full catch
accounting and real time reporting in
the shoreside IFQ program is expected
to reduce management uncertainty in
the trawl fishery, including bocaccio
management uncertainty.
Bocaccio are also vulnerable to
commercial non trawl gears and to
recreational fishing gear. To limit
incidental catch of bocaccio in the
limited entry fixed gear and open access
fisheries, these fisheries continue to be
restricted by RCAs and trip limits that
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
are intended to cover landings of
incidentally caught bocaccio only.
California recreational fisheries will be
constrained by bag limits.
Management performance during
rebuilding: Total catch estimates for the
2002–2007 period are based on the total
mortality reports produced by the
Pacific States Marine Fisheries
Commission and the NWFSC, while the
2008 estimates are based on GMT
scorecard estimates and recreational
estimates from California Department of
Fish and Game. Approximately 75
percent of total trawl catch during this
period were discarded catch.
Commercial fishery discards have been
concentrated around the central
California region (Monterey Bay to San
Francisco) region. Although the
rebuilding OY is estimated to have been
exceeded during two of the early years
of rebuilding, since 2004 the total
estimated catch (landings plus discards)
has averaged approximately 80 tons.
This represents less than 50 percent of
the adopted OY values, and has been
associated with low SPR harvest rates,
such that SPR has been greater than 0.9
percent since 2004.
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Canary Rockfish
• Date declared overfished: January 4,
2000 (65 FR 221).
• Affected area: Coastwide.
• Status of the stock: 23.7 percent in
2009.
• B0: 25,993 mt.
• BMSY: 10,397 mt.
• TF=0: 2024.
• TMAX: 2046.
• TTARGET: 2027 (median year to
rebuild).
• SPR harvest rate: 88.7 percent.
• OFL: 614 mt for 2011 and 622 mt
for 2012.
• ACL: 102 in 2011 and 107 in 2012.
Biology of the stock: Canary rockfish
are a continental shelf (shelf) species.
Juveniles settle in nearshore waters after
a several month pelagic stage. Adults
range from depths of 25–475 fm (46–868
m). Most adults are caught off the
middle and lower shelf at depths
between 44 fm and 109 fm (80 and 200
m). Larger fish tend to be found in
deeper waters. Canary rockfish are
usually associated with areas of high
relief such as pinnacles, but also occur
over flat rock or mud and boulder
bottoms. They are usually found near
the bottom and are occasionally found
off the bottom or in soft-bottom habitats
that are atypical for rockfish. A tagging
study showed that canary rockfish can
migrate up to 700 km (435 miles). The
maximum age of canary rockfish is 84
years.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
Management measures in 2011 and
2012: Unavoidable incidental catches of
canary rockfish occur in trawl, fixed
gear, open access, and recreational
fisheries targeting groundfish, as well as
commercial and recreational fisheries
targeting species other than groundfish.
Adult canary rockfish are often caught
with bocaccio, sharpchin rockfish,
yelloweye rockfish, yellowtail
rockfishes, and lingcod. Researchers
have also observed canary rockfish
associated with silvergray and widow
rockfish.
Management measures intended to
limit bycatch of canary rockfish include
RCAs, cumulative trip limits to
constrain the limited entry fixed gear
and open access fisheries coastwide,
IFQs in the whiting and nonwhiting
shoreside fisheries, and canary limits in
the whiting fishery. The use of broadbased RCA configurations has had the
most effect in reducing canary rockfish
mortality.
Bottom trawling is prohibited in the
trawl RCA, which covers depths where
canary rockfish have most frequently
been caught. To reduce incidental take
of canary rockfish in the area north of
40°10′ north latitude, vessels fishing
shoreward of the RCAs are required to
use selective flatfish trawl gear. Current
footrope restrictions would remain in
place. Incidental catch of canary
rockfish in the mothership and catcher/
processor sectors will be constrained by
sector-specific allocations that require
closure of the sector when reached.
Management of the bottom trawl fishery
under IFQs is expected to constrain the
harvests to be within the trawl
allocations. Full catch accounting and
real time reporting in the shorebased
IFQ program is expected to reduce
management uncertainty in the trawl
fishery. The retention of canary rockfish
continues to be prohibited in the
commercial fixed gear fisheries.
Recreational fisheries are managed
through bag limits, size limits and
seasons. As necessary, seasons can be
shortened and bag limits reduced to stay
within the ACLs. The retention of
canary rockfish continues to be
prohibited in the recreational fisheries.
Management performance during
rebuilding: Following the 1999
declaration that the canary rockfish
stock was overfished the canary OY was
reduced by over 70 percent in 2000 (to
200 mt) and by the same margin again
from 2001–2003 (to 44 mt). In
retrospect, revised catch data indicate
that from 2003 to 2008, when the
rebuilding OY was between 47 and 44
mt, the OY was exceeded 5 out of 6
years, but catches well below the ABC
(In retrospect, due to current methods
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67835
used for total mortality estimates, the
catches are higher than we had
estimated at the time. However, they
were still below the ABC).
Cowcod
• Date declared overfished: January 4,
2000.
• Areas affected: South of 40°10′
north latitude.
• Status of stock: 4.5 percent in 2009.
• B0: 2,183 mt.
• BMSY: 873 mt.
• TF=0: 2060.
• TMAX: 2097.
• TTARGET: 2071 (median year to
rebuild).
• SPR harvest rate: 79 percent.
• OFL: 13 mt in 2011 and 13 mt in
2012.
• ACL: 4 mt in 2011 and 2012.
Biology of the stock: Cowcod are
found at depths of 11–200 fm (75–366
m). Cowcod range from central Oregon
to central Baja California and Guadalupe
Island. However, they are rare off
Oregon and Northern California. It has
long been argued that smaller cowcod
are found at the shallow end of the
depth range. Recent submersible work,
however, indicates that cowcod size
distribution may be more associated
with sea floor structure than depth. In
Monterey Bay, juvenile cowcod recruit
to fine sand and clay sediments at
depths of 22–56 fm (40–100 m) during
the months of March–September. Adults
are found at depths of 50 280 fm (90–
500 m) usually on high relief rocky
bottom. Adult cowcod are believed to be
less abundant in depths greater than 175
fm (323 m).
Management measures in 2011 and
2012: All directed fishing opportunities
have been eliminated since 2001.
Retention of cowcod will continue to be
prohibited for all commercial and
recreational fisheries. To prevent
incidental cowcod harvest, two CCAs
(the Eastern CCA and the Western CCA)
in the Southern California Bight were
delineated to encompass key cowcod
habitat areas and known areas of high
catches. The CCAs were codified into
regulation on November 4, 2003 (68 FR
62374). Fishing for groundfish has been
prohibited within the CCAs, except that
minor nearshore rockfish, California
scorpionfish, cabezon, lingcod, and
greenling may be taken from waters
where the bottom depth is less than 20
fm (37 m). This rule proposes to
increase the area in which recreational
and commercial non-trawl gear can be
used within the CCA by moving the 20
fm (37 m) limit out to 30 fm (43 m). The
rule also proposes to add an addition
CCA depth contour line of 40 fm (55 m)
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67836
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
to regulation for potential use in the
future.
Management performance during
rebuilding: Estimates of total mortality
indicate that the cowcod OY has not
been exceeded in any year since 2002.
The OYs during the rebuilding period
have ranged from 4.8 (in 2002–2004) to
4 mt (in 2007–2008), while annual
mortality is estimated to have been
between 0.32 mt and 3.51 mt, under the
same rebuilding management measure
structure as status quo.
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Darkblotched Rockfish
• Date declared overfished: January
11, 2001 (66 FR 2338).
• Areas affected: Coastwide.
• Status of the stock: 27.5 percent of
its unfished biomass level in 2009.
• B0: 32,783 mt.
• BMSY: 15,763 mt.
• TF=0: 2016.
• TMAX: 2037.
• OFL: 508 mt in 2011, 497 mt in
2012.
• ACL: 285 mt in 2011, 296 mt in
2012.
• TTARGET: 2025 (median year to
rebuild).
• SPR harvest rate: 64.9 percent.
Biology of the stock: Darkblotched
rockfish are most abundant on the outer
continental shelf and slope, mainly
north of Point Reyes (38° north latitude).
Most adult darkblotched rockfish are
associated with hard substrates on the
lower shelf and upper slope at depths
between 77 and 200 fm (140 and 366 m).
Darkblotched rockfish migrate to deeper
waters with increasing size and age.
Diurnal migration, rising off bottom at
night, is a likely behavior of
darkblotched rockfish. Fish landed in
California generally had smaller size at
age than fish landed in the two northern
states (Oregon and Washington).
Management measures in 2011 and
2012: Because of their deeper
distribution, darkblotched rockfish are
caught almost exclusively by
commercial bottom trawl vessels. Most
landings have been made by bottom
trawl vessels targeting flatfish on the
shelf, and rockfish and the DTS species
on the slope. Since 2001, darkblotched
rockfish have had species-specific
harvest specifications, and were
removed from the minor slope rockfish
complex. However, darkblotched
rockfish continue to be managed within
the minor slope rockfish trip limits.
Management measures intended to limit
catch of darkblotched rockfish include:
RCAs; individual fishery quotas for the
limited entry trawl shoreside trawl
fisheries; allocations to the mothership
and catcher/processor sectors of the
Pacific whiting fisheries that result in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
fishery closure if the allocation is
reached; and cumulative minor slope
rockfish trip limits for limited entry
fixed gear and open access gears.
The boundaries of the RCAs vary by
season and fishing sector and may be
modified in response to new
information about geographical and
seasonal distribution of bycatch. The
seaward boundary of the trawl RCA was
set at a depth that was likely to keep
fishing effort in deeper waters and away
from areas where the bycatch of
darkblotched rockfish was highest.
Cumulative limits for slope rockfish
north of 40°10′ north latitude are
intended to accommodate incidental
take of darkblotched rockfish in the
limited entry fixed gear and open access
fisheries. As needed, limited entry fixed
gear and trip limits for co-occurring
species may be adjusted to reduce
darkblotched rockfish bycatch.
Incidental catch of darkblotched
rockfish in the mothership and catcher/
processor sectors will be constrained by
sector-specific allocations that require
closure of the sector when reached.
Management of the bottom trawl fishery
under IFQs is expected to constrain the
harvests to be within the trawl
allocations. Full catch accounting and
real time reporting in the shoreside IFQ
program is expected to reduce
management uncertainty in the trawl
fishery.
Management performance under
rebuilding: Between 2002 and 2008 the
OY was exceeded once in 2002. Total
catch during this period has ranged
between 127 mt (2003) and 264 mt
(2007), while landed catch has ranged
between 80 mt (2003) and 189 mt
(2004). The average percent retained
during the rebuilding period has been
63 percent.
Petrale Sole
• Date declared overfished: February
9, 2010.
• Areas affected: Coastwide.
• Status of stock: Following the 2009
stock assessment, the stock was believed
to be at 11.6 percent of unfished
biomass level in 2009.
• B0: 25,334 mt.
• BMSY: 6,334.
• TF=0: 2014 (TMIN).
• TMAX: 2021.
• TTARGET: 2016 (median year to
rebuild).
• SPR harvest rate: 31.0 percent in
2011 and 32.4 percent in 2012.
• ABC: 976 mt in 2011 and 1,222 mt
in 2012.
• ACL: 976 mt in 2011 and 1,160 mt
2012.
Biology of the stock: Petrale sole are
found from Cape Saint Elias, Alaska to
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Coronado Island, Baja California,
Mexico. The range may possibly extend
into the Bering Sea, but the species is
rare north and west of southeast Alaska.
Adults migrate seasonally between
deepwater winter spawning areas to
shallower spring feeding grounds.
During periods 1 and 6, there is
virtually no petrale sole catch that
occurs at depths less than 125 fm (229
m), most interactions occur between
175–200 fm (320 m–366 m), and catches
then drop off quickly outside of the 200
fm (366 m) line. Depth distributions
change during periods 2 and 5, when
petrale sole are typically deeper than
125 fm (229 m), but shallower than 175
fm (320 m), an intermediate depth for
this species. Finally, petrale sole are
shallowest during periods 3 and 4,
when highest bycatch rates are observed
shallower than 125 fm (229 m). Petrale
sole show an affinity to sand, sandy
mud, and occasionally muddy
substrates.
Spawning occurs over the continental
shelf and continental slope. Spawning
occurs in large spawning aggregations in
the winter. Petrale sole tend to move
into deeper water with increased age
and size. Petrale sole begin maturing at
three years. Petrale sole eggs and larvae
are eaten by planktivorous invertebrates
and pelagic fishes. Juveniles are preyed
upon (sometimes heavily) by adult
petrale sole, as well as other large
flatfishes. Adults are preyed upon by
sharks, demersally feeding marine
mammals, and larger flatfishes and
pelagic fishes. Petrale sole compete with
other large flatfishes. Petrale sole have
the same summer feeding grounds as
lingcod, English sole, rex sole, and
Dover sole.
Management measures for 2011 and
2012: Annual catches of petrale sole by
gears other than groundfish bottom
trawl have been minor coastwide. For
the trawl fishery, IFQ management
along with RCA restrictions would be
used to constrain the petrale sole catch
and to reduce fishing on spawning
aggregations in the winter months.
Because petrale sole exhibit distinct
seasonal depth migrations, the trawl
RCA would vary by season. Trip limits
will continue to be used in the nontrawl fisheries.
POP
• Date declared overfished: March 3,
1999.
• Areas affected: Vancouver and
Columbia.
• Status of stock: Following the 2009
stock assessment, the stock was believed
to be at 28.6 percent of unfished
biomass level in 2009.
• B0: 37,780 mt.
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
• BMSY: 15,112 mt.
• TF=0: 2018.
• TMAX: 2045.
• TTARGET: 2020 (median year to
rebuild).
• SPR harvest rate: 86.4 percent.
• ABC: 1,026 in 2011 and 1,007 mt in
2012.
• ACL: 180 mt in 2011 and 183 MT
2012, with an ACT of 157 in both years.
Biology of the stock: The POP
population off the northern U.S. west
coast (Columbia and U.S.-Vancouver
areas) is at the southern extreme of the
stock’s range. POP are found on the
upper continental slope (slope), 109–
150 fm (200–275 m) during the summer
and somewhat deeper 164–246 fm (300–
450 m) during the winter. Adults
sometimes aggregate up to 16 fm (29 m)
above hard bottom features and may
then disperse and rise into the water
column at night. The maximum age of
POP has been determined to be 70 to 90
years. The mean generation time is 28
years. POP recruitment into the
population occurs when the stock is at
3 years of age. Age of maturity and size
varies with locality. POP reach 90
percent of their maximum size by age 20
years.
Management measures for 2011 and
2012: POP occurs in similar depths as
darkblotched rockfish, although they
have a more northern geographic
distribution. Adult POP are often caught
with other upper slope groundfish such
as Dover sole, thornyheads, sablefish,
and darkblotched, rougheye, and
sharpchin rockfish. North of 40°10′
north latitude, POP are caught in similar
fisheries as darkblotched rockfish. POP
are rarely caught in the recreational
fisheries. Management measures for
2011 and 2012 that are intended to limit
the bycatch of POP and keep fishing
mortality within the ACL include:
RCAs, individual fishery quotas for the
limited entry trawl shoreside trawl
fisheries, allocations to the mothership
and catcher/processor, and cumulative
trip limits for commercial fixed gear
fisheries.
Because POP co-occur with
darkblotched rockfish, measures to
reduce the incidental catch of
darkblotched rockfish benefit POP.
These measures include seaward trawl
RCA boundaries that are established to
keep fishing effort in deeper water
where POP are less abundant. Incidental
catch of POP in the mothership and
catcher/processor sectors will be
constrained by sector-specific
allocations that require closure of the
sector when reached. Management of
the bottom trawl fishery under IFQs is
expected to constrain the harvests to be
within the trawl allocations. Full catch
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
accounting and real time reporting in
the shoreside IFQ program is expected
to reduce management uncertainty in
the trawl fishery.
Management performance under
rebuilding: The OYs for POP were
exceeded in: 2001 by 1.3 percent (307
mt out of a 303 mt OY); and in 2007 by
4.0 percent (156 mt out of a 150 mt OY).
The overage in 2007 was due to a
relatively rare and unexpected bycatch
event.
Widow Rockfish
• Date declared overfished: January
11, 2001.
• Areas affected: Coastwide.
• Status of stock: 38.5 percent of its
unfished biomass in 2009.
• B0: 40,547 million eggs.
• BMSY: 16,218 million eggs.
• TF=0: 2010.
• TMAX: 2035.
• TTARGET: 2010 (median year to
rebuild).
• SPR harvest rate: 91.7 in 2011, 91.3
in 2012.
• OFL: 5,097 mt in 2011, 4,923 mt in
2012.
• ACL: 600 mt in 2011 and 2012.
Biology of the stock: Widow rockfish
are most abundant off northern Oregon
and southern Washington. Young of the
year recruit to shallow nearshore waters
after spending up to 5 months as pelagic
larvae and juveniles in offshore waters.
Adults range from bottom depths of 13
fm to 300 fm (24 m to 549 m). Most
adults occur near the shelf break at
bottom depths between 77 fm to 115 fm
(140 m to 210 m). Adults are semi
pelagic with their behavior being
dynamic. Large concentrations of
widow rockfish form at night and
disperse at dawn, an atypical pattern for
rockfish. Widow rockfish tend to be
more easily caught in higher abundance
during El Nino (anomalously warm and
dry) years. Maximum age of widow
rockfish is 59 years.
Management measures in 2011 and
2012: Widow rockfish co-occurs with
other stocks like yellowtail, bocaccio
and chilipepper. Prior to rebuilding,
large pure catches of widow rockfish
were taken with midwater trawl gear.
RCA management measure are to restrict
fishing on the shelf are expected to
continue, and would continue to be
beneficial to the recovery of widow
rockfish. Management of the bottom
trawl fishery under IFQs is expected to
constrain the harvests to be within the
trawl allocations. Full catch accounting
and real time reporting in the shoreside
IFQ program is expected to reduce
management uncertainty in the trawl
fishery. Incidental catch of widow
rockfish in the mothership and catcher/
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67837
processor sectors will be constrained by
sector-specific allocations that require
closure of the sector when reached.
Non trawl and recreational fisheries
have little incidental catch of widow
rockfish. Cumulative trip limits are
intended to accommodate low levels of
incidental catch.
Management performance under
rebuilding: Since 2002, total catch has
been well below the annual OY. In
recent years, the annual catch has
primarily been incidental catch in the
Pacific whiting midwater trawl
fisheries. The Pacific whiting fisheries
have been managed with bycatch limits
that result in fishery closure if the limit
is reached. Monitoring programs
(observers in the mothership and
catcher/processor sectors and
monitoring under full retention EFPs in
the shorebased sector) have been in
place throughout the rebuilding period.
Yelloweye Rockfish
• Date declared overfished: January
11, 2002.
• Areas affected: Coastwide.
• Status of stock: 20.3 percent of its
unfished biomass in 2009.
• B0: 994 million eggs.
• BMSY: 398 million eggs.
• TF=0: 2047.
• TMAX: 2089.
• Target: 2084 (median year to
rebuild).
• SPR rate: 72.8 percent.
• OFL: 48 mt in 2011 and 2012.
• ACL: 20 mt in 2011 and 2012, with
an ACT of 17 mt in both years.
Biology of the stock: Yelloweye
rockfish juveniles have been found at
depths greater than 8 fm (15 m) in areas
of high bottom relief. Adults range to
depths of 300 fm (549 m). Most adults
are caught off the middle and lower
shelf at depths between 50 fm and 98 fm
(91 m and 180 m). Adult yelloweye
rockfish tend to be solitary and are
usually associated with areas of high
relief with refuges such as caves and
crevices, but also occur on mud adjacent
to rock structures. They are usually
found on or near the bottom. Maximum
age of yelloweye rockfish is 115 years.
Researchers have observed adult
yelloweye rockfish associated with
bocaccio, cowcod, greenspotted
rockfish, and tiger rockfish.
Management measures in 2011 and
2012: Yelloweye rockfish inhabit areas
typically inaccessible to trawl gear. In
the coastal trawl fishery, incidental
catch occurs during the harvest of other
target fisheries operating at the fringes
of yelloweye rockfish habitat. Yelloweye
rockfish is particularly vulnerable to
hook and line gear. Because yelloweye
rockfish exhibit site fidelity and they are
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67838
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
a more sedentary rockfish species, RCAs
have been effective in reducing the
catch of yelloweye rockfish. Specific
yelloweye rockfish RCAs have been
specified for the recreational and
commercial non-trawl fisheries. North
of 39° north latitude RCAs out to depths
of 100–125 fm (183–229 m) are expected
to reduce yelloweye rockfish catch.
For 2011 and 2012, the 100 and 125
fm (183 and 229 m) RCA lines at the
southwest corner of Heceta Bank were
moved seaward to better follow the
bathymetry that they represent; the
unmodified lines were, in many cases,
extremely shallow. The industry has
reported this to be an area of high
yelloweye rockfish bycatch. While the
impacts of this change to the RCA to
yelloweye rockfish are not quantifiable,
it is assumed that the modification will
reduce yelloweye rockfish impacts.
North of 40°10′ north latitude,
Yelloweye Rockfish Conservation areas
(YRCAs) will continue to be used to
reduce yelloweye rockfish catch in the
commercial fixed gear, open access, and
recreational fisheries. Off Washington,
recreational fishing for groundfish and
halibut will continue to be prohibited
inside the YRCAs and for limited entry
fixed gear and open access fishing, the
‘‘C’’ shaped YRCA off Washington will
continue to be designated as an area to
avoid. YRCAs off the coast of
Washington are defined in Federal
regulation at 50 CFR § 660.390. The
North Coast Commercial YRCA restricts
commercial limited entry and open
access, the Salmon Troll YRCA restricts
salmon troll fishing, and the
recreational YRCA off the southern
coast of Washington prohibits all
recreational fishing for groundfish and
halibut. The California recreational
YRCAs and commercial non-trawl gear
YRCAs will continue to be defined in
regulation and may be implemented
inseason. As in 2009 and 2010 the
YRCAs not in effect at the start of 2011.
Management performance under
rebuilding: Following the 2002
declaration that the yelloweye rockfish
stock was overfished the total catch
mortality of yelloweye rockfish was
drastically reduced and has been
maintained between 12.3 mt and 19.6
mt. These catch levels represent a 95%
reduction from average catches observed
in the 1980s and 1990s. Between 2002
and 2008, 54–76 percent of the annual
catch was from the recreational
fisheries. The annual OY has not been
exceeded since 2002.
Management of the bottom trawl
fishery under IFQs is expected to
constrain the harvests to be within the
trawl allocations. Full catch accounting
and real time reporting in the shoreside
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
Ecosystem Component Species
Ecosystem component (EC) species
are identified in the PCGFMP. The EC
species are those species that are not
considered to be ‘‘in the fishery’’ or
targeted in any fishery. EC species are
not typically retained for sale or
personal use. The EC species are not
actively managed. The EC species are
determined to not be subject to
overfishing, approaching an overfished
condition, or overfished, nor are they
likely to become subject to overfishing
or overfished in the absence of
conservation and management
measures.
Although harvest specifications are
not specified for EC species, the
incidental catch is monitored to ensure
they continue to be classified correctly.
While EC species are not considered to
be ‘‘in the fishery,’’ Amendment 23 to
the PCGFMP indicates that the Council
should consider measures for the fishery
to minimize bycatch and bycatch
mortality of EC species consistent with
National Standard 9, and to protect their
associated role in the ecosystem. EC
species are not required to have
reference points specified, but should be
monitored to the extent that any new
pertinent scientific information becomes
available (e.g., catch trends,
vulnerability, etc.) to determine changes
in their status or their vulnerability to
the fishery. If necessary, they should be
reclassified as ‘‘in the fishery.’’
The Council considered specifying
shortbelly rockfish as an EC species, but
decided against doing so. Shortbelly
rockfish is an abundant species that is
not targeted in any commercial or
recreational fisheries, and which is a
valuable forage fish species. Rather than
classifying shortbelly rockfish as an EC
species, the Council chose to
recommend a very restrictive ACL
which is intended to accommodate
incidental catch while preventing the
development of fisheries specifically
targeting shortbelly rockfish.
will be set based on the MFMT, which
is expressed as a harvest unlike OFLs.
None of the 2011 or 2012 OFLs would
be set higher than the MFMT or its
proxy applied to a stock’s abundance.
The corresponding ABCs will be set
below the OFL and ACLs will be set at
or below the ABC. The groundfish
management measures including those
in this proposed rule are designed to
keep harvest levels within specified
ACLs.
When evaluating whether overfishing
has occurred for any species under the
PCGFMP, NMFS compares that species’
estimated total catch (landed catch +
discard) in a particular year to the
MFMT applied to the estimated
abundance (the ABC for 2010 and years
earlier, and OFL beginning in 2011).
Overfishing is difficult to detect
inseason for many groundfish,
particularly for minor rockfish species,
because most species are not
individually identified on landing.
Species compositions, based on
proportions encountered in samples of
landings and extrapolated observer data,
are applied during the year. However,
final results are not available until after
the end of the year.
This proposed rule discusses
overfishing estimated to have occurred
in 2007 and 2008. When new data are
available, NMFS updates estimates of
whether overfishing has occurred as
part of the agency’s report to Congress
on the Status of U.S. Fisheries (https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/sfa/
statusoffisheries/SOSmain.htm)
NMFS estimates that no overfishing
occurred on any species during the 2007
or 2008 fishing season, since no species
or species complex total catch exceeded
its ABC. During 2007 and 2008 the total
catch of three species did exceed the
OYs. In 2007, canary rockfish exceeded
its 44 mt OY by 1.6 percent with the
total catch estimated to have been 44.7
mt. In 2007, POP exceeded its 150 mt
OY by 4.0 percent with a total catch
estimate of 156.0 mt. In 2008, sablefish
exceeded its 5,934 mt OY by 2.4 percent
with the total catch estimate of 6,078
mt.
Overfishing
Overfishing occurs whenever a stock
or stock complex is subjected to a rate
or level of fishing mortality that is above
the stock’s capacity to produce MSY (an
estimate of the largest average annual
catch or yield that can be taken over a
significant period of time under
prevailing ecological and environmental
conditions). This level is also referred to
as MFMT (the maximum fishing
mortality threshold) in the PCGFMP.
Under the PCGFMP, OFLs for all species
Amendment 20: Carry-Over Provision
Under Amendment 20 to the
PCGFMP, up to 10 percent of unused
IFQ quota pounds in a vessel’s account
may be carried over for use in the next
fishing year. Similarly, in order to cover
an overage (landings that exceed the
amount of quota pounds held in a vessel
account) that is within 10 percent of the
quota pounds that have been in the
vessel account during the year, the
vessel owner may use that amount from
the quota pounds he will receive in the
IFQ program is expected to reduce
management uncertainty in the trawl
fishery.
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
following fishing year to account for the
overage in the current year. The
rationale for the carry-over as presented
in the Amendment 20 EIS is to provide
increased flexibility to fishery
participants. During the biennial harvest
specification and management process,
specifically at the Council’s June 2010
meeting, the Council further considered
how the carry-over provision works in
relationship to the 2011–2012 harvest
specifications, particularly ACLs and
the trawl allocations.
The primary risk pertaining to carryover provisions is the risk associated
with management uncertainty, i.e. the
risk of the carry-over provision relative
to the ability to manage the fisheries to
stay within the ACLs and whether that
risk is acceptably low. An examination
was done on the worst case scenario
which would occur if every quota
holder carried an underage (landings
that are less than the amount of quota
pounds held in a vessel account) of 10
percent for species that are ‘‘fully
prescribed’’ in the IFQ fishery. The
likelihood of this occurring was
believed to be a low risk. Because both
carry-overs and carry-unders are both
expected for the following year, the
biological impacts were expected to be
low.
Non-overfished trawl target species
where 80 percent or more of the annual
OY was harvested from 2005–2008
include Dover sole, sablefish, and
shortspine thornyhead. Fully harvested
stocks are more likely than others to
experience ACL overages due to the
carry-over provision. Under an IFQ
fishery, more than 80% of the sablefish
allocation is expected to be harvested,
particularly given the lower ACLs in
2011–2012 relative to recent OYs.
Petrale sole is likely to be fully
harvested with a lower harvest level
than in the past. Whiting may also be
fully or near fully harvested. Dover sole
has a higher harvest level than in recent
years and therefore the fishery has a
lower risk of exceeding the Dover sole
trawl allocation or the ACL as a result
of the carry-over provision. The
overfished species, other than petrale
sole, will likely have 80 percent or more
of the annual ACL harvested and thus
are potential species for which an ACL
overage due to the carry-over provision
may be possible.
Management Measures
New management measures being
proposed for the 2011–2012 work in
combination with the existing
regulations to create a management
structure that is intended to constrain
fishing so the catch of overfished
groundfish species does not exceed the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
rebuilding ACLs while allowing, to the
extent practicable, the ACLs for
healthier groundfish stocks that cooccur with the overfished stocks to be
achieved. Routine management
measures for the commercial fisheries
include: Bycatch limits, trip and
cumulative landing limits, time/area
closures, size limits, and gear
restrictions. Routine management
measures for the recreational fisheries
include bag limits, size limits, gear
restrictions, fish dressing requirements,
and time/area closures. Routine
management measures are used to
modify fishing behavior during the
fishing year to allow a harvest
specification to be achieved, or to
prevent a harvest specification from
being exceeded. The groundfish fishery
is managed with a variety of other
regulatory requirements that are not
considered routine, and which are not
changed through this rulemaking and
are found at 50 CFR § 660, Subparts C
through G. The regulations at 50 CFR
§ 660, Subparts C through G include, but
are not limited to, long-term harvest
allocations, recordkeeping and reporting
requirements, monitoring requirements,
license limitation programs, and
essential fish habitat (EFH) protection
measures. The routine management
measures specified at 50 CFR
§ 660.60(c), Subpart C in combination
with the entire collection of groundfish
regulations as specified at 50 CFR 660,
Subparts C through G are used to
manage the Pacific Coast groundfish
fishery to stay within the harvest
specifications identified in the
rulemaking. This section presents
proposed management measures
developed for 2011–2012.
At the Council’s April 2010 meeting
the Enforcement Consultants (EC) raised
catch accounting concerns relative to
U.S. vessels (including processing
vessels) that fish for species managed
under the PCGFMP and that transport
catch to another country, such as
Canada and Mexico, thereby
circumventing catch accounting. The EC
further investigated the issue including
the possible implementation of
regulatory language to ensure that
Federal regulations provide for full
catch accounting before catch leaves the
United States. At the Council’s June
2010 meeting the EC provided the
Council with draft regulatory language
that would require the submission of
vessel activity reports for any non-IFQ
catcher vessel, mothership processor, or
catcher/processor engaged in fishing for
groundfish in the EEZ before it leaves
the EEZ by crossing the seaward
boundary, or crosses the borders to the
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67839
EEZs of Mexico or Canada. The Council
recommended that a vessel activity
report be implemented. However,
development and implementation of a
vessel activity report would take more
time than is available for this
rulemaking. Therefore, a vessel activity
report is under consideration for future
implementation and has not been
included in this action.
Limited Entry Trawl
Incidental Trip Limits for Trawl
Rationalization—Amendment 20
The Shoreside IFQ program being
implemented under Amendment 20 to
the PCGFMP will require the following
incidentally caught species to be
managed with trip limits: Minor
nearshore rockfish north and south,
black rockfish, cabezon (46°16 to 42°
north latitude and south of 42° north
latitude), spiny dogfish, shortbelly
rockfish, Pacific whiting, and the ‘‘other
fish’’ category. If determined necessary,
trip limits may also be established for
longnose skate, California scorpionfish,
and as sub-limits within the other fish
category, big skate, California skate,
leopard skate, soupfin shark, finescale
codling, Pacific rattail, kelp greenling,
and cabezon off Washington. The
establishment of trip limits for these
species will allow incidental catch to be
landed and for the fishers to be paid for
those landings. Overall, the amount of
regulatory discards for incidentally
caught species is expected to be
reduced. Under the shoreside IFQ
program gear switching provisions,
trawl trip limits apply to incidental
landing allowances regardless of
whether the vessels are using either
trawl or fixed gears. In the development
of trawl trip limits, monthly landings in
the limited entry non-whiting and
whiting trawl fishery from 2008 and
2009 were examined and compared to
the 2010 trip limits. These trip limits do
not apply to vessels in the mothership
and catcher/processor sectors of the
whiting fishery.
Minor Nearshore Rockfish and Black
Rockfish North and South of 40°10
North Latitude
The minor nearshore rockfish and
black rockfish trip limits for vessels
participating under the shoreside IFQ
program using trawl or fixed gears north
and south of 40°10 north latitude would
be specified at 300 lbs/month for
periods 1 through 6. The highest
monthly landings of nearshore rockfish
in the trawl fishery during 2008 and
2009 were between 150–200 pounds;
with the majority of the landings having
been less than 50 pounds. In a
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67840
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
rationalized trawl fishery increases to
minor nearshore rockfish and black
rockfish landings are not expected. This
is because of state regulations restricting
trawl fishing in nearshore areas and
because the risk of catching yelloweye
rockfish is relatively high in these areas.
In Washington state waters (0–3 miles)
commercial fishing with either trawl or
fixed gear (including pots) in nearshore
waters is prohibited. To commercially
land targeted amounts of nearshore
rockfish species in Oregon, vessels must
hold a state fixed gear nearshore permit.
Landing of incidental amounts of
nearshore rockfish are allowed by
trawlers and by fixed gear vessels
without nearshore permits, however
recent (2010) state trip limits for these
species have been more restrictive than
the federal trip limits and are expected
to remain in place in 2011 and 2012. In
California, vessels must hold a state
fixed gear nearshore permit to land
nearshore rockfish. With full catch
accounting under the shoreside IFQ
program and the anticipated high cost of
purchasing yelloweye rockfish quota
pounds, it seems unlikely that IFQ
participants will be targeting nearshore
rockfish.
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Cabezon (46°16 North Latitude to 42°
North Latitude and South of 42° North
Latitude)
Beginning with 2011–2012, cabezon
would be managed as a separate species
north of 42° north latitude, as well as
south of 42° north latitude off
California. A review of recent landings
of cabezon by the limited entry trawl
fleet indicated that landings were
infrequent with most being below 20
pounds. The Council recommended that
the cabezon trip limits for vessels
participating in the shoreside IFQ
program using trawl or fixed gears to
harvest IFQ species with a limited entry
trawl permit be specified at 50 lbs/
month for periods 1 through 6 north and
south of 42° north latitude, which
would accommodate the landings seen
in the last two years.
Spiny Dogfish
The limits specified in regulation for
trawl gear in 2010 are 200,000 lbs
(91 mt) per 2 months periods 1 and 2;
150,000 lbs (68 mt) per 2 months
periods 3, and 100,000 lbs (45 mt) per
2 months periods 4 through 6 in both
the north and the south. In recent years,
no limited entry trawl vessel has
approached or attained the spiny
dogfish cumulative limits specified in
Federal regulation. Under a rationalized
fishery, an IFQ vessel could target spiny
dogfish with either trawl gear or fixed
gear. Due to anticipated catch of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
yelloweye rockfish, the access to spiny
dogfish could be constrained. The risk
to an individual of yelloweye rockfish
bycatch would likely outweigh the
value of targeting spiny dogfish.
Therefore, the Council recommended
that the spiny dogfish trip limits for
vessels using trawl or fixed gears to
harvest IFQ species with a limited entry
trawl permit north and south of 40°10
north latitude be specified at 60,000 lbs
(27 mt) per 2 month, which would
accommodate the trawl landings seen in
recent years.
Longspine Thornyhead South of 34°27
North Latitude
Unlike longspine thornyhead in the
north, the Council did not specify
trawl/non-trawl allocation for longspine
thornyhead south of 34°27 north
latitude under Amendment 21. The
Council chose to manage longspine
thornyheads south of 34°27 north
latitude with trip limits, and longspine
thornyhead in the north with individual
fishing quotas. From 1995–2005, the
trawl fishery harvested very small
proportions of the longspine thornyhead
OY. Additionally, total mortality by all
fleets in recent years has been well
below the OY. Historically, longspine
thornyhead has not been a target species
in the trawl fishery, but instead has
been caught in association with
shortspine thornyhead, Dover sole, and
sablefish. Given the low exploitation of
longspine thornyhead south, the
Council recommended that south of
34°27 North latitude, the longspine
thornyhead incidental landing limits for
vessels using trawl or fixed gears to
harvest IFQ species with a limited entry
trawl permit be specified at 24,000 lbs
(11 mt) per 2 months, which is the 2010
limit currently specified in regulation
for limited entry trawl gears.
Remaining Groundfish Species
Under the Final Preferred Alternative,
the Council specified incidental trip
limits for species not managed with IFQ
for vessels using trawl or fixed gear to
harvest IFQ species with a limited entry
trawl permit. For the purpose of setting
trip limits for non-IFQ species, the
Council considered the following
remaining groundfish species: Longnose
skate, big skate, California skate,
California scorpionfish, leopard shark,
soupfin shark, finescale codling, Pacific
rattail (grenadier), ratfish, kelp
greenling, shortbelly, and cabezon in
Washington. A review of the 2008 and
2009 limited entry trawl landings for
these stocks was conducted. Grenadier
makes up the largest component of the
remaining fish landings in the trawl
fishery and most landings were less
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
than 8,000 lbs (3.6 mt) with a few
landings as high as 12,000 lbs (11 mt).
Historically, there was some buying/
selling of grenadier in an attempt to
develop a market, however recent
landings are incidental catch associated
with the targeting of DTS species. Big
skate and California skate are also
included in the remaining fish category.
In recent years, there has been interest
in targeting and marketing skates.
Overall the species being considered
had landings that were less than 1,500
pounds (680 kg) per month with most
monthly landings less than 1,000
pounds (454 kg). The Council
recommended that incidental landing
limit for vessels using trawl or fixed
gears to harvest IFQ species with a
limited entry trawl permit remain
unlimited at the start of 2011. Should
increased landings occur such that there
is concern about overfishing, the
Council would likely implement the
appropriate trip limits through routine
inseason action. Therefore, trip limits
for the remaining groundfish are being
added to the regulations as a routine
management measure.
Trawl Fishery Trip Limit Tables
This action specifies incidental trip
limits for species not managed with IFQ
for vessels using trawl or fixed gear to
harvest IFQ species with a limited entry
trawl permit. The purpose of allowing
trip limits for these species is to allow
incidental catch to be landed and for the
fishers to be paid for those landings.
Without trip limits these incidentally
caught species would need to be
discarded (regulatory discard) or
forfeited to the state at the time of
landing. A second set of tables is
included with this action, in the event
that trawl rationalization is delayed the
trawl non-IFQ fishery tables would be
implemented to prevent the fishery from
exceeding its specifications.
RCA Configurations for Vessels
Harvesting IFQ Quota Pounds
Based on analysis of West Coast
Groundfish Observer Data and vessellogbook data, the boundaries of the
RCAs were set to prohibit groundfish
fishing within a range of depths where
encounters with overfished species were
most likely to occur. The RCAs
boundaries vary by season, latitude, and
gear group. Boundaries for limited entry
trawl vessels are different than those for
the limited entry fixed-gear and open
access gears. The non-trawl RCAs apply
to the limited entry fixed-gear and open
access gears other than non-groundfish
trawl. The non-groundfish trawl RCAs
are defined by fishery.
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Trawl RCA boundaries and
cumulative limits are routinely adjusted
inseason based upon fishery
performance. Managers structure catch
limit opportunities and closed areas
with several objectives in mind
including reducing interactions with
overfished species while simultaneously
providing for a year round fishing
opportunity. While many adjustments to
catch limits and trawl RCA boundaries
are relatively minor, in recent years
some of these adjustments have been
relatively extreme and have closed
fishing opportunity for wide areas of the
coast mid-season. Under the 2010
management structure for the trawl
fishery, catch projections (and estimates
of total catch inseason) are made using
what is often described as the ‘‘trawl
bycatch model.’’ This model uses
discard estimates from the WCGOP data
and logbook information to develop
temporal and spatially stratified bycatch
rates for overfished species. The bycatch
model can be used to estimate both
target species and overfished species
catch based on a proposed set of
management measures (2-month
cumulative trip limits and RCA
configurations). Under a rationalized
fishery, there will be full catch
accounting and individuals will be held
accountable for their bycatch. Despite
the high level of individual
accountability, there is still a risk of
exceeding the trawl allocation since
overfished species interactions can be
unpredictable. As a starting place for the
shoreside trawl IFQ program and as a
risk adverse measure, the Council
recommended maintaining the RCA
structure that was in place in June 2010.
As the IFQ fishery develops and if catch
data supports reconsideration of the
RCAs, the Council could revise the RCA
boundaries through inseason measures.
Under Amendment 20 to the
PCGFMP, quota pounds associated with
a limited entry trawl permit may be
harvested with either trawl gear or legal
fixed gear. Groundfish regulations
specify both trawl and non-trawl RCAs.
The type of gear employed determines
the RCA structure. As such, vessels that
harvest IFQ species with trawl gear will
be held to the trawl RCA while vessels
that harvest with fixed gear will be held
to the fixed gear RCA.
Gear Switching
The yelloweye rockfish trawl catch
allocation is based on the trawl bycatch
model, which projects very low
amounts of yelloweye rockfish catch
(0.6 mt) for 2011 and 2012. In general,
yelloweye rockfish is much less
vulnerable to being caught by trawl gear
than non-trawl gears. With fixed-gear,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
nearshore fishers are able to fish in areas
and depth ranges where yelloweye
rockfish are found (rock bottom). As a
result, yelloweye rockfish bycatch rates
in the nearshore fixed gear fisheries are
much greater than those used to model
bycatch in the trawl fisheries. For
reasons similar to those for yelloweye
rockfish, canary rockfish bycatch rates
are also higher in the nearshore fixedgear fishery model than in the trawl
model.
Under a trip limit fishery structure,
management measures (trip limits, trawl
gear restrictions and RCAs) restrict trawl
yelloweye retention and fishing and in
rocky habitats where yelloweye rockfish
concentrate. Under trawl
rationalization, the gear switching
provision allows fishers to used fixed
gears to harvest trawl allocations. All
IFQ species caught by those fishing
under the gear switching provisions,
including yelloweye and canary, must
be covered by trawl quota pounds.
Increased fishing by trawl IFQ program
participants using fixed gear shoreward
of the RCA could present an increased
risk of exceeding the trawl sector
allocation for yelloweye rockfish, and
possibly canary rockfish. For this
reason, the 2011 and 2012 management
measures include measures designed to
discourage fixed gear fishing by trawl
IFQ participants in the nearshore, where
impacts to yelloweye and canary
rockfish are potentially the greatest.
To discourage fishing in nearshore
areas under the gear switching
provision, the Council recommended
that the trawl sector receive no
allocation of nearshore species making
it unlikely that trawl IFQ fishery
participants will operate in waters
shallower than 30 fm (55 m). Further,
state regulations require nearshore
permits to land targeted amounts of
nearshore species. In Oregon, additional
gear restrictions may restrict fixed gear
operations in the nearshore areas. The
shoreward non-trawl RCA structure is
designed such that the trawl IFQ fishery
participants’ only viable opportunity for
shoreward non-trawl activity is south of
34°27 north latitude, where yelloweye
rockfish and are less common. It is less
likely that vessels fishing seaward of the
RCA under the gear switching provision
would encountering overfished species
in excess of the trawl fishery
allocations. Gear switching seaward of
the 100 fm (183 m) depth contour may
allow access to valuable species such as
sablefish and shortspine thornyheads
with less incidental catch than with
trawl gear.
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67841
Potential Mid-Water Opportunity in
2011–2012
There is an opportunity under the
trawl rationalization program to allow
targeting of species such as yellowtail
rockfish within the RCA using midwater
trawl gear during the primary whiting
season. Under current trawl
rationalization regulations, this
opportunity is available regardless of
amount of whiting onboard. A cursory
analysis of data reveals that the risk of
exceeding overfished species ACLs as a
result of a mid-water opportunity
appears lower than for bottom trawl gear
for some species (e.g., yelloweye); it
may be equally as risky for some species
including canary; and appears to have a
higher risk for species including widow
rockfish. Under a rationalized trawl
fishery structure with individual
accountability, and the Council’s
recommended ACLs for canary and
widow rockfish, and with the
subsequent trawl allocation, the risk of
exceeding ACLs for these species is
sufficiently low. Therefore, this
opportunity could be afforded in 2011–
2012.
Further Considerations for a
Rationalized Trawl Fishery
The 2011 petrale ACL reductions over
2010 and arrowtooth ACL decision
directly affect the initial allocation of
individual bycatch quota (IBQ) for
Pacific halibut. Pacific halibut IBQ will
be calculated using a formula based on
quota share for arrowtooth flounder and
petrale sole, two target species that
correlate to Pacific halibut bycatch.
Therefore, under the new lower petrale
ACLs, permits with more arrowtooth
quota pounds will be allocated more
halibut IBQ.
Shoreside whiting receives a one-time
overfished species allocation for the
initial allocation. Thereafter, this sector
will join the rationalized non-whiting
trawl fishery and be allowed to trade/
purchase shares of overfished and nonoverfished species.
Limited-Entry Fixed Gear and Open
Access Non-Trawl Fishery Management
Measures
Management measures for the limited
entry fixed gear (LEFG) and open access
non-trawl fisheries tend to be similar
because the majority of participants in
both fisheries use hook-and-line gear.
These fisheries will be most constrained
by management measures to decrease
impacts on yelloweye rockfish.
Non-Trawl RCAs
The non-trawl RCA applies to vessels
that take, retain, possess or land
groundfish unless they are incidental
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67842
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
fisheries that are exempt from the nontrawl RCA (e.g. the pink shrimp nongroundfish trawl fishery). The non-trawl
RCA boundaries proposed for 2011–
2012 are the same as those in place for
the non-trawl fisheries in 2009–2010,
except for the seaward boundary of the
non-trawl RCA between 45°03.83′ north
latitude and 43°00′ north latitude.
The seaward and shoreward
boundaries of the non-trawl RCAs vary
along the coast, and are divided at
various commonly used geographic
coordinates, defined in § 660.11,
Subpart C. In 2009–2010, new divisions
of the RCA boundaries were established
based on recently available fishery
information, indicating that fishing in
some areas where the non-trawl fishery
occurs has higher yelloweye rockfish
impacts than in others, and the RCA
boundaries were adjusted to reduce
impacts to yelloweye rockfish in these
areas. For 2009–2010 the seaward
boundary of the non-trawl RCA between
45°03.83′ north latitude (Cascade Head)
and 43°00′ north latitude (Columbia/
Eureka line) was specified at 125 fm
(229 m), except on days when the
directed halibut fishery is open, when
the fishery is then restricted to waters
seaward of the 100 fm (183 m) line. This
regulation, which was new in the 2009–
2010 cycle, was implemented to reduce
yelloweye rockfish impacts by fixed
gear fishers targeting sablefish and other
target groundfish. For 2011–2012, the
modeled-overfished species impacts by
the limited entry and open access
fisheries showed that given the lower
sablefish ACLs for 2011 and 2012, along
with the Council’s final preferred
apportionment of overfished species for
the non-nearshore fishery, the 100 fm
(183 m) line could be accommodated.
For 2011 and 2012, the non-trawl
RCA boundaries from north to south are
proposed to be as follows: From the
U.S./Canada Border and 46°16′ north
latitude the non-trawl RCA is proposed
to be between the shoreline and a
boundary line approximating the 100 fm
(183 m) depth contour. Between 46°16′
north latitude and 43°00′ north latitude
the non-trawl RCA is proposed to be
between the boundary lines
approximating the 30 fm (55 m) and the
100 fm (183 m) depth contours. Between
43°00′ north latitude and 42°00′ north
latitude the non-trawl RCA is proposed
to be between boundary lines
approximating 20 fm (37 m) and 100 fm
(183 m) depth contours. Between 42°00′
north latitude the non-trawl RCA is
proposed to be between the 20 fm (37
m) depth contour (there is no boundary
line approximating the 20 fm (37 m)
depth contour off California) and the
boundary line approximating the 100 fm
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
(183 m) depth contour. Moving the
seaward RCA boundary from 125 fm
(229 m) to the 100 fm (183 m) between
46°16′ and 43°00′ north latitude results
in a projected increase of 0.1 mt of
yelloweye rockfish for the area between
46°16′ and 43°00′ north latitude. Moving
the seaward RCA from 43° north
latitude to Cascade Head from 125 to
100 fm (229 to 183 m) opens more
fishing areas, may decrease conflicts
among fixed gear fishers, may reduce
running time to some fishing grounds
(which subsequently decreases expense
and improves safety), and may increase
sablefish catch rates in some instances.
The following lines are proposed
south of 40°10′ north latitude. Between
40°10′ north latitude and 34°27′ north
latitude the non-trawl RCA is proposed
to be between boundary lines
approximating the 30 fm (55 m) and 150
fm (274 m) depth contours. Between
34°27′ north latitude and the U.S.
border with Mexico, including waters
around islands, the non-trawl RCA is
proposed to be between boundary lines
approximating the 60 fm (110 m) and
150 fm (274 m) depth contours. The
boundary lines vary along the coast
because of the different abundances of
overfished species along the coast.
For 2011 and 2012, the 100 fm (186
m) and 125 fm (229 m) latitude and
longitude coordinates defining the lines
at the southwest corner of Heceta Bank
are proposed to be moved to better
follow the bathymetry. In this area the
existing lines are, in many cases,
extremely shallow and reported to allow
fishing in areas of high yelloweye
rockfish bycatch by members of the
industry. While the impacts to
yelloweye rockfish from refining the 100
fm (186 m) and 125 fm (229 m) line
waypoints are not quantifiable in the
Heceta Bank area, it is likely that the
modifications would reduce yelloweye
rockfish impacts over the existing line
structure.
This rule proposes to use the
boundary line approximating the 100 fm
(183 m) depth contour as the seaward
boundary for the non-trawl RCA north
40°10′ north latitude. In the event that
the boundary line approximating the
125 fm (229 m) and depth contour is
implemented around Heceta Head
(44°08.30′ north latitude) through
inseason action, this action also
proposes to revisions to the latitude and
longitude coordinates that define the
boundary line approximating the 125 fm
(229 m) depth contour to reduce
impacts to yelloweye rockfish. This rule
also proposes changes to the boundary
line approximating the 60 fm (110 m)
depth contour off northern California to
better approximate the 60 fm (110 m)
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
depth contour and to better align the
bycatch data collected that is divided by
depth contours. Subsequent changes to
the boundary line approximating the 50
fm (91 m) depth contour in the same
area are necessary to prevent
unintended crossovers from the change
to the 60 fm (110 m) line. The latitude
and longitude coordinates that define
these boundary lines that approximate
depth contours, and are used to define
the non-trawl RCA, are found in
groundfish regulations at §§ 660.71
through 74, Subpart C (redesignated
from § 660.391 through 394).
In 2009–2010 NMFS defined new
YRCAs off northern California that may
be implemented through inseason
action if necessary. These YRCAs will
continue to be available for inseason
management if catch of yelloweye
rockfish needs to be reduced during
2011–2012. The latitude and longitude
coordinates that define these YRCAs are
found in groundfish regulations at
§ 660.70, Subpart C.
The Salmon Troll YRCA is found in
groundfish regulation at § 660.70,
Subpart C, and § 660.333, Subpart F,
and in the Pacific Coast salmon
regulations at § 660.405.
Like trawl fishery participants, nontrawl vessels are also subject to several
groundfish closed areas other than those
within the RCA boundary lines and
those intended for EFH conservation.
The following closed areas apply to all
non-trawl vessels, including both open
access and limited entry fixed gear
vessels, and have not been proposed for
modification in 2011 and beyond
(§ 660.70, Subpart C): A Cordell Banks
Closed Area; closed areas around the
Farallon Islands off San Francisco and
San Mateo Counties, CA; the Eastern
CCA. The non-trawl fisheries have little
to no incidental catch of POP,
darkblotched, or widow rockfish. The
effects of these fisheries on bocaccio,
canary, cowcod, and yelloweye rockfish
are constrained as much as possible by
the non-trawl RCA, described above,
and by the YRCAs and CCAs.
Non-Trawl Fishery Trip Limits
Trip limits proposed for the non-trawl
fisheries in 2011–2012 are similar to
those that applied to these fisheries in
2009–2010 with the exception of
changes to trip limit structures in the
sablefish daily trip limit in the LEFG
fishery north of 36° north latitude. Trip
limits in the LEFG fishery north of 36°
north latitude are modified to allow
additional flexibility for fishers by
eliminating the daily and weekly trip
limits. Daily or weekly trip limits may
be imposed, if necessary, via routine
inseason action during 2011–2012 to
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
keep total catch of sablefish within the
2011 and 2012 sablefish allocations.
Also, the sablefish trip limits in the
LEFG fishery south of 36° north latitude
are modified to allow additional
flexibility for fishers by eliminating the
daily trip limit and establishing only a
weekly cumulative limit. Trip limits in
the open access sablefish fishery remain
very similar to those that were in place
in 2009–2010. The open access sablefish
limits coastwide are more conservative
than the LEFG sablefish limits in both
poundage and structure, recognizing
that the open access fleet can expand to
an unknown number of participants.
South of 36° north latitude open access
sablefish limits are more conservative
than the LEFG sablefish limits in both
poundage and structure, recognizing
that the limited entry fleet has
historically harvested a larger
proportion of the sablefish ACL South of
36° north latitude, particularly in the
years 2000–2005. Also, as in past years,
thornyheads may not be taken and
retained in the open access fisheries
north of 34°27′ north latitude.
Primary Sablefish Fishery Tier Limits
Tier limits for the limited entry fixed
gear sablefish-endorsed fleet are lower
than in 2009–2010, reflecting the lower
sablefish harvest specifications for 2011
and 2012: in 2011, Tier 1 at 41,379 lb
(18,769 kg), Tier 2 at 18,809 lb (8,532
kg), and Tier 3 at 10,748 lb (4,875 kg).
For 2012 the tier limits are as follows:
Tier 1 at 40,113 lb (18,195 kg), Tier 2
at 18,233 lb (8,270 kg), and Tier 3 at
10,419 lb (4,726 kg).
These tier limits are found in
groundfish regulations at § 660.231,
Subpart E.
Management measures for the LEFG
fishery, including gear requirements, are
found at § 660.330, subpart F, with
management measures specific to the
primary sablefish season (e.g. tier
fishery) found at § 660.321, subpart E.
Limited entry fixed gear trip limits are
found in Table 2 (North) and Table 2
(South) of subpart E of part 660.
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Salmon Troller Lingcod Limits
Salmon trollers will be allowed to
keep incidentally caught lingcod with a
ratio limit of 1 lingcod per 15 Chinook,
plus 1 lingcod up to a trip limit of 10
lingcod, up to a maximum limit of 400
lbs per month when fishing inside the
non-trawl RCA. When salmon trollers
fish entirely outside of the non-trawl
RCA they are not subject to the lingcod
retention ration described above, but
only to the monthly trip limit.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
Open Access Non-Groundfish Trawl
Gear Fisheries Management Measures
Open access non-groundfish trawl
gear (used to harvest ridgeback prawns,
California halibut, sea cucumbers, and
pink shrimp) is managed with ‘‘per trip’’
limits, cumulative trip limits, and area
closures. Trip limits in 2011–2012 are
similar to those in 2007–2008 and 2009–
2010. The species-specific open access
limits described in the trip limit table
apply unless otherwise specified and, in
addition, open access non-groundfish
trawl vessels may not exceed overall
groundfish limits if they are specified.
As in past years, the pink shrimp fishery
is subject to a non-species specific
groundfish limit of ‘‘500 lb/day,
multiplied by the number of days of the
trip, not to exceed 1,500 lb/trip.’’ In
addition to the general groundfish limit,
vessels fishing for pink shrimp have
species specific sub limits for lingcod
and sablefish that are different from
other open access limits described in
Table 3 South to Subpart F. Also, as in
past years, thornyheads may not be
taken and retained in the open access
fisheries north of 34°27′ north latitude.
The trawl RCA is described in Table
1 (North) and Table 1 (South) to Subpart
D. Trawling with open access nongroundfish gear for pink shrimp will be
permitted within the trawl RCA;
however, the states require pink shrimp
trawlers to use finfish excluder devices
to reduce their groundfish bycatch,
particularly to prevent bycatch mortality
for canary and other rockfishes. The
required use of finfish excluders in the
pink shrimp trawl fishery will continue
in 2011–2012.
Regulations in this proposed rule
include two options for trawl RCA
configurations (in Table 1a (South) and
Table 1b (South): One that would be in
place with implementation of the trawl
individual quota program; and one that
would be in place if the trawl individual
quota program is delayed. Trawling for
ridgeback prawns, California halibut,
and sea cucumber are subject to the
same RCA area closures that apply to
vessels fishing in the limited entry trawl
fishery, except that non-groundfish
trawling will be permitted shoreward of
a boundary line approximating the 100
fm (183 m) depth contour if and when
the inshore boundary line of the limited
entry trawl RCA is moved shallower
than 100 fm (183 m). NMFS may clarify
the regulatory language regarding the
non-groundfish trawl RCA in 660.333,
Subpart F, and in line 41 of Table 3
(South) to 660, Subpart F, regarding
how the trawl RCA applies to the open
access non-groundfish trawl sectors.
Currently in regulation the description
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67843
of non-groundfish trawl RCA refers to
the nontrawl RCA, which is inconsistent
with the non-groundfish trawl RCA in
Table 3 (South). RCA restrictions off
California are particularly intended to
reduce bycatch and bycatch mortality
for southern and coastwide overfished
species such as bocaccio, cowcod, and
canary rockfish. No changes to other
groundfish conservation area
restrictions are proposed for the open
access non-groundfish trawl fishery in
2011–2012. Management measures for
the open access fisheries, including gear
requirements, are found at § 660.333,
Subpart F. Trip limits are found in
Table 3 (North) and Table 3 (South) of
subpart F of part 660.
Recreational Fisheries Management
Measures
Recreational fisheries management
measures are designed to limit catch of
overfished and nearshore species to
sustainable levels while also allowing
viable fishing seasons. Overfished
species that are taken in recreational
fisheries are bocaccio, cowcod, canary,
and yelloweye rockfish. Because sport
fisheries are more concentrated in
nearshore waters, the 2011–2012
recreational fishery management
measures are intended to constrain
catch of nearshore species such as
minor nearshore rockfish, black
rockfish, blue rockfish and cabezon.
These protections are particularly
important for fisheries off California,
where the bulk of West Coast
recreational fishing occurs. Management
measures for the California recreational
groundfish fishery are designed to
reduce the incidental catch of
overfished rockfish, primarily yelloweye
and canary rockfish, while providing as
much fishing opportunity as possible for
anglers targeting groundfish. Depth
restrictions and RCAs are the primary
tools used to keep overfished species
impacts under the prescribed harvest
levels for the California recreational
fishery. Washington, Oregon, and
California each proposed, and the
Council recommended, different
combinations of seasons, bag limits, area
closures, and size limits, to best fit the
requirements to rebuild overfished
species found in their regions, and the
needs and constraints of their particular
recreational fisheries.
Recreational fisheries management
measures for Oregon in 2011–2012 are
proposed to be very similar to the
recreational fishery management
measures that were in place off Oregon
during 2009–2010. Recreational
fisheries off northern California and
Washington are constrained by the need
to reduce yelloweye rockfish impacts.
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67844
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Changes to recreational fishery
management measures off California are
in response to the revised stock status
of target species, requests by the public
to simplify regulations, information
regarding the distribution of overfished
species and the desire to redistribute
effort displaced by restrictions on take
in newly established Marine Protected
Areas (MPAs)in state waters.
Washington
Off Washington, recreational fishing
for groundfish and Pacific halibut will
continue to be prohibited inside the
North Coast Recreational YRCA, a Cshaped closed area off the northern
Washington coast, the South Coast
Recreational YRCA, and the Westport
Offshore YRCA. Coordinates for all of
these YRCAs are defined at § 660.70,
Subpart C. The RCA for recreational
fishing off Washington will be the same
as in 2010. The aggregate groundfish bag
limits off Washington will be reduced
from 15 fish to 12 fish, because very few
anglers were attaining the 15 aggregate
groundfish bag limits. The rockfish and
lingcod sub-limits will remain the same
as in 2007–2008 and 2009–2010: 10
rockfish sub-limit with no retention of
canary or yelloweye rockfish; 2 lingcod
sub-limit, with the lingcod minimum
size of 22 inches (56 cm). Since catches
of cabezon have increased in recent
years and the stock status of cabezon off
the Washington coast is unknown, and
to make cabezon retention regulations
off the West Coast consistent with
WDFW regulations in Puget Sound,
Washington, this rule proposes a
cabezon sub-limit for 2011–2012 of two
cabezon per day. The lingcod seasons in
2011–2012 will be the same as those in
2009–2010. As in 2009–2010, south of
Leadbetter Point off the state of
Washington, when halibut are onboard
the vessel from May through September,
there will continue to be no retention of
groundfish, except sablefish and Pacific
cod.
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Oregon
Off Oregon, recreational fishing for
groundfish in 2011–2012 will have the
same management measures as in 2009–
2010, except that the Oregon
recreational fishery marine fish bag
limit will have a seasonal sub-bag limit
for cabezon, as described at
§ 660.360(c)(2)(iii). The seasonal sub-bag
limit for cabezon is intended to reduce
the projected impacts to cabezon in the
Oregon recreational ocean boat fishery
in order to stay within the recreational
portion of the 2011 and 2012 cabezon
ACLs for Oregon of 50 mt and 48 mt,
respectively.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
California
For 2011–2012, recreational fisheries
off California are proposed to be
managed as five separate areas, down
from six in 2009–2010, to reduce
complexity while retaining flexibility in
minimizing impacts on overfished
stocks. They are also re-named to
shorten their names and to relate the
name of the management area to the
region of the coast to which it applies.
The following are the management areas
that will be defined for 2011–2012: The
Northern Management Area is defined
as the area from the Oregon/California
border to 40°10′ north latitude; the
Mendocino Management Area is defined
as the area from 40°10 north latitude to
38°57 north latitude; the San Francisco
management area is defined as the area
from 38°57 north latitude to 37°11 north
latitude; the central management area is
defined as the area from 37°11 north
latitude to 34°27 north latitude and the
southern management area is defined as
the area from 34°27 north latitude to the
U.S./Mexico border.
California updated its recreational
fisheries catch model with data from the
California Recreational Fisheries Survey
to make recommendations to the
Council for the 2011–2012 fisheries.
Season and area closures differ between
California regions to better prevent
incidental catch of overfished species
according to where those species occur
and where fishing effort is greatest,
while providing as much fishing
opportunity as possible. The Californiawide combined bag limit for the
Rockfish-Cabezon-Greenling (RCG)
Complex would continue to be 10 fish
per day when the season is open. RCG
Complex sub-bag limits will also remain
the same, except that the cabezon limit
statewide will increase from two fish to
three fish per day. The increase to the
cabezon sub-bag limit from two fish to
three fish is anticipated to increase
cabezon mortality by 10 percent. The
increase on cabezon mortality from
increased sub-bag limit, combined with
other changes to management measures
that may change the projected impacts
to cabezon, are anticipated to result in
annual total mortality of 33.9 mt of
cabezon in 2011 and 2012, which is
well within the 2011–2012 cabezon
ACL. The increase in the cabezon subbag limit is not anticipated to affect
projected impacts to co-occurring
overfished species as effort is not
expected to increase appreciably as a
result of the increased bag limit and
overfished species shelf species are not
commonly found in shallow waters
where cabezon reside.
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Fishing seasons for lingcod will be
modified to be the same as the fishing
seasons for the RCG Complex. This
modification extends the fishing season
for lingcod later in the year and
eliminates portions of the former
seasonal closures that occurred in the
winter months. Winter closures had
been used since lingcod was declared
overfished in 2001 to prevent catch of
lingcod during its spawning and nesting
season while the stock was rebuilding.
According to the most recent stock
assessment, the southern lingcod stock
has rebuilt to 70 percent of its unfished
biomass. Therefore the Council
recommended and NMFS is proposing
an increase in the length of the
recreational lingcod fishing season, and
reducing regulatory complexity by
having the seasons for the RCG Complex
and lingcod be the same for 2011–2012.
The increase in fishing season length for
lingcod is not anticipated to affect
projected impacts to co-occurring
overfished species, as the improved
fishing opportunity is not expected to
appreciably increase fishing effort as
retention of lingcod is not expected to
be the deciding factor as to whether or
not anglers go fishing. The new seasons
for lingcod are described at
§ 660.360(c)(3)(iii)(A). This rule also
proposes to retain the lingcod size limit,
but to decrease the lingcod size limit
from 24 inches to 22 inches. The 22
inch lingcod size limit is intended to
preserve nest guarding males, yet still
allow for increased lingcod fishing
opportunity. The lingcod fillet length
restriction would also be reduced to
reflect the change in the size limit (i.e.
14 inch fillet length restriction under a
22 inch total length size limit).
Overfished species impacts may
decrease as a result of this rule change
as anglers obtain their two fish lingcod
bag limit more rapidly, incurring less
overfished species impacts in the
process. For the same reasons described
above, an increase in the lingcod bag
limit was considered for 2011–2012.
However, the increased bag limit was
not recommended at this time due to the
potential for increased impacts to cooccurring overfished rockfish species,
such as yelloweye rockfish, as anglers
continue incurring impacts on those
species in pursuit of additional lingcod
to fill a higher bag limit.
This rule proposes to implement a
gear restriction (e.g. hook limits) for
cabezon and kelp greenling to make the
restrictions for these fish consistent
with the existing gear restrictions for
rockfish, so that the same number of
fishing lines and hooks apply to all of
the species in the RCG Complex. This
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
new gear regulation closes a regulatory
loophole, and will prevent excessive
recreational fishing effort using multiple
rods to target cabezon and kelp
greenling. The gear restrictions for the
RCG Complex are described at
§ 660.360(c)(3)(ii)(B).
This rule proposes revisions to the
time and area closures that make up the
recreational RCA off California.
Generally, the proposed revisions
extend the length of the California
recreational fisheries in all Management
Areas except the Mendocino
Management Area (between 40°10’
north latitude and 38°57.50′ north
latitude) and the Southern Management
Area (south of 34°27′ north latitude). In
the Southern Management Area, season
length will stay the same as in 2009–
2010, but the depth restriction for
recreational fishing for California
scorpionfish will move seaward during
January and February, opening
additional areas to fishing that occur
between the boundary line
approximating the 40 fm (73 m) depth
contour and the boundary line
approximating the 60 fm (110 m) depth
contour. This change simplifies
regulations by keeping the depth
restrictions for California scorpionfish
in this management area the same
throughout the year. These time and
area closures are liberalized for 2011–
2012 to allow additional fishing
opportunities to harvest healthy stocks
to achieve but not exceed 2011–2012
ACLs, without causing the projected
mortality of overfished rockfish species,
such as yelloweye rockfish, bocaccio,
cowcod and canary rockfish, to exceed
their respective harvest limits in the
California recreational fishery.
Incidental catch of cowcod in the area
south of 34°27′ north latitude continues
to be restricted by the CCAs. Prior to
2011, the CCAs were closed throughout
the year to recreational fishing for
groundfish deeper than the 20 fm (37 m)
depth contour. Shallower than the 20 fm
(37 m) depth contour, retention of some
species was allowed. In 2010, the state
of California is in the process of
implemented marine protected areas in
state waters between Point Conception
to U.S. Mexico border, including state
waters adjacent to offshore islands and
rocks. An environmental impact
analysis prepared by the state of
California (Draft Environmental Impact
Report; California marine life protection
act initiative South Coast Study Region)
indicates that cowcod are likely to
benefit from marine protected areas that
are closed to fishing activities. The best
available scientific information on
depth distributions of cowcod indicate
that adults primarily inhabit depths
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
deeper than 60 fm (110 m). To provide
some additional fishing opportunities in
areas where the bycatch of cowcod is
not appreciable, this proposed rule
would allow recreational fishing for
some species, including shelf rockfish,
shallower than new boundary lines that
approximate the 30 fm (55 m) depth
contour in several areas that are
currently within the CCAs. This
proposed rule would also establish new
boundary lines that approximate the 40
fm (73 m) depth contour in several areas
within the CCAs, which may be used as
the boundary for recreational fisheries
that occur within the CCA during 2011–
2012 and beyond. Latitude and
longitude coordinates that define the
boundary lines that approximate the 30
fm (55 m) and 40 fm (73 m) depth
contours within the CCA are found at
§ 660.71, Subpart C.
Management measures for
recreational fisheries off all three West
Coast states are found at § 660.360,
Subpart G. Washington Coastal Tribal
Allocations, Harvest Guidelines And
Set-Asides
As in previous years, the mortality of
groundfish species in tribal fisheries are
subtracted from the 2011 and 2012
ACLs before other allocations are
derived. In 2011–2012, the tribes will
continue to have formal allocations for
sablefish and Pacific whiting that are
deducted from the ACLs for those
species. The tribal allocation for
sablefish is 10 percent of the ACL north
of 36° north latitude, less 1.6 percent for
estimated discard mortality. For 2011
and 2012, the tribal sablefish allocations
are 552 mt and 535 mt, respectively.
The formula for the tribal allocation of
Pacific whiting in 2010 was [17.5
percent * (U.S. OY)] + 16,000 mt and
was described in a proposed rule on
March 12, 2010 (75 FR 11829) and
implemented in a final rule on May 4,
2010 (75 FR 23620). With a U.S. OY of
193,935 mt, the tribal allocation for the
2010 tribal Pacific whiting fishery was
49,939 mt. In accordance with the
procedures set forth in 50 CFR § 660.50,
subpart C, tribal allocations of Pacific
whiting will be established annually
until the co-managers complete the
evaluation of the relevant scientific
information and a determination of the
long-term tribal allocation for Pacific
whiting is made.
The 2011 and 2012 tribal harvest
guideline for black rockfish is the same
as in 2009 and 2010: 13.61 mt (30,000
lbs) for the management area between
the U.S./Canada border and Cape Alava
(48°10.00′ north latitude) and 4.5 mt
(10,000 lbs) for the management area
between Destruction Island and
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67845
Leadbetter Point (46°38.17′ north
latitude). The tribes have not had formal
allocations for Pacific cod or lingcod in
recent years; however, the Council
recommended adopting a tribal proposal
for tribal harvest guidelines for these
two species in 2011 and 2012 of 400 mt
(881,840 lbs). Pacific cod harvest
guideline and a 250 mt (551,150 lbs).
Lingcod harvest guideline will apply to
the tribes for 2011 and 2012.
For some species on which the tribes
have a modest harvest, no specific
allocation or harvest guideline has been
determined. The amounts anticipated to
be taken by tribal fisheries for all other
groundfish species or species groups,
including overfished species, are
referred to as tribal set-asides. Set-asides
for the Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribal
harvest are deducted from the ACL,
similarly to the tribal allocations and
harvest guidelines described above. Setaside amounts for each species or
species group taken in tribal fisheries
are based on the projected catch from
the proposed tribal fishery management
measures, described below. Set-aside
amounts could change through the
biennial harvest specifications and
management measures process. The setaside amounts will be specified in the
footnotes to Tables 1a through 2d of
subpart C.
Washington Coastal Tribal Fisheries
Management Measures
Tribes implement management
measures for tribal fisheries both
separately and cooperatively with those
management measures that are
described in the Federal regulations.
The tribes may adjust their tribal fishery
management measures inseason to stay
within the overall harvest targets
described above, including their
estimated impacts to overfished species.
Trip limits are the primary management
measure that the tribes specify in
Federal regulations at 660.50, subpart C.
Continued from 2009–2010, the tribes
propose trip limit management for the
following species taken in tribal
fisheries in 2011–2012: Spiny dogfish;
several rockfish species and species
groups, including thornyheads; and
flatfish species and species groups.
These trip limits are described below.
For spiny dogfish, tribal fisheries in
2011–2012 will be restricted to a
cumulative limit of ‘‘200,000 lbs (90,718
kg.) per two month period.’’ This
cumulative limit is similar to the bimonthly cumulative limit for spiny
dogfish that was in place for the limited
entry trawl fishery in 2009–2010.
For rockfish species, the 2011–2012
tribal fisheries will operate under trip
and cumulative limits, and will be
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67846
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
required by tribal regulations to fully
retain all overfished rockfish species
and marketable non-overfished rockfish
species. Tribal fisheries are restricted all
gears to ‘‘17,000 lbs (7,711 kg) per two
month period’’ for shortspine
thornyheads and ‘‘22,000 lbs (9,979 kg)
per two month period’’ for longspine
thornyheads. As in 2009–2010, other
rockfish, including minor nearshore,
shelf and slope rockfish, are restricted to
a ‘‘300 lb (136 kg) per trip’’ limit for each
species group. If trip limits for minor
nearshore rockfish are made less
restrictive than ‘‘300 lb per trip’’ through
inseason adjustments during 2011–
2012, then the tribal limit would be set
equal to the incidental trip limits
published in Table 1 (North) to subpart
D. As in 2009–2010, tribal midwater
trawl fisheries in 2011–2012 are subject
to a cumulative limit for yellowtail
rockfish of 180,000 lb per two months
and the landings of widow rockfish
must not exceed 10 percent of the
cumulative poundage of yellowtail
rockfish landed by a given vessel for the
year. As in 2009–2010, trip limits for
canary rockfish and yelloweye rockfish
in 2011–2012 are ‘‘300 lb (136-kg) per
trip’’ and ‘‘100 lbs (45 kg) per trip,’’
respectively. The tribes will continue to
develop management measures,
including depth, area, and time
restrictions, in the directed tribal Pacific
halibut fishery in order to minimize
incidental impacts on yelloweye
rockfish.
Tribal cumulative limits for most
flatfish species in 2011–2012 will be
very similar to the limited entry trawl
fishery trip limits from 2009–2010. The
2011–2012 tribal cumulative limits are
as follows: ‘‘110,000 lbs per two
months’’ for Dover sole, English sole,
and Other Flatfish, combined; and
150,000 lbs per months for arrowtooth
flounder. The tribal cumulative for
petrale sole will be the same in 2011–
2012 as it was in 2009–2010: 50,000 lb
per two months.
Tribal fishing regulations, as
recommended by the tribes and the
Council and adopted by NMFS, are in
Federal regulations at 660.50, subpart C.
Housekeeping Measures
NMFS is proposing to correct and
update the descriptions of season dates
and trip limits throughout the
regulations. NMFS proposes to replace,
where appropriate, the words ‘‘end’’,
‘‘ends’’ or ‘‘ending’’ with ‘‘closed’’,
‘‘closes’’, or ‘‘closing’’. Changes to the
language pertaining to season dates and
trip limits are intended to improve
enforceability by making the regulations
consistent with the definition of
‘‘closure or closed’’ at 660.11, subpart C.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
Changes are proposed for the following
sections: § 660.131, and subpart D;
§ 660.231. Housekeeping changes to the
season dates and trip limits descriptions
by replacing ‘‘end’’ with ‘‘close’’ do not
change the intent or effect of these
seasonal and trip limit regulations.
NMFS is also proposing to clarify
language describing the fishing
restrictions within some Yelloweye
Rockfish Conservation Areas (YRCAs)
that are not currently in effect as a
housekeeping measure within this
action. In the definitions of the Point St.
George, South Reef, Reading Rock, Point
Delgada North, and Point Delgada South
YRCAs there is language that states that
‘‘fishing for groundfish is open [within
the YRCA] from January 1, through
December 31.’’ However, other
restrictions may be in effect for these
non-trawl fisheries that geographically
overlap these YRCAs. Currently, the
language implies that fishing for
groundfish is open when it may
otherwise be restricted. Therefore, the
language above will be stricken from the
descriptions of those YRCAs in sections:
§ 660.302, Subpart E; § 660.330, subpart
F; and § 660.360, subpart G.
Housekeeping changes to the
description of these YRCAs does not
change the intent or effect of these area
restrictions.
Additionally, NMFS may clarify
language regarding the non-groundfish
trawl RCA and how it applies to the
open access non-groundfish trawl
sectors. See ‘‘Open access nongroundfish trawl gear fisheries
management measures’’ for additional
information on these proposed changes.
Classification
At this time, NMFS has made a
preliminary determination that most of
the 2011–2012 groundfish harvest
specifications and management
measures in this proposed rule are
consistent with the national standards
of the Magnuson-Stevens Act and other
applicable laws. However, NMFS has
not made such a determination with
respect to the specifications, including
the rebuilding plans, for yelloweye
rockfish, darkblotched rockfish and
cowcod. There may be some questions
whether the ACLs for these species are
consistent with the court order in NRDC
v. Locke. In addition, there may be some
question whether the reductions in the
protections in the CCAs are consistent
with rebuilding requirements. NMFS
specifically invites comments regarding
these issues. NMFS will take into
account the complete record, including
any data, views, and comments received
during the comment period, in making
its final determination on whether the
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
2011–2012 specifications and
management measures are consistent
with the above-described standards and
laws. If NMFS concludes, based on the
overall record and public comments,
that some rebuilding provisions are
inconsistent with the court order or
other rebuilding requirements, NMFS
could make the necessary changes in the
final rule and return the action to the
Council for further consideration.
A DEIS was prepared for the 2011–
2012 groundfish harvest specifications
and management measures. The DEIS
includes an RIR and an IRFA. The
Environmental Protection Agency
published a notice of availability for the
draft EIS on August 27, 2010 (75 FR
52736). A copy of the DEIS is available
online at https://www.pcouncil.org/.
An initial regulatory flexibility
analysis (IRFA) was prepared, as
required by section 603 of the RFA
(RFA). The IRFA describes the
economic impact this proposed rule, if
adopted, would have on small entities.
A description of the action, why it is
being considered, and the legal basis for
this action are contained at the
beginning of this section in the
preamble and in the SUMMARY section of
the preamble. A copy of the IRFA is
available from NMFS (SEE ADDRESSES).
A summary of the analysis follows: The
Council’s RIR/IRFA compares all the
alternatives by discussing the impacts of
each alternative on commercial vessels,
buyers and processors, recreational
charter vessels, seafood consumers,
recreational anglers, non-consumptive
users, non-users, and enforcement.
Based on analyses discussed in Chapter
4 of the DEIS, the following summary is
based on the Council’s RIR/IRFA and
focuses on the Council’s final preferred
alternative proposed to be implemented
by this action and the non action
alternative.
The overall economic impact of the
Final Preferred Alternative is that many
sectors are expected to achieve social
and economic benefits similar to those
under the current regulations, or the No
Action alternative. However, there are
differences in the distribution of exvessel revenue and angler trips on a
regional basis and on a sector-by-sector
basis. These changes are driven by
changes in the forecast abundance for
target species and overfished species.
Change in the nearshore species harvest
guidelines may positively impact
recreational fisheries in certain regions
compared with No Action. With the
exception of the nearshore open access
sector, all other non-tribal commercial
fisheries sectors are expected to achieve
lower levels of ex-vessel revenues than
under No Action. The limited entry
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
fixed gear sector shows the greatest
projected decline in revenue as a result
of the sablefish ACL decrease. The
Pacific whiting fishery is expected to be
able to attain revenues similar to No
Action; however, the impact to this
fishery is dependent on results of the
upcoming stock assessment cycle for
Pacific whiting.
On a coastwide basis, commercial exvessel revenues for the non-tribal
directed groundfish sectors are
estimated to be approximately $69
million per year under the Final
Preferred Alternative compared with
approximately $71 million under No
Action, and the number of recreational
bottom fish trips is estimated to be 645
thousand under the Final Preferred
Alternative compared with 609
thousand under No Action. The decline
in commercial fisheries revenues is
largely the result of a reduction in
harvest of sablefish under the action
alternatives.
A variety of time/area closures
applicable to commercial vessels have
been implemented in recent years. The
most extensive of these are the RCAs,
which have been in place since 2002 to
prohibit vessels from fishing in depths
where overfished groundfish species are
more abundant. Different RCA
configurations apply to the limited entry
trawl sector and the limited entry fixed
gear and open access sectors. In
addition, the depth ranges covered can
vary by latitudinal zone and time
period. The alternatives vary somewhat
in terms of the extent of RCAs. In
additions to the RCAs, two CCAs have
been in place since 1999 in the
Southern California Bight to reduce
bycatch of the overfished cowcod stock
and yelloweye conservation areas have
been established off the Washington
Coast to reduce bycatch of the
overfished yelloweye rockfish stock.
The Final Preferred Alternative for the
limited entry non-whiting trawl fleet
generates slightly lower ex-vessel
revenue on a coastwide basis when
compared to revenues under the current
regulations or no action alternative. This
is primarily driven by a decrease in the
abundance of sablefish and petrale sole
as opposed to changes in status of
constraining species. Area-based
management for the limited entry nonwhiting trawl fleet under the preferred
alternative will be comparable to what
was in place in 2009 and 2010—the area
north of Cape Alava, Washington and
shoreward of the trawl RCA will remain
closed in order to protect overfished
rockfish species. Given the decreased
amount of fishable area in northern
Washington since 2009 higher costs for
fishery participants from increases in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
fuel required to travel to and fish at
those deeper depths would remain.
The limited entry whiting fishery is
expected to be able to attain revenues
similar to the previous biennial period.
Rebuilding species that largely constrain
the whiting fishery include widow and
canary rockfish. The past few years have
witnessed an increase in the incidental
take of widow rockfish in the whiting
fisheries despite bycatch avoidance
behavior. This trend is likely to
continue as it is expected that the
fishery will continue to encounter more
widow rockfish as that stock rebuilds. It
is important to note that potential exvessel revenue in these fisheries
ultimately depends on the Pacific
whiting stock assessment, which is
adopted annually by the Council during
the March meeting.
The fixed gear sablefish sector will
generate lower revenue under the Final
Preferred Alternative than No Action
because the sablefish ACL has
decreased. However, the fixed gear fleet
will have somewhat more area available
than under No Action, because fishing
will be open at depths deeper than 100
fm (183 m) north of 40°10’ north
latitude whereas under No Action,
depths between 100 fm (183 m) and 125
fm (229 m) were only open on days
when the Pacific halibut fishery was
open. Fixed gear fisheries south of 36°
north latitude will see sablefish harvest
close to status quo levels. There are no
recommended changes to area
management relative to status quo.
Under the Final Preferred Alternative,
the nearshore groundfish fishery is
expected to have a moderate increase in
ex-vessel revenues compared with No
Action due to increased targeting
opportunities for black rockfish
(between 42 north latitude and 40 10′
north latitude) and cabezon south
(South of 42 north latitude). Fishing
areas open to the nearshore fleets will
be roughly the same as under No
Action. Fishing opportunity and
economic impacts to the nearshore
groundfish sector are largely driven by
the need to protect canary and
especially yelloweye rockfish.
The final preferred alternative is
projected to provide the west coast
economy with slightly lower ex-vessel
revenues than was generated by the
fishery under No Action. However,
effects on buyers and processors along
the coast will vary depending location.
In addition, the Council’s preferred
alternative attempts to take into account
the desire expressed by buyers and
processors to have a year round
groundfish fishery. Individual quota
management for trawl fisheries should
help accommodate this preference;
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67847
however in practice in the absence of
trip limits it is somewhat uncertain how
trawl landings will be distributed in
time and space.
In terms of recreational angler effort,
the number of angler trips under the
final Council-preferred alternative is
slightly higher compared to No Action,
but somewhat less than in 2009.
However, an increase in angler effort
under the final Council-preferred
alternative is occurring primarily in
south and central California, while
northern Washington shows a slight
increase and Oregon shows no change
compared with No Action. It is expected
that under the proposed 2011–2012
management measures, tribal groundfish
fisheries will generate less revenue and
personal income than under No Action
due to a reduction in sablefish harvest.
The 2011–2012 period will be the first
groundfish management cycle in which
the shoreside trawl sector fisheries
would be conducted under the
Amendment 20 trawl rationalization
program, including issuance and
tracking of individual fishing quotas
(IFQ) for most trawl-caught groundfish
species. IFQ management is designed to
provide opportunities for fisherman and
processors to maximize the value of
their fishery by creating incentives to
make the optimum use of available
target and bycatch species. Since all
trawl trips will be observed, catch of
constraining overfished species will be
monitored in real time, and individuals
will be held directly responsible for
‘‘covering’’ all catch of groundfish
species with IFQ. Since IFQ for
constraining, overfished species
represents a real cost in terms of money
and/or fishing opportunity, it is
expected that fishers will take
extraordinary steps to avoid
unnecessary catch of these species. At
the same time there is uncertainty about
how individuals will be able to manage
the individual risk inherent in a system
based on personal responsibility. This
issue may present a considerable
challenge, especially to small businesses
that have access to only a single limited
entry trawl permit. Exhausting all
readily available supplies of IFQ for a
particularly constraining species, such
as yelloweye, may result in the business
being effectively shut down for the
remainder of the season. Partly for this
reason it is expected that over time the
number of vessels and permits engaging
in the limited entry trawl fishery will
decline as fishers strive to consolidate
available IFQ onto a smaller number of
vessels in order to reduce the costs of
harvesting the quotas. A smaller number
of active vessels will mean reductions in
the number of crew hired and in
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67848
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
expenditures made in local ports for
materials, equipment, supplies and
vessel maintenance. As such, while
wages and profits for those crew and
vessel owners that do remain in the
fishery should increase, the amount and
distribution of exvessel revenues and
community income will change in ways
that are not yet foreseeable, but probably
to the detriment of some businesses and
communities currently involved in the
groundfish trawl fishery. Due to these
types of countervailing uncertainties,
impacts on trawl fisheries under the
2011–2012 management measures used
in this analysis were estimated using a
model designed to project overfished
species bycatch levels under a status
quo cumulative trip limit management
regime. Likewise, the model used to
estimate community income impacts
was calibrated based on recently
estimated spending patterns for regional
vessels and processors. While providing
a useful starting point for comparing
gross-level effects under the
alternatives, the true range of economic
impacts achievable under the
rationalized, IFQ-managed fishery may
reflect a considerable departure from
these estimates.
The Council analysis includes a
discussion of small businesses. This
proposed rule will regulate businesses
that harvest groundfish. According to
the Small Business Administration, a
small commercial harvesting business is
one that has annual receipts under $4.0
million and a small charter boat
business is one that has annual receipts
under $7 million. The Council estimates
that implementation of the Final
Preferred Alternative will affect about
2,600 small entities. These small entities
are those that are directly regulated by
the proposed rule that will be
promulgated to support implementation
of the Final Preferred Alternative. These
entities are associated with those vessels
that either target groundfish or harvest
groundfish as bycatch. Consequently,
these are the vessels, other than catcherprocessors, that participate in the
limited entry portion of the fishery, the
open access fishery, the charter boat
fleet, and the tribal fleets. Catcher/
processors also operate in the Alaska
pollock fishery, and all are associated
with larger companies such as Trident
and American Seafoods. Therefore, it is
assumed that all catcher/processors are
‘‘large’’ entities. Best estimates of the
limited entry groundfish fleet are taken
from the NMFS Limited Entry Permits
Office. As of June 2010, there are 399
limited entry permits including 177
endorsed for trawl (172 trawl only, 4
trawl and longline, and 1 trawl and trap-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
pot); 199 endorsed for longline (191
longline only, 4 longline and trap-pot,
and 4 trawl and longline); 32 endorsed
for trap-pot (27 trap-pot only, 4 longline
and trap-pot, and 1 trawl and trap-pot).
Of the longline and trap-pot permits,
164 are sablefish endorsed. Of these
endorsements 130 are ‘‘stacked’’ on 50
vessels. Ten of the limited entry trawl
endorsed permits are used or owned by
catcher/processor companies associated
with the whiting fishery. The remaining
389 entities are assumed to be small
businesses based on a review of sector
revenues and average revenues per
entity. The open access or nearshore
fleet, depending on the year and level of
participation, is estimated to be about
1,300 to 1,600 vessels. Again, these are
assumed to be ‘‘small entities.’’ The
tribal fleet includes about 53 vessels,
and the charter boat fleet includes 525
vessels that are also assumed to be
‘‘small entities.’’
The Final Preferred Alternative
represents the Council’s efforts to
address the directions provided by the
Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals, which
emphasizes the need to rebuild stocks in
as short a time as possible, taking into
account: (1) The status and biology of
the stocks, (2) the needs of fishing
communities, and (3) interactions of
depleted stocks within the marine
ecosystem. By taking into account the
‘‘needs of fishing communities’’ the
Council was also simultaneously taking
into account the ‘‘needs of small
businesses’’ as fishing communities rely
on small businesses as a source of
economic income and activity and
income. Therefore, it may be useful to
review whether the Council’s threemeeting process for selecting the
preferred alternative can be seen as
means of trying to mitigate impacts of
the proposed rule on small entities. The
EIS and RIR/IRFA include analysis of a
range of alternatives that were
considered by the Council, including
analysis of the effects of setting
allowable harvest levels necessary to
rebuild the seven groundfish species
that were previously declared
overfished. An eighth species, petrale
sole, was declared overfished in 2010
and the proposed action includes a new
rebuilding plan for this species along
with the 2011–2012 ACLs and
management measures consistent with
the adopted rebuilding plan. Associated
rebuilding analyses for all eight species
estimate the time to rebuild under
various levels of harvest.
The Council initially considered a
wider range of alternatives, but
ultimately rejected from further analysis
alternatives allowing harvest levels
higher than what is generally consistent
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
with current policies for rebuilding
overfished stocks and a ‘‘no fishing’’
scenario (F=0). Section 2.2 of the DEIS
describes five integrated alternatives
including No Action, the Council’s
Final Preferred Alternative, and three
other alternatives (including the
Council’s Preliminary Preferred
Alternative, which is similar to the
Final Preferred Alternative).
Comparison of the action alternatives
with No Action allows an evaluation of
the economic implications to groundfish
sectors, ports, and fishing communities;
and the interaction of depleted species
within the marine ecosystem of
reducing ACLs for overfished species to
rebuild stocks faster than they would
under the rebuilding strategies that the
Council adopted and have modified
consistent with new, scientific
information on the status and biology of
these stocks.
Alternative 2011–2012 groundfish
management measures are designed to
provide opportunities to harvest
healthy, target species within the
constraints of alternative ACLs for
overfished species. The integrated
alternatives allow estimation of target
species catch under the suite of
overfished ACLs for overfished species
both to demonstrate that target species
ACLs are projected to be exceeded and
to estimate related socioeconomic
impacts.
The Council reviewed these analyses
and read and heard testimony from
Council advisors, fishing industry
representatives, representatives from
non-governmental organizations, and
the general public before deciding the
final Council-preferred alternative in
June 2010. The Council’s final preferred
management measures are intended to
stay within all the final recommended
harvest levels for groundfish species
decided by the Council at their April
and June 2010 meetings.
NMFS issued Biological Opinions
under the Endangered Species Act
(ESA) on August 10, 1990, November
26, 1991, August 28, 1992, September
27, 1993, May 14, 1996, and December
15, 1999 pertaining to the effects of the
Pacific Coast groundfish PCGFMP
fisheries on Chinook salmon (Puget
Sound, Snake River spring/summer,
Snake River fall, upper Columbia River
spring, lower Columbia River, upper
Willamette River, Sacramento River
winter, Central Valley spring, California
coastal), coho salmon (Central California
coastal, southern Oregon/northern
California coastal), chum salmon (Hood
Canal summer, Columbia River),
sockeye salmon (Snake River, Ozette
Lake), and steelhead (upper, middle and
lower Columbia River, Snake River
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Basin, upper Willamette River, central
California coast, California Central
Valley, south/central California,
northern California, southern
California). These biological opinions
have concluded that implementation of
the PCGFMP for the Pacific Coast
groundfish fishery was not expected to
jeopardize the continued existence of
any endangered or threatened species
under the jurisdiction of NMFS, or
result in the destruction or adverse
modification of critical habitat.
NMFS reinitiated a formal section 7
consultation under the ESA in 2005 for
both the Pacific whiting midwater trawl
fishery and the groundfish bottom trawl
fishery. The December 19, 1999,
Biological Opinion had defined an
11,000 Chinook incidental take
threshold for the Pacific whiting fishery.
During the 2005 Pacific whiting season,
the 11,000 fish Chinook incidental take
threshold was exceeded, triggering
reinitiation. Also in 2005, new data
from the West Coast Groundfish
Observer Program became available,
allowing NMFS to complete an analysis
of salmon take in the bottom trawl
fishery.
NMFS prepared a Supplemental
Biological Opinion dated March 11,
2006, which addressed salmon take in
both the Pacific whiting midwater trawl
and groundfish bottom trawl fisheries.
In its 2006 Supplemental Biological
Opinion, NMFS concluded that catch
rates of salmon in the 2005 whiting
fishery were consistent with
expectations considered during prior
consultations. Chinook bycatch has
averaged about 7,300 fish over the last
15 years and has only occasionally
exceeded the reinitiation trigger of
11,000 fish. The Chinook ESUs most
likely affected by the whiting fishery
have generally improved in status since
the 1999 section 7 consultation.
Although these species remain at risk,
as indicated by their ESA listing, NMFS
concluded that the higher observed
bycatch in 2005 does not require a
reconsideration of its prior ‘‘no
jeopardy’’ conclusion with respect to the
fishery.
For the groundfish bottom trawl
fishery, NMFS concluded that
incidental take in the groundfish
fisheries is within the overall limits
articulated in the Incidental Take
Statement of the 1999 Biological
Opinion. The groundfish bottom trawl
limit from that opinion was 9,000 fish
annually. NMFS will continue to
monitor and collect data to analyze take
levels. NMFS also reaffirmed its prior
determination that implementation of
the Groundfish PCGFMP is not likely to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
jeopardize the continued existence of
any of the affected ESUs.
Lower Columbia River coho (70 FR
37160, June 28, 2005) were recently
listed and Oregon Coastal coho (73 FR
7816, February 11, 2008) were recently
relisted as threatened under the ESA.
The 1999 biological opinion concluded
that the bycatch of salmonids in the
Pacific whiting fishery were almost
entirely Chinook salmon, with little or
no bycatch of coho, chum, sockeye, and
steelhead. The Southern Distinct
Population Segment (DPS) of green
sturgeon (71 FR 17757, April 7, 2006)
and the southern DPS of Pacific
eulachon (75 FR 13012, March 18, 2010)
were also recently listed as threatened
under the ESA. As a consequence NMFS
has begun the process to initiate
consultation on the effects of the
fishery.
Pursuant to Executive Order 13175,
this proposed rule was developed after
meaningful consultation and
collaboration with tribal officials from
the area covered by the PCGFMP. Under
the Magnuson-Stevens Act at 16 U.S.C.
1852(b)(5), one of the voting members of
the Pacific Council must be a
representative of an Indian tribe with
federally recognized fishing rights from
the area of the Council’s jurisdiction. In
addition, regulations implementing the
PCGFMP establish a procedure by
which the tribes with treaty fishing
rights in the area covered by the
PCGFMP request new allocations or
regulations specific to the tribes, in
writing, before the first of the two
meetings at which the Council considers
groundfish management measures. The
regulations at 50 CFR 660.324(d) further
state ‘‘the Secretary will develop tribal
allocations and regulations under this
paragraph in consultation with the
affected tribe(s) and, insofar as possible,
with tribal consensus.’’ The tribal
management measures in this proposed
rule have been developed following
these procedures. The tribal
representative on the Council made a
motion to adopt the non-whiting tribal
management measures, which was
passed by the Council. Those
management measures, which were
developed and proposed by the tribes,
are included in this proposed rule. The
tribal whiting set aside will be
established prior to the beginning of the
whiting fishery in April, after further
consultation with the tribes and the
states.
This proposed rule has been
determined to be not significant for
purposes of Executive Order 12866.
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67849
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 660
Fisheries, fishing, and Indian
fisheries.
Dated: October 20, 2010.
John Oliver,
Deputy Assistant Administrator for
Operations, National Marine Fisheries
Service.
For the reasons set out in the
preamble, 50 CFR part 660, as amended
at 75 FR 60868, October 1, 2010,
effective November 1, 2010, is proposed
to be further amended as follows:
50 CFR Chapter VI
PART 660—FISHERIES OFF WEST
COAST STATES
1. The authority citation for part 660
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq. and 16
U.S.C. 773 et seq.
Subpart C—West Coast Groundfish
Fisheries
2. In § 660.11,
a. Add definitions of ‘‘Acceptable
Biological Catch’’, ‘‘Annual Catch Limit’’,
‘‘Annual Catch Target’’, and ‘‘Overfishing
Limit’’ in alphabetical order.
b. Revise the definition of ‘‘Fishery
harvest guideline’’.
c. At the definition for ‘‘Groundfish’’,
revise paragraphs (7) introductory text,
(7)(ii)(A) and (B), and paragraph (9).
d. At the definition of ‘‘North-South
management area’’ redesignate
paragraphs (2)(xvii) through (xxii) as
(2)(xviii) through (xxiii).
e. At the definition of ‘‘North-South
management area’’, add paragraph
(2)(xvii).
§ 660.11
General definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Acceptable Biological Catch (ABC)
means a harvest specification that is set
below the overfishing limit to account
for scientific uncertainty in the estimate
of OFL, and other scientific uncertainty.
*
*
*
*
*
Annual Catch Limit (ACL) is a harvest
specification set equal to or below the
ABC threshold in consideration of
conservation objectives, socioeconomic
concerns, management uncertainty and
other factors. The ACL is a harvest limit
that includes all sources of fishingrelated mortality including landings,
discard mortality, research catches, and
catches in exempted fishing permit
activities. Sector-specific annual catch
limits can be specified, especially in
cases where a sector has a formal, longterm allocation of the harvestable
surplus of a stock or stock complex.
Annual Catch Target (ACT) is a
management target set below the annual
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67850
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
catch limit and may be used as an
accountability measure in cases where
there is great uncertainty in inseason
catch monitoring to ensure against
exceeding an annual catch limit. Since
the annual catch target is a target and
not a limit, it can be used in lieu of
harvest guidelines or strategically to
accomplish other management
objectives. Sector-specific annual catch
targets can also be specified to
accomplish management objectives.
*
*
*
*
*
Fishery harvest guideline means the
harvest guideline or quota after
subtracting from the ACL or ACT when
specified, any allocation for the Pacific
Coast treaty Indian tribes, projected
research catch, deductions for fishing
mortality in non-groundfish fisheries, as
necessary, and set-asides for EFPs.
*
*
*
*
*
Groundfish * * *
*
*
*
*
*
(7) Rockfish: In addition to the species
below, longspine thornyhead, S.
altivelis, and shortspine thornyhead, S.
alascanus, ‘‘rockfish’’ managed under
the PCGFMP include all genera and
species of the family Scorpaenidae,
except dusky rockfish, S. ciliatus;
dwarf-red rockfish, S. rufianus, that
occur off Washington, Oregon, and
California, even if not listed below. The
Scorpaenidae genera are Sebastes,
Scorpaena, Scorpaenodes, and
Sebastolobus. Where species below are
listed both in a major category
(nearshore, shelf, slope) and as an areaspecific listing (north or south of 40°10′
N. lat.) those species are considered
‘‘minor’’ in the geographic area listed.
*
*
*
*
*
(ii) * * *
(A) North of 40°10′ N. lat.:
bronzespotted rockfish, S. gilli;
bocaccio, S. paucispinis; chameleon
rockfish, S. phillipsi; chilipepper, S.
goodei; cowcod, S. levis; flag rockfish, S.
rubrivinctus; freckled rockfish, S.
lentiginosus; greenblotched rockfish, S.
rosenblatti; greenspotted rockfish, S.
chlorostictus; greenstriped rockfish, S.
elongatus; halfbanded rockfish, S.
semicinctus; harlequin rockfish, S.
variegates; honeycomb rockfish, S.
umbrosus; Mexican rockfish, S.
macdonaldi; pink rockfish, S. eos;
pinkrose rockfish, S. simulator; pygmy
rockfish, S. wilsoni; redstripe rockfish,
S. proriger; rosethorn rockfish, S.
helvomaculatus; rosy rockfish, S.
rosaceus; silvergray rockfish, S.
brevispinis; speckled rockfish, S. ovalis;
squarespot rockfish, S. hopkinsi; starry
rockfish, S. constellatus; stripetail
rockfish, S. saxicola; swordspine
rockfish, S. ensifer; tiger rockfish, S.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
nigrocinctus; vermilion rockfish, S.
miniatus.
(B) South of 40°10′ N. lat.:
bronzespotted rockfish, S. gilli;
chameleon rockfish, S. phillipsi; flag
rockfish, S. rubrivinctus; freckled
rockfish, S. lentiginosus; greenblotched
rockfish, S. rosenblatti; greenspotted
rockfish, S. chlorostictus; greenstriped
rockfish, S. elongatus; halfbanded
rockfish, S. semicinctus; harlequin
rockfish, S. variegates; honeycomb
rockfish, S. umbrosus; Mexican
rockfish, S. macdonaldi; pink rockfish,
S. eos; pinkrose rockfish, S. simulator;
pygmy rockfish, S. wilsoni; redstripe
rockfish, S. proriger; rosethorn rockfish,
S. helvomaculatus; rosy rockfish, S.
rosaceus; silvergray rockfish, S.
brevispinis; speckled rockfish, S. ovalis;
squarespot rockfish, S. hopkinsi; starry
rockfish, S. constellatus; stripetail
rockfish, S. saxicola; swordspine
rockfish, S. ensifer; tiger rockfish, S.
nigrocinctus; vermilion rockfish, S.
miniatus; yellowtail rockfish, S.
flavidus.
*
*
*
*
*
(9) ‘‘Other fish’’: Where regulations of
subparts C through G of this part refer
to landings limits for ‘‘other fish,’’ those
limits apply to all groundfish listed here
in paragraphs (1) through (8) of this
definition except for the following:
Those groundfish species specifically
listed in Tables 1a and 2a of this subpart
with an OFL for that area (generally
north and/or south of 40°10′ N. lat.);
spiny dogfish coastwide. ‘‘Other fish’’
may include all sharks, except spiny
dogfish, skates (except longnose skate),
ratfish, morids, grenadiers, and kelp
greenling listed in this section, as well
as cabezon in waters off Washington.
*
*
*
*
*
North-South management area * * *
(2) * * *
(xvii) Cape Vizcaino, CA–39°44.00′ N.
lat.
*
*
*
*
*
Overfishing limit (OFL) is the MSY
harvest level or the annual abundance of
exploitable biomass of a stock or stock
complex multiplied by the maximum
fishing mortality threshold or proxy
thereof and is an estimate of the catch
level above which overfishing is
occurring.
*
*
*
*
*
3. In § 660.12, revise paragraph (a)(8)
to read as follows:
§ 660.12
General groundfish prohibitions.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(8) Fail to sort, prior to the first
weighing after offloading, those
groundfish species or species groups for
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
which there is a trip limit, size limit,
scientific sorting designation, quota,
harvest guideline, ACT, ACL or OY, if
the vessel fished or landed in an area
during a time when such trip limit, size
limit, scientific sorting designation,
quota, harvest guideline, ACT, ACL or
OY applied; except as specified at
§ 660.131, subpart C for vessels
participating in the Pacific whiting atsea sectors.
*
*
*
*
*
4. In § 660.30, paragraphs (a)(2)(iv)
and (a)(6) are revised to read as follows:
§ 660.30 Compensation with fish for
collecting resource information—EFPs.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(2) * * *
(iv) The year in which the
compensation fish would be deducted
from the ACL or ACT before
determining the fishery harvest
guideline or commercial harvest
guideline.
*
*
*
*
*
(6) Accounting for the compensation
catch. As part of the harvest
specifications process, as described at
§ 660.60, subpart C, NMFS will advise
the Council of the amount of fish
authorized to be retained under a
compensation EFP, which then will be
deducted from the next harvest
specifications (ACLs or ACTs) set by the
Council. Fish authorized in an EFP too
late in the year to be deducted from the
following year’s ACLs or ACTs will be
accounted for in the next management
cycle where it is practicable to do so.
*
*
*
*
*
5. Revise § 660.40 to read as follows:
§ 660.40
plans.
Overfished species rebuilding
For each overfished groundfish stock
with an approved rebuilding plan, this
section contains the standards to be
used to establish annual or biennial
ACLs, specifically the target date for
rebuilding the stock to its MSY level
and the harvest control rule to be used
to rebuild the stock. The harvest control
rule is expressed as a ‘‘Spawning
Potential Ratio’’ or ‘‘SPR’’ harvest rate.
(a) Bocaccio. The target year for
rebuilding the bocaccio stock south of
40°10 N. latitude to BMSY is 2022. The
harvest control rule to be used to
rebuild the southern bocaccio stock is
an annual SPR harvest rate of 77.7
percent.
(b) Canary rockfish. The target year
for rebuilding the canary rockfish stock
to BMSY is 2027. The harvest control rule
to be used to rebuild the canary rockfish
stock is an annual SPR harvest rate of
88.7 percent.
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(c) Cowcod. The target year for
rebuilding the cowcod stock south of
40°10 N. latitude to BMSY is 2071. The
harvest control rule to be used to
rebuild the cowcod stock is an annual
SPR harvest rate of 79 percent.
(d) Darkblotched rockfish. The target
year for rebuilding the darkblotched
rockfish stock to BMSY is 2025. The
harvest control rule to be used to
rebuild the darkblotched rockfish stock
is an annual SPR harvest rate of 64.9
percent.
(e) Petrale Sole. The target year for
rebuilding the petrale sole stock to BMSY
is 2016. The harvest control rule is an
annual SPR harvest rate of 31 percent in
2011 and 32.4 percent in 2012.
(f) Pacific Ocean Perch (POP). The
target year for rebuilding the POP stock
to BMSY is 2020. The harvest control rule
to be used to rebuild the POP stock is
an annual SPR harvest rate of 86.4
percent.
(g) Widow rockfish. The target year for
rebuilding the widow rockfish stock to
BMSY is 2010. A constant catch of 600
mt will be used to rebuild the widow
rockfish stock, which is an annual SPR
harvest rate of 91.7 percent in 2011 and
91.3 percent in 2012.
(h) Yelloweye rockfish. The target year
for rebuilding the yelloweye rockfish
stock to BMSY is 2084. The harvest
control rule to be used to rebuild the
yelloweye rockfish stock is an annual
SPR harvest rate of 72.8 percent.
6. In § 660.50, paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and
(ii), (f)(4),(g)(2), and (g)(7) are revised to
read as follows:
§ 660.50 Pacific Coast treaty Indian
fisheries.
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) The sablefish allocation to Pacific
coast treaty Indian tribes is 10 percent
of the sablefish ACL for the area north
of 36° N. lat. This allocation represents
the total amount available to the treaty
Indian fisheries before deductions for
discard mortality.
(ii) The tribal allocation is 552 mt in
2011 and 535 in 2012 per year. This
allocation is, for each year, 10 percent
of the Monterey through Vancouver area
(North of 36° N. lat.) The tribal
allocation is reduced by 1.5 percent for
estimated discard mortality.
*
*
*
*
*
(4) Pacific whiting. The tribal
allocation for 2010 is 49,939 mt. The
tribal allocations for will be announced
each year following the Council’s March
meeting when the final specifications
for Pacific whiting are announced.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) * * *
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
(2) Thornyheads. The tribes will
manage their fisheries to the following
limits for shortspine and longspine
thornyheads. The limits would be
accumulated across vessels into a
cumulative fleetwide harvest target for
the year. The limits available to
individual fishermen will then be
adjusted inseason to stay within the
overall harvest target as well as
estimated impacts to overfished species.
The annual following limits apply:
(i) Shortspine thornyhead cumulative
trip limits are 17,000-lb (7,711-kg) per 2
months.
(ii) Longspine thornyhead cumulative
trip limits are 22,000-lb (9,979-kg) per 2
months.
*
*
*
*
*
(7) Flatfish and other fish. Treaty
fishing vessels using bottom trawl gear
are subject to the following limits: For
Dover sole, English sole, other flatfish
110,000 lbs (49,895 kg) per 2 month;
and for arrowtooth flounder 150,000 lbs
(68,039 kg) per 2 month. The Dover sole
and arrowtooth limits in place at the
beginning of the season will be
combined across periods and the fleet to
create a cumulative harvest target. The
limits available to individual vessels
will then be adjusted inseason to stay
within the overall harvest target as well
as estimated impacts to overfished
species. For petrale sole, treaty fishing
vessels are restricted to a 50,000 lb
(22,680 kg) per 2 month limit for the
entire year. Trawl vessels are restricted
to using small footrope trawl gear.
*
*
*
*
*
7. In § 660.55 paragraphs (a), (b)
introductory text, (f)(1)(ii) and (k) are
revised to read as follows:
§ 660.55
Allocations.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) General. An allocation is the
apportionment of a harvest privilege for
a specific purpose, to a particular
person, group of persons, or fishery
sector. The opportunity to harvest
Pacific Coast groundfish is allocated
among participants in the fishery when
the ACLs for a given year are established
in the biennial harvest specifications.
For any stock that has been declared
overfished, any formal allocation may
be temporarily revised for the duration
of the rebuilding period. For certain
species, primarily trawl-dominant
species, beginning with the 2011–2012
biennial specifications process, separate
allocations for the trawl and nontrawl
fishery (which for this purpose includes
limited entry fixed gear, directed open
access, and recreational fisheries) will
be established biennially or annually
using the standards and procedures
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67851
described in Chapter 6 of the PCGFMP.
Chapter 6 of the PCGFMP provides the
allocation structure and percentages for
species allocated between the trawl and
nontrawl fisheries. Also, separate
allocations for the limited entry and
open access fisheries may be established
using the procedures described in
Chapters 6 and 11 of the PCGFMP and
this subpart. Allocation of sablefish
north of 36° N. lat. is described in
paragraph (h) of this section and in the
PCGFMP. Allocation of Pacific whiting
is described in paragraph (i) of this
section and in the PCGFMP. Allocation
of black rockfish is described in
paragraph (l) of this section. Allocation
of Pacific halibut bycatch is described in
paragraph (m) of this section.
Allocations not specified in the
PCGFMP are established in regulation
through the biennial harvest
specifications and are listed in Tables 1
a through d and Tables 2 a through d of
this subpart.
(b) Fishery harvest guidelines and
reductions made prior to fishery
allocations. Beginning with the 2011–
2012 biennial specifications process and
prior to the setting of fishery allocations,
the ACL or ACT when specified is
reduced by the Pacific Coast treaty
Indian tribal harvest (allocations, setasides, and estimated harvest under
regulations at § 660.50); projected
scientific research catch of all
groundfish species, estimates of fishing
mortality in non-groundfish fisheries
and, as necessary, set-asides for EFPs.
The remaining amount after these
deductions is the fishery harvest
guideline or quota. (Note: Recreational
estimates are not deducted here).
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) Catch accounting for the nontrawl
allocation. All groundfish caught by a
vessel not registered to a limited entry
permit and not fishing in the nongroundfish fishery will be counted
against the nontrawl allocation. All
groundfish caught by a vessel registered
to a limited entry permit when the
fishery for a vessel’s limited entry
permit has closed or they are not
declared in to a limited entry fishery,
will be counted against the nontrawl
allocation, unless they are declared in to
a non-groundfish fishery. Catch by
vessels fishing in the non-groundfish
fishery, as defined at § 660.11, will be
accounted for in the estimated mortality
in the non-groundfish fishery that is
deducted from the ACL or ACT when
specified.
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67852
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(k) Exempted fishing permit setasides. Annual set-asides for EFPs
described at § 660.60(f), will be
deducted from the ACL or ACT when
specified. Set-aside amounts will be
adjusted through the biennial harvest
specifications and management
measures process.
*
*
*
*
*
8. In § 660.60 paragraphs (c)(1)(i), (g)
and (h)(1) are revised to read as follows:
§ 660.60 Specifications and management
measures.
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) Trip landing and frequency limits,
size limits, all gear. Trip landing and
frequency limits have been designated
as routine for the following species or
species groups: Widow rockfish, canary
rockfish, yellowtail rockfish, Pacific
ocean perch, yelloweye rockfish, black
rockfish, blue rockfish, splitnose
rockfish, chilipepper rockfish, bocaccio,
cowcod, minor nearshore rockfish or
shallow and deeper minor nearshore
rockfish, shelf or minor shelf rockfish,
and minor slope rockfish; DTS complex
which is composed of Dover sole,
sablefish, shortspine thornyheads,
longspine thornyheads; petrale sole, rex
sole, arrowtooth flounder, Pacific
sanddabs, and the other flatfish
complex, which is composed of those
species plus any other flatfish species
listed at § 660.11, subpart C; Pacific
whiting; lingcod; Pacific cod; spiny
dogfish; cabezon in Oregon and
California and ‘‘other fish’’ as a complex
consisting of all groundfish species
listed at § 660.11, subpart C and not
otherwise listed as a distinct species or
species group. Specific to the IFQ
fishery, sub-limits or aggregate limits
may be specified for the following
species: Longnose skate, big skate,
California skate, California scorpionfish,
leopard shark, soupfin shark, finescale
codling, Pacific rattail (grenadier),
ratfish, kelp greenling, shortbelly, and
cabezon in Washington. Size limits have
been designated as routine for sablefish
and lingcod. Trip landing and frequency
limits and size limits for species with
those limits designated as routine may
be imposed or adjusted on a biennial or
more frequent basis for the purpose of
keeping landings within the harvest
levels announced by NMFS, and for the
other purposes given in paragraphs
(c)(1)(i)(A) and (B) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) Applicability. Groundfish species
harvested in the territorial sea (0–3 nm)
will be counted toward the catch
limitations in Tables 1a through 2d of
this subpart, and those specified in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
subparts D through G, including Tables
1a (North) and 1a (South) Tables 1b
(North) and 1b (South) of subpart D,
Tables 2 (North) and 2 (South) of
subpart E, Tables 3 (North) and 3
(South) of subpart F.
(h) * * *
(1) Commercial trip limits and
recreational bag and boat limits.
Commercial trip limits and recreational
bag and boat limits defined in Tables 1a
through 2d of this subpart, and those
specified in subparts D through G of this
part, including Tables 1a (North) and 1a
(South), Tables 1b (North) and 1b
(South) of subpart D, Tables 2 (North)
and 2 (South) of subpart E, Tables 3
(North) and 3 (South) of subpart F must
not be exceeded.
*
*
*
*
*
9. In § 660.65, the introductory text is
revised to read as follows:
§ 660.65 Groundfish harvest
specifications.
Harvest specifications include OFLs,
ABCs, and the designation of OYs, and
ACLs. Management measures necessary
to keep catch within the ACL include
ACTs, harvest guidelines (HGs), or
quotas for species that need individual
management, and the allocation of
fishery HGs between the trawl and
nontrawl segments of the fishery, and
the allocation of commercial HGs
between the open access and limited
entry segments of the fishery. These
specifications include fish caught in
state ocean waters (0–3 nm offshore) as
well as fish caught in the EEZ (3–200
nm offshore). Harvest specifications are
provided in Tables 1a through 2d of this
subpart.
*
*
*
*
*
10. Section 660.71 is proposed to be
amended as follows:
a. Remove paragraph (e)(78),
b. Redesignate paragraphs (e)(79)
through (e)(333) as (e)(78) through
(e)(332) respectively.
c. Redesignate paragraphs (k) through
(n) as (o) through (r), respectively.
d. In newly redesignated paragraph
(o), revise paragraphs (o)(149) and (150),
redesignate paragraphs (o)(151) through
(212) as (o)(153) through (214), add new
paragraphs (o)(151) and (152),
e. Add paragraphs (k), (l), (m), (n), (s),
(t), (u), and (v) to read as follows:
§ 660.71 Latitude/longitude coordinates
defining the 10 fm (18 m) through 40 fm (73
m) depth contours.
*
*
*
*
*
(k) The 30fm (55m) depth contour
around Santa Barbara Island off the
state of California is defined by straight
lines connecting all of the following
points in the order stated:
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(1) 33°30.41′ N. lat., 119°02.93′ W.
long.;
(2) 33°30.22′ N. lat., 119°03.84′ W.
long.;
(3) 33°29.53′ N. lat., 119°04.60′ W.
long.;
(4) 33°28.57′ N. lat., 119°04.06′ W.
long.;
(5) 33°28.35′ N. lat., 119°03.44′ W.
long.;
(6) 33°27.73′ N. lat., 119°03.41′ W.
long.;
(7) 33°27.31′ N. lat., 119°01.80′ W.
long.;
(8) 33°27.76′ N. lat., 119°01.31′ W.
long.;
(9) 33°27.78′ N. lat., 119°00.85′ W.
long.;
(10) 33°27.95′ N. lat., 119°00.75′ W.
long.;
(11) 33°28.47′ N. lat., 119°00.92′ W.
long.;
(12) 33°29.61′ N. lat., 119°00.69′ W.
long.; and connecting back to 33°30.41′
N. lat., 119°02.93′ W. long.
(l) The 30fm (55m) depth contour
around San Nicolas Island off the state
of California is defined by straight lines
connecting all of the following points in
the order stated:
(1) 33°19.00′ N. lat., 119°28.00′ W.
long.;
(2) 33°18.50′ N. lat., 119°39.50′ W.
long.;
(3) 33°17.18′ N. lat., 119°40.26′ W.
long.;
(4) 33°15.61′ N. lat., 119°38.65′ W.
long.;
(5) 33°12.50′ N. lat., 119°30.00′ W.
long.;
(6) 33°12.00′ N. lat., 119°27.00′ W.
long.;
(7) 33°12.68′ N. lat., 119°23.30′ W.
long.;
(8) 33°13.50′ N. lat., 119°20.00′ W.
long.;
(9) 33°15.50′ N. lat., 119°20.00′ W.
long.;
(10) 33°16.50′ N. lat., 119°25.00′ W.
long.; and connecting back to 33°19.00′
N. lat., 119°28.00′ W. long.
(m) The 30fm (55m) depth contour
around Tanner Bank off the state of
California is defined by straight lines
connecting all of the following points in
the order stated:
(1) 32°43.37′ N. lat., 119°08.86′ W.
long.;
(2) 32°42.86′ N. lat., 119°07.36′ W.
long.;
(3) 32°41.13′ N. lat., 119°05.46′ W.
long.;
(4) 32°40.57′ N. lat., 119°05.76′ W.
long.;
(5) 32°41.49′ N. lat., 119°09.90′ W.
long.; and connecting back to 32°43.37′
N. lat., 119°08.86′ W. long.
(n) The 30fm (55m) depth contour
around Cortes Bank off the state of
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
California is defined by straight lines
connecting all of the following points in
the order stated:
(1) 32°29.73′ N. lat., 119°12.95′ W.
long.;
(2) 32°28.83′ N. lat., 119°10.38′ W.
long.;
(3) 32°28.17′ N. lat., 119°07.04′ W.
long.;
(4) 32°26.27′ N. lat., 119°04.14′ W.
long.;
(5) 32°25.22′ N. lat., 119°04.77′ W.
long.;
(6) 32°28.60′ N. lat., 119°14.15′ W.
long.; and connecting back to 32°29.73′
N. lat., 119°12.95′ W. long.
*
*
*
*
*
(o) * * *
(149) 36°18.40′ N. lat., 121°57.93′ W.
long.;
(150) 36°16.80′ N. lat., 121°59.97′ W.
long.;
(151) 36°15.00′ N. lat., 121°55.95′ W.
long.;
(152) 36°15.00′ N. lat., 121°54.41′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
(s) The 40fm (73m) depth contour
around Santa Barbara Island off the
state of California is defined by straight
lines connecting all of the following
points in the order stated:
(1) 33°30.89′ N. lat., 119°02.42′ W.
long.;
(2) 33°29.89′ N. lat., 119°05.27′ W.
long.;
(3) 33°29.54′ N. lat., 119°05.39′ W.
long.;
(4) 33°28.53′ N. lat., 119°04.27′ W.
long.;
(5) 33°28.23′ N. lat., 119°03.73′ W.
long.;
(6) 33°27.77′ N. lat., 119°03.67′ W.
long.;
(7) 33°27.32′ N. lat., 119°02.80′ W.
long.;
(8) 33°27.20′ N. lat., 119°01.82′ W.
long.;
(9) 33°27.64′ N. lat., 119°00.31′ W.
long.;
(10) 33°29.96′ N. lat., 119°00.45′ W.
long.; and connecting back to 33°30.89′
N. lat., 119°02.42′ W. long.
(t) The 40fm (73m) depth contour
around San Nicolas Island off the state
of California is defined by straight lines
connecting all of the following points in
the order stated:
(1) 33°20.00′ N. lat., 119°29.00′ W.
long.;
(2) 33°18.72′ N. lat., 119°41.27′ W.
long.;
(3) 33°17.56′ N. lat., 119°41.38′ W.
long.;
(4) 33°15.19′ N. lat., 119°38.59′ W.
long.;
(5) 33°12.35′ N. lat., 119°30.11′ W.
long.;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
(6) 33°11.81′ N. lat., 119°27.13′ W.
long.;
(7) 33°12.60′ N. lat., 119°23.15′ W.
long.;
(8) 33°12.93′ N. lat., 119°22.26′ W.
long.;
(9) 33°12.78′ N. lat., 119°21.48′ W.
long.;
(10) 33°13.11′ N. lat., 119°17.70′ W.
long.;
(11) 33°13.77′ N. lat., 119°17.77′ W.
long.;
(12) 33°14.50′ N. lat., 119°19.82′ W.
long.;
(13) 33°15.52′ N. lat., 119°19.94′ W.
long.;
(14) 33°16.67′ N. lat., 119°23.12′ W.
long.; and connecting back to 33°20.00′
N. lat., 119°29.00′ W. long.
(u) The 40fm (73m) depth contour
around Tanner Bank off the state of
California is defined by straight lines
connecting all of the following points in
the order stated:
(1) 32°43.67′ N. lat., 119°09.11′ W.
long.;
(2) 32°43.02′ N. lat., 119°07.17′ W.
long.;
(3) 32°40.62′ N. lat., 119°04.52′ W.
long.;
(4) 32°40.00′ N. lat., 119°05.00′ W.
long.;
(5) 32°41.43′ N. lat., 119°10.05′ W.
long.; and connecting back to 32°43.67′
N. lat., 119°09.11′ W. long.
(v) The 40fm (73m) depth contour
around Cortes Bank off the state of
California is defined by straight lines
connecting all of the following points in
the order stated:
(1) 32°30.45′ N. lat., 119°12.61′ W.
long.;
(2) 32°28.90′ N. lat., 119°10.26′ W.
long.;
(3) 32°28.49′ N. lat., 119°07.04′ W.
long.;
(4) 32°26.29′ N. lat., 119°03.80′ W.
long.;
(5) 32°24.91′ N. lat., 119°04.70′ W.
long.;
(6) 32°28.57′ N. lat., 119°14.91′ W.
long.; and connecting back to 32°30.45′
N. lat., 119°12.61′ W. long.
11. Section 660.72 is proposed to be
amended as follows:
a. Remove and reserve paragraphs
(f)(143) through (f)(144), and remove
paragraph (f)(198),
b. Redesignate paragraphs (a)(122)
through (a)(195) as (a)(127) through
(a)(200), paragraphs (f)(145) through
(f)(197) as (f)(146) through (f)(198),
paragraphs (j)(16) through (j)(254) as
(j)(18) through (j)(256), and paragraphs
(j)(4) through (j)(15) as (j)(5) through
(j)(16),
c. Revise paragraphs (a)(121), newly
designated (a)(193), (b), (f) (140) through
(f)(142), and newly designated (j)(183)
through (j)(185),
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67853
d. Add paragraphs (a)(122) to (a)(126),
add and reserve paragraph (a)(145), and
add paragraphs (j)(4) and (j)(17), to read
as follows:
§ 660.72 Latitude/longitude coordinates
defining the 50 fm (91 m) through 75 fm (137
m) depth contours.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(121) 36°18.40′ N. lat., 121°58.97′ W.
long.;
(122) 36°18.40′ N. lat., 122°00.35′ W.
long.;
(123) 36°16.02′ N. lat., 122°00.35′ W.
long.;
(124) 36°15.00′ N. lat., 121°58.53′ W.
long.;
(125) 36°15.00′ N. lat., 121°56.53′ W.
long.;
(126) 36°14.79′ N. lat., 121°54.41′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
(193) 32°55.35′ N. lat., 117°18.65′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
(b) The 50–fm (91–m) depth contour
around the Swiftsure Bank and along
the U.S. border with Canada is defined
by straight lines connecting all of the
following points in the order stated:
(1) 48°30.15′ N. lat., 124°56.12′ W.
long.;
(2) 48°28.29′ N. lat., 124°56.30′ W.
long.;
(3) 48°29.23′ N. lat., 124°53.63′ W.
long.;
(4) 48°30.31′ N. lat., 124°51.73′ W.
long.; and connecting back to 48°30.15′
N. lat., 124°56.12′ W. long.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(140) 36°16.80′ N. lat., 122°01.76′ W.
long.;
(141) 36°14.33′ N. lat., 121°57.80′ W.
long.;
(142) 36°14.67′ N. lat., 121°54.41′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
(j) * * *
(4) 48°10.00′ N. lat., 125°27.99′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
(17) 48°10.00′ N. lat., 125°20.19′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
(183) 36°17.49′ N. lat., 122°03.08′ W.
long.;
(184) 36°14.21′ N. lat., 121°57.80′ W.
long.;
(185) 36°14.53′ N. lat., 121°54.99′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
12. Section 660.73 is proposed to be
amended as follows:
a. Remove paragraphs (a)(118)
through (a)(120), (a)(156), (d)(134),
(d)(180), (h)(157) and (h)(158),
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67854
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
b. Redesignate paragraphs (a)(3)
through (a)(16) as (a)(4) through (a)(17),
paragraphs (a)(17) through (a)(117) as
(a)(19) through (a)(119), paragraphs
(a)(121) through (a)(155) as (a)(128)
through (a)(162), paragraphs (a)(157)
through (a)(307) as (a)(165) through
(a)(315), paragraphs (d)(135) through
(d)(179) as (d)(138) through (d)(182),
paragraphs (d)(181) through (d)(350) as
(d)(185) through (d)(354), and
paragraphs (h)(159) through (h)(302) as
(h)(158) through (h)(301),
c. Add paragraphs (a)(3), (a)(18),
(a)(120) through (a)(127), (a)(163) and
(a)(164), (d)(134) through (d)(137),
(d)(183), (d)(184), and (h)(157) to read as
follows:
§ 660.73 Latitude/longitude coordinates
defining the 100 fm (183 m) through 150 fm
(274 m) depth contours.
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(3) 48°10.00′ N. lat., 125°40.00′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
(18) 48°10.00′ N. lat., 125°17.81′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
(120) 44°02.34′ N. lat., 124°55.46′ W.
long.;
(121) 43°59.18′ N. lat., 124°56.94′ W.
long.;
(122) 43°56.74′ N. lat., 124°56.74′ W.
long.;
(123) 43°55.76′ N. lat., 124°55.76′ W.
long.;
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
(124) 43°55.41′ N. lat., 124°52.21′ W.
long.;
(125) 43°54.62′ N. lat., 124°48.23′ W.
long.;
(126) 43°55.90′ N. lat., 124°41.11′ W.
long.;
(127) 43°57.36′ N. lat., 124°38.68′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
(163) 40°30.37′ N. lat., 124°37.30′ W.
long.;
(164) 40°28.48′ N. lat., 124°36.95′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(134) 43°59.43′ N. lat., 124°57.22′ W.
long.;
(135) 43°57.49′ N. lat., 124°57.31′ W.
long.;
(136) 44°55.73′ N. lat., 124°55.41′ W.
long.;
(137) 44°54.74′ N. lat., 124°53.15′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
(183) 40°30.35′ N. lat., 124°37.52′ W.
long.;
(184) 40°28.39′ N. lat., 124°37.16′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
(h) * * *
(157) 40°30.30′ N. lat., 124°37.63′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
13. Section 660.74 is proposed to be
amended as follows:
a. Remove paragraphs (a)(159),
(g)(136),
b. Redesignate paragraphs (a)(160)
through (a)(284) as (a)(161) through
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(a)(285), (g)(137) through (g)(256) as
(g)(138) through (g)(257),
c. Revise paragraphs (g)(133), (l)(84)
and (l)(85),
d. Add paragraphs (a)(159) and
(a)(160), (g)(136) and (g)(137), to read as
follows:
§ 660.74 Latitude/longitude coordinates
defining the 180 fm (329 m) through 250 fm
(457 m) depth contours.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(159) 40°30.22′ N. lat., 124°37.80′ W.
long.;
(160) 40°27.29′ N. lat., 124°37.10′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
(g) * * *
(133) 40°30.16′ N. lat., 124°37.91′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
(136) 40°22.34′ N. lat., 124°31.22′ W.
long.;
(137) 40°14.40′ N. lat., 124°35.82′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
(l) * * *
(84) 43°57.88′ N. lat., 124°58.25′ W.
long.;
(85) 43°56.89′ N. lat., 124°57.33′ W.
long.;
*
*
*
*
*
14a. Tables 1a through 1c, Subpart C,
are proposed to be revised to read as
follows:
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67855
EP03NO10.000
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.001
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67856
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67857
EP03NO10.002
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.003
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67858
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67859
EP03NO10.004
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.005
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67860
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67861
EP03NO10.006
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.007
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67862
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67863
EP03NO10.008
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.009
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67864
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67865
EP03NO10.010
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.011
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67866
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67867
EP03NO10.012
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.013
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67868
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67869
EP03NO10.014
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.015
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67870
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67871
EP03NO10.016
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.017
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67872
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67873
EP03NO10.018
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.019
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67874
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67875
EP03NO10.020
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.021
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67876
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67877
EP03NO10.022
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
§ 660.140
Subpart D—West Coast Groundfish—
Limited Entry Trawl Fisheries
15. In § 660.130 paragraph (d) is
revised to read as follows:
§ 660.130 Trawl fishery—management
measures.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Sorting. Under § 660.12(a)(8),
subpart C, it is unlawful for any person
to ‘‘fail to sort, prior to the first weighing
after offloading, those groundfish
species or species groups for which
there is a trip limit, size limit, scientific
sorting designation, quota, harvest
guideline, ACL or ACT or OY, if the
vessel fished or landed in an area during
a time when such trip limit, size limit,
scientific sorting designation, quota,
harvest guideline, ACL or ACT or OY
applied.’’ The States of Washington,
Oregon, and California may also require
that vessels record their landings as
sorted on their state landing receipt.
*
*
*
*
*
16. In § 660.131, paragraph (b)(4)(ii) is
revised to read as follows:
§ 660.131 Pacific whiting fishery
management measures.
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(4) * * *
(ii) If, during a primary whiting
season, a whiting vessel harvests a
groundfish species other than whiting
for which there is a midwater trip limit,
then that vessel may also harvest up to
another footrope-specific limit for that
species during any cumulative limit
period that overlaps the start or close of
the primary whiting season.
*
*
*
*
*
17. In § 660.140 paragraph (a) and the
introductory text of paragraph (c)(1) are
revised to read as follows:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
Shorebased IFQ program.
(a) General. The Shorebased IFQ
Program requirements in § 660.140 will
be effective beginning January 1, 2011,
except for paragraphs (d)(4), (d)(6), and
(d)(8) of this section, which are effective
immediately. The Shorebased IFQ
Program applies to qualified
participants in the Pacific Coast
Groundfish fishery and includes a
system of transferable QS for most
groundfish species or species groups,
IBQ for Pacific halibut, and trip limits
or set-asides, as necessary, for the
remaining groundfish species or species
groups. The IFQ Program is subject to
area restrictions (GCAs, RCAs, and
EFHCAs) listed at §§ 660.70 through
660.79, subpart C. The Shorebased IFQ
Program may be restricted or closed as
a result of projected overages within the
Shorebased IFQ Program, the MS Coop
Program, or the C/P Coop Program. As
determined necessary by the Regional
Administrator, area restrictions, season
closures, or other measures will be used
to prevent the trawl sector in aggregate
or the individual trawl sectors
(Shorebased IFQ, MS Coop, or C/P
Coop) from exceeding an ACL, OY, ACT
or formal allocation specified in the
PCGFMP or regulation at § 660.55,
subpart C, or §§ 660.140, 660.150, or
660.160, subpart D.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) IFQ species. IFQ species are those
groundfish species and Pacific halibut
in the exclusive economic zone or
adjacent state waters off Washington,
Oregon and California, under the
jurisdiction of the Pacific Fishery
Management Council, for which QS and
IBQ will be issued. QS and IBQ will
specify designations for the species/
species groups and area to which it
applies. QS and QP species groupings
and area subdivisions will be those for
which ACLs or ACTs are specified in
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the Tables 1a through 2d, subpart C, and
those for which there is an area-specific
precautionary harvest policy. QS for
remaining minor rockfish will be
aggregated for the shelf and slope depth
strata (nearshore species are excluded).
The following are the IFQ species:
*
*
*
*
*
18. In § 660.150 paragraph (a)(5) is
revised to read as follows:
§ 660.150
Mothership (MS) Coop program.
(a) * * *
(5) The MS Coop Program may be
restricted or closed as a result of
projected overages within the MS Coop
Program, the C/P Coop Program, or the
Shorebased IFQ Program. As
determined necessary by the Regional
Administrator, area restrictions, season
closures, or other measures will be used
to prevent the trawl sectors in aggregate
or the individual trawl sector
(Shorebased IFQ, MS Coop, or C/P
Coop) from exceeding an ACL, ACT, or
formal allocation specified in the
PCGFMP or regulation at § 660.55,
subpart C, or §§ 660.140, 660.150, or
660.160, subpart D.
*
*
*
*
*
19. In § 660.160 paragraph (a)(5) is
revised to read as follows:
§ 660.160 Catcher/processor (C/P) Coop
Program.
(a) * * *
(5) The C/P Coop Program may be
restricted or closed as a result of
projected overages within the MS Coop
Program, the C/P Coop Program, or the
Shorebased IFQ Program. As
determined necessary by the Regional
Administrator, area restrictions, season
closures, or other measures will be used
to prevent the trawl sectors in aggregate
or the individual trawl sector
(Shorebased IFQ, MS Coop, or C/P
Coop) from exceeding an ACL, ACT, or
formal allocation specified in the
PCGFMP or regulation at § 660.55,
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.023
67878
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
20. Table 1 (North), Table 1 (South) to
part 660, subpart D are redesignated as
Table 1a (North), Table 1a (South) to
part 660, subpart D; the newly
redesignated Table 1a (North) and Table
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
1a (South) are revised, and Table 1b
(North) and Table 1b (South) are added
to part 660, subpart D to read as follows:
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.024
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
subpart C, or §§ 660.140, 660.150, or
660.160, subpart D.
*
*
*
*
*
67879
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.025
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67880
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67881
EP03NO10.026
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.027
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67882
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67883
EP03NO10.028
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.029
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67884
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
Subpart E—West Coast Groundfish—
Limited Entry Fixed Gear Fisheries
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
21. In § 660.230 paragraphs (c)(1),
(c)(2)(ii), and (d)(5) through (9) are
revised to read as follows:
§ 660.230 Fixed gear fishery—
management measures.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) Under § 660.12(a)(8), subpart C, it
is unlawful for any person to ‘‘fail to
sort, prior to the first weighing after
offloading, those groundfish species or
species groups for which there is a trip
limit, size limit, scientific sorting
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
designation, quota, harvest guideline,
ACL or ACT or OY, if the vessel fished
or landed in an area during a time when
such trip limit, size limit, scientific
sorting designation, quota, harvest
guideline, ACL or ACT or OY applied.’’
The States of Washington, Oregon, and
California may also require that vessels
record their landings as sorted on their
state landing receipts.
(2) * * *
(ii) North of 40°10′ N. lat.—POP,
yellowtail rockfish, Cabezon (Oregon
and California);
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(5) Point St. George YRCA. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67885
the Point St. George YRCA boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, Subpart C.
Fishing with limited entry fixed gear is
prohibited within the Point St. George
YRCA, on dates when the closure is in
effect. It is unlawful to take and retain,
possess, or land groundfish taken with
limited entry fixed gear within the Point
St. George YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time. This closure may be
imposed through inseason adjustment.
Limited entry fixed gear vessels may
transit through the Point St. George
YRCA, at any time, with or without
groundfish on board.
(6) South Reef YRCA. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the South
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.030
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
67886
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Reef YRCA boundaries are specified at
§ 660.70, subpart C. Fishing with
limited entry fixed gear is prohibited
within the South Reef YRCA, on dates
when the closure is in effect. It is
unlawful to take and retain, possess, or
land groundfish taken with limited
entry fixed gear within the South Reef
YRCA, on dates when the closure is in
effect. The closure is not in effect at this
time. This closure may be imposed
through inseason adjustment. Limited
entry fixed gear vessels may transit
through the South Reef YRCA, at any
time, with or without groundfish on
board.
(7) Reading Rock YRCA. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the
Reading Rock YRCA boundaries are
specified at § 660.70, subpart C. Fishing
with limited entry fixed gear is
prohibited within the Reading Rock
YRCA, on dates when the closure is in
effect. It is unlawful to take and retain,
possess, or land groundfish taken with
limited entry fixed gear within the
Reading Rock YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time. This closure may be
imposed through inseason adjustment.
Limited entry fixed gear vessels may
transit through the Reading Rock YRCA,
at any time, with or without groundfish
on board.
(8) Point Delgada (North) YRCA. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Point Delgada (North) YRCA
boundaries are specified at § 660.70,
subpart C. Fishing with limited entry
fixed gear is prohibited within the Point
Delgada (North) YRCA, on dates when
the closure is in effect. It is unlawful to
take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish taken with limited entry
fixed gear within the Point Delgada
(North) YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time. This closure may be
imposed through inseason adjustment.
Limited entry fixed gear vessels may
transit through the Point Delgada
(North) YRCA, at any time, with or
without groundfish on board.
(9) Point Delgada (South) YRCA. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
the Point Delgada (South) YRCA
boundaries are specified at § 660.70,
subpart C. Fishing with limited entry
fixed gear is prohibited within the Point
Delgada (South) YRCA, on dates when
the closure is in effect. It is unlawful to
take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish taken with limited entry
fixed gear within the Point Delgada
(South) YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time. This closure may be
imposed through inseason adjustment.
Limited entry sfixed gear vessels may
transit through the Point Delgada
(South) YRCA, at any time, with or
without groundfish on board.
*
*
*
*
*
22. In § 660.231, paragraphs (b)(1) and
(b)(3)(i) are revised to read as follows:
§ 660.231 Limited entry fixed gear
sablefish primary fishery.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) Season dates. North of 36° N. lat.,
the sablefish primary season for the
limited entry, fixed gear, sablefishendorsed vessels begins at 12 noon local
time on April 1 and closes at 12 noon
local time on October 31, or closes for
an individual permit holder when that
permit holder’s tier limit has been
reached, whichever is earlier, unless
otherwise announced by the Regional
Administrator through the routine
management measures process
described at § 660.60, subpart C.* * * *
*
(3) * * *
(i) A vessel participating in the
primary season will be constrained by
the sablefish cumulative limit
associated with each of the permits
registered for use with that vessel.
During the primary season, each vessel
authorized to fish in that season under
paragraph (a) of this section may take,
retain, possess, and land sablefish, up to
the cumulative limits for each of the
permits registered for use with that
vessel (i.e., stacked permits). If multiple
limited entry permits with sablefish
endorsements are registered for use with
a single vessel, that vessel may land up
to the total of all cumulative limits
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
announced in this paragraph for the
tiers for those permits, except as limited
by paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
Up to 3 permits may be registered for
use with a single vessel during the
primary season; thus, a single vessel
may not take and retain, possess or land
more than 3 primary season sablefish
cumulative limits in any one year. A
vessel registered for use with multiple
limited entry permits is subject to per
vessel limits for species other than
sablefish, and to per vessel limits when
participating in the daily trip limit
fishery for sablefish under § 660.232,
subpart E. In 2011, the following annual
limits are in effect: Tier 1 at 41,379 lb
(18,769 kg) Tier 2 at 18,809 lb (8,532
kg), and Tier 3 at 10,748 lb (4,875 kg).
For 2012 and beyond, the following
annual limits are in effect: Tier 1 at
40,113 lb (18,195 kg), Tier 2 at 18,233
lb (8,270 kg), and Tier 3 at 10,419 lb
(4,726 kg).
*
*
*
*
*
23. In § 660.232 paragraph (a)(2) is
revised to read as follows:
§ 660.232 Limited entry daily trip limit
(DTL) fishery for sablefish.
(a) * * *
(2) Following the start of the primary
season, all landings made by a vessel
authorized by § 660.231(a) of this
subpart to fish in the primary season
will count against the primary season
cumulative limit(s) associated with the
permit(s) registered for use with that
vessel. A vessel that is eligible to fish in
the sablefish primary season may fish in
the DTL fishery for sablefish once that
vessels’ primary season sablefish
limit(s) have been taken, or after the
close of the primary season, whichever
occurs earlier. Any subsequent sablefish
landings by that vessel will be subject
to the restrictions and limits of the
limited entry DTL fishery for sablefish
for the remainder of the fishing year.
*
*
*
*
*
24. Table 2 (North) and Table 2
(South) to part 660, subpart E are
revised to read as follows:
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67887
EP03NO10.031
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.032
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67888
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
Subpart F—West Coast Groundfish—
Open Access Fisheries
25. In § 660.330 paragraphs (c)
introductory text, (c)(2) and (d)(5)
through (9) are revised to read as
follows:
§ 660.330 Open access fishery—
management measures.
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Sorting. Under § 660.12(a)(8),
subpart C, it is unlawful for any person
to ‘‘fail to sort, prior to the first weighing
after offloading, those groundfish
species or species groups for which
there is a trip limit, size limit, scientific
sorting designation, quota, harvest
guideline, ACL or ACT or OY, if the
vessel fished or landed in an area during
a time when such trip limit, size limit,
scientific sorting designation, quota,
harvest guideline, ACL or ACT or OY
applied.’’ The States of Washington,
Oregon, and California may also require
that vessels record their landings as
sorted on their state landing receipts.
For open access vessels, the following
species must be sorted:
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
(2) North of 40°10′ N. lat.—POP,
yellowtail rockfish, Cabezon (Oregon
and California);
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(5) Point St. George YRCA. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Point St. George YRCA boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, subpart C.
Fishing with open access gear is
prohibited within the Point St. George
YRCA, on dates when the closure is in
effect. It is unlawful to take and retain,
possess, or land groundfish taken with
open access gear within the Point St.
George YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time. This closure may be
imposed through inseason adjustment.
Open access vessels may transit through
the Point St. George YRCA, at any time,
with or without groundfish on board.
(6) South Reef YRCA. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the South
Reef YRCA boundaries are specified at
§ 660.70, subpart C. Fishing with open
access gear is prohibited within the
South Reef YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. It is unlawful to take
and retain, possess, or land groundfish
taken with open access gear within the
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67889
South Reef YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time. This closure may be
imposed through inseason adjustment.
Open access gear vessels may transit
through the South Reef YRCA, at any
time, with or without groundfish on
board.
(7) Reading Rock YRCA. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the
Reading Rock YRCA boundaries are
specified at § 660.70, subpart C. Fishing
with open access gear is prohibited
within the Reading Rock YRCA, on
dates when the closure is in effect. It is
unlawful to take and retain, possess, or
land groundfish taken with open access
gear within the Reading Rock YRCA, on
dates when the closure is in effect. The
closure is not in effect at this time. This
closure may be imposed through
inseason adjustment. Open access gear
vessels may transit through the Reading
Rock YRCA, at any time, with or
without groundfish on board.
(8) Point Delgada (North) YRCA. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Point Delgada (North) YRCA
boundaries are specified at § 660.70,
subpart C. Fishing with open access gear
is prohibited within the Point Delgada
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.033
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(North) YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. It is unlawful to take
and retain, possess, or land groundfish
taken with open access gear within the
Point Delgada (North) YRCA, on dates
when the closure is in effect. The
closure is not in effect at this time. This
closure may be imposed through
inseason adjustment. Open access gear
vessels may transit through the Point
Delgada (North) YRCA, at any time,
with or without groundfish on board.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
(9) Point Delgada (South) YRCA. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Point Delgada (South) YRCA
boundaries are specified at § 660.70,
subpart C. Fishing with open access gear
is prohibited within the Point Delgada
(South) YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. It is unlawful to take
and retain, possess, or land groundfish
taken with open access gear within the
Point Delgada (South) YRCA, on dates
when the closure is in effect. The
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
closure is not in effect at this time. This
closure may be imposed through
inseason adjustment. Open access gear
vessels may transit through the Point
Delgada (South) YRCA, at any time,
with or without groundfish on board.
*
*
*
*
*
26. Table 3 (North) and Table 3
(South) to part 660, subpart F are
revised to read as follows:
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.034
67890
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67891
EP03NO10.035
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.036
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
67892
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
Subpart G—West Coast Groundfish—
Recreational Fisheries
27. In § 660.360,
a. Remove paragraphs (c)(3)(i)(C),
(c)(3)(i)(A)(5), and (c)(3)(ii)(A)(5),
b. Redesignate paragraphs (c)(1)(iii) as
(c)(1)(iv), (c)(3)(i)(A)(6) as (c)(3)(i)(A)(5),
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
paragraphs (c)(3)(i)(D) through (J) as
(c)(3)(i)(C) through (I), and paragraph
(c)(3)(ii)(A)(6) as (c)(3)(ii)(A)(5),
c. Revise newly redesignated
paragraphs (c)(1)(iv), (c)(3)(i)(A)(5),
(c)(3)(i)(C) through (H), and
(c)(3)(ii)(A)(5),
d. Revise paragraphs (c)(1)
introductory text, (c)(1)(i)(D)
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67893
introductory text, (c)(1)(i)(D)(1) and (2),
(c)(2)(iii), (c)(3)(i)(A)(1) through (4),
(c)(3)(i)(B), (c)(3)(ii)(A)(1) through (4),
(c)(3)(ii)(B), (c)(3)(iii)(A)(1) through (5),
(c)(3)(iii)(C), and (c)(3)(iii)(D),
d. Add paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(D)(3) and
(c)(1)(iii), to read as follows:
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
EP03NO10.037
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
67894
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
§ 660.360 Recreational fishery—
management measures.
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) Washington. For each person
engaged in recreational fishing off the
coast of Washington, the groundfish bag
limit is 12 groundfish per day, including
rockfish, cabezon and lingcod. Within
the groundfish bag limit, there are sublimits for rockfish, lingcod, and cabezon
outlined in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(D) of this
section. The recreational groundfish
fishery is open year-round except for
lingcod, which has season dates
outlined in paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this
section. In the Pacific halibut fisheries,
retention of groundfish is governed in
part by annual management measures
for Pacific halibut fisheries, which are
published in the Federal Register. The
following seasons, closed areas, sublimits and size limits apply:
*
*
*
*
*
(i) * * *
(D) Recreational rockfish conservation
area. Fishing for groundfish with
recreational gear is prohibited within
the recreational RCA unless otherwise
stated. It is unlawful to take and retain,
possess, or land groundfish taken with
recreational gear within the recreational
RCA unless otherwise stated. A vessel
fishing in the recreational RCA may not
be in possession of any groundfish
unless otherwise stated. (For example, if
a vessel participates in the recreational
salmon fishery within the RCA, the
vessel cannot be in possession of
groundfish while in the RCA. The vessel
may, however, on the same trip fish for
and retain groundfish shoreward of the
RCA on the return trip to port.)
(1) West of the Bonilla-Tatoosh line
Between the U.S. border with Canada
and the Queets River (Washington state
Marine Area 3 and 4), recreational
fishing for groundfish is prohibited
seaward of a boundary line
approximating the 20 fm (37 m) depth
contour from June 1 through September
30, except on days when the Pacific
halibut fishery is open in this area. Days
open to Pacific halibut recreational
fishing off Washington are announced
on the NMFS hotline at (206) 526–6667
or (800) 662–9825. Coordinates for the
boundary line approximating the 20 fm
(37 m) depth contour are listed in
§ 660.71, subpart C.
(2) Between the Queets River
(47°31.70′ N. lat.) and Leadbetter Point
(46°38.17′ N. lat.) (Washington state
Marine Area 2), recreational fishing for
groundfish is prohibited seaward of a
boundary line approximating the 30 fm
(55 m) depth contour from March 15
through June 15 with the following
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
exceptions: recreational fishing for
rockfish is permitted within the RCA
from March 15 through June 15;
recreational fishing for sablefish and
Pacific cod is permitted within the
recreational RCA from May 1 through
June 15; and on days that the primary
halibut fishery is open lingcod may be
taken, retained and possessed within
the RCA. Days open to Pacific halibut
recreational fishing off Washington are
announced on the NMFS hotline at
(206) 526–6667 or (800) 662–9825.
Retention of lingcod seaward of the
boundary line approximating the 30 fm
(55 m) depth contour south of 46°58′ N.
lat. is prohibited on Fridays and
Saturdays from July 1 through August
31. For additional regulations regarding
the Washington recreational lingcod
fishery, see paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this
section. Coordinates for the boundary
line approximating the 30 fm (55 m)
depth contour are listed in § 660.71.
(3) Between Leadbetter Point
(46°38.17′ N. lat.) and the Washington/
Oregon border (Marine Area 1), when
Pacific halibut are onboard the vessel,
no groundfish may be taken and
retained, possessed or landed, except
sablefish and Pacific cod from May 1
through September 30.
*
*
*
*
*
(iii) Cabezon. In areas of the EEZ
seaward of Washington that are open to
recreational groundfish fishing, there is
a 2 cabezon per day bag limit.
(iv) Lingcod. In areas of the EEZ
seaward of Washington that are open to
recreational groundfish fishing and
when the recreational season for lingcod
is open, there is a bag limit of 2 lingcod
per day. The recreational fishing
seasons and size limits for lingcod are
as follows:
(A) Between the U.S./Canada border
and 48°10′ N. lat. (Cape Alava)
(Washington Marine Area 4),
recreational fishing for lingcod is open,
for 2011, from April 16 through October
15, and for 2012, from April 16 through
October 13. Lingcod may be no smaller
than 24 inches (61 cm) total length.
(B) Between 48°10′ N. lat. (Cape
Alava) and 46°16′ N. lat. (Washington/
Oregon border) (Washington Marine
Areas 1–3), recreational fishing for
lingcod is open for 2011, from March 19
through October 15, and for 2012, from
March 17 through October 13. Lingcod
may be no smaller than 22 inches (56
cm) total length.
*
*
*
*
*
(2) * * *
(iii) Bag limits, size limits. For each
person engaged in recreational fishing
off the coast of Oregon, the following
bag limits apply:
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(A) Marine fish. The bag limit is 10
marine fish per day, which includes
rockfish, kelp greenling, cabezon and
other groundfish species. The bag limit
of marine fish excludes Pacific halibut,
salmonids, tuna, perch species,
sturgeon, sanddabs, flatfish, lingcod,
striped bass, hybrid bass, offshore
pelagic species and baitfish (herring,
smelt, anchovies and sardines). From
April 1 through September 30; no more
than one fish may be cabezon. The
minimum size for cabezon retained in
the Oregon recreational fishery is 16 in
(41 cm) total length. The minimum size
for Kelp greenling retained in the
Oregon recreational fishery is 10 in (25
cm).
(B) Lingcod. There is a 3 fish limit per
day for lingcod from January 1 through
December 31. The minimum size for
lingcod retained in the Oregon
recreational fishery is 22 in (56 cm) total
length.
(C) Flatfish. There is a 25 fish limit
per day for all flatfish, excluding Pacific
halibut, but including all soles,
flounders and Pacific sanddabs, from
January 1 through December 31.
(D) In the Pacific halibut fisheries.
Retention of groundfish is governed in
part by annual management measures
for Pacific halibut fisheries, which are
published in the Federal Register.
Between the Oregon border with
Washington and Cape Falcon, when
Pacific halibut are onboard the vessel,
groundfish may not be taken and
retained, possessed or landed, except
sablefish and Pacific cod. Between Cape
Falcon and Humbug Mountain, during
days open to the Oregon Central Coast
‘‘all-depth’’ sport halibut fishery, when
Pacific halibut are onboard the vessel,
no groundfish may be taken and
retained, possessed or landed, except
sablefish and Pacific cod. ‘‘All-depth’’
season days are established in the
annual management measures for
Pacific halibut fisheries, which are
published in the Federal Register and
are announced on the NMFS halibut
hotline, 1–800–662–9825.
(E) Taking and retaining canary
rockfish and yelloweye rockfish is
prohibited at all times and in all areas.
(3) * * *
(i) * * *
(A) * * *
(1) Between 42° N. lat. (California/
Oregon border) and 40°10.00′ N. lat.
(Northern Management Area),
recreational fishing for all groundfish
(except ‘‘other flatfish’’ as specified in
paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section) is
prohibited seaward of the 20 fm (37 m)
depth contour along the mainland coast
and along islands and offshore
seamounts from May 14, 2011 through
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
October 31, 2011 (shoreward of 20 fm is
open); and is closed entirely from
January 1 through May 13, 2011 and
from November 1 through December 31,
2011. Recreational fishing for
groundfish is prohibited seaward of 20
fm (37 m) from May 12, 2012 through
October 31, 2012 (shoreward of 20 fm is
open), and is closed entirely from
January 1 through May 11, 2012 and
from November 1, 2012 through
December 31, 2012.
(2) Between 40°10′ N. lat. and
38°57.50′ N. lat. (Mendocino
Management Area), recreational fishing
for all groundfish (except ‘‘other flatfish’’
as specified in paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of
this section) is prohibited seaward of
the 20 fm (37 m) depth contour along
the mainland coast and along islands
and offshore seamounts from May 14,
2011 through August 15, 2011
(shoreward of 20 fm is open), and is
closed entirely from January 1, 2011
through May 13, 2011 and from August
16, 2011 through December 31, 2011;
recreational fishing for groundfish is
prohibited seaward of 20 fm (37 m) and
from May 12, 2012 through August 15,
2012 (shoreward of 20 fm is open); and
is closed entirely from January 1, 2012
through May 11, 2012 and from August
16, 2012 through December 31, 2012.
(3) Between 38°57.50′ N. lat. and
37°11′ N. lat. San Francisco
Management Area), recreational fishing
for all groundfish (except ‘‘other flatfish’’
as specified in paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of
this section) is prohibited seaward of
the boundary line approximating the 30
fm (55 m) depth contour along the
mainland coast and along islands and
offshore seamounts from June 1 through
December 31; and is closed entirely
from January 1 through May 31.
Closures around Cordell Banks (see
paragraph (c)(3)(i)(C) of this section)
also apply in this area. Coordinates for
the boundary line approximating the 30
fm (55 m) depth contour are listed in
§ 660.71.
(4) Between 37°11′ N. lat. and 34°27′
N. lat. (Central Management Area),
recreational fishing for all groundfish
(except ‘‘other flatfish’’ as specified in
paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section) is
prohibited seaward of a boundary line
approximating the 40 fm (73 m) depth
contour along the mainland coast and
along islands and offshore seamounts
from May 1 through December 31; and
is closed entirely from January 1
through April 30 (i.e. prohibited
seaward of the shoreline). Coordinates
for the boundary line approximating the
40 fm (73 m) depth contour are
specified in § 660.71.
(5) South of 34°27′ N. lat. (Southern
Management Area), recreational fishing
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
for all groundfish (except California
scorpionfish as specified below in this
paragraph (c)(3)(i) and in paragraph
(c)(3)(v) of this section and ‘‘other
flatfish’’ as specified in paragraph
(c)(3)(iv) of this section) is prohibited
seaward of a boundary line
approximating the 60 fm (110 m) depth
contour from March 1 through
December 31 along the mainland coast
and along islands and offshore
seamounts, except in the CCAs where
fishing is prohibited seaward of the
boundary line approximating the 30 fm
(55 m) depth contour when the fishing
season is open (see paragraph (c)(3)(i)(B)
of this section). Recreational fishing for
all groundfish (except California
scorpionfish and ‘‘other flatfish’’) is
closed entirely from January 1 through
February 28 (i.e., prohibited seaward of
the shoreline). Recreational fishing for
California scorpionfish south of 34°27′
N. lat. is prohibited seaward of a
boundary line approximating the 60 fm
(110 m) depth contour from January 1
through December 31, except in the
CCAs where fishing is prohibited
seaward of the boundary line
approximating the 30 fm (55 m) depth
contour when the fishing season is
open. Coordinates for the boundary line
approximating the 30 fm (55 m) and 60
fm (110 m) depth contours are specified
in §§ 660.71 and 660.72.
(B) Cowcod conservation areas. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Cowcod Conservation Areas (CCAs)
boundaries are specified at § 660.70,
subpart C. In general, recreational
fishing for all groundfish is prohibited
within the CCAs, except that fishing for
‘‘other flatfish’’ is permitted within the
CCAs as specified in paragraph (c)(3)(iv)
of this section. However, recreational
fishing for the following species is
permitted shoreward of the boundary
line approximating the 30 fm (55 m)
depth contour when the season for those
species is open south of 34°27′ N. lat.:
Minor nearshore rockfish, shelf rockfish,
cabezon, kelp greenling, lingcod,
California scorpionfish, and ‘‘other
flatfish’’ (subject to gear requirements at
paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section
during January–February).
Note to paragraph (c)(3)(i)(B): California
state regulations also permit recreational
fishing for California sheephead, ocean
whitefish, and all greenlings of the genus
Hexagrammos shoreward of the boundary
line approximating the 30 fm (55 m) depth
contour in the CCAs when the season for the
RCG complex is open south of 34°27′ N. lat.
It is unlawful to take and retain, possess, or
land groundfish within the CCAs, except for
species authorized in this section.
Coordinates for the boundary line
approximating the 30 fm (55 m) depth
contour is specified in § 660.71.
PO 00000
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
67895
(C) Cordell banks. Recreational fishing
for groundfish is prohibited in waters
less than 100 fm (183 m) around Cordell
Banks as defined by specific latitude
and longitude coordinates at § 660.70,
subpart C, except that recreational
fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ is permitted
around Cordell Banks as specified in
paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section.
Note to paragraph (c)(3)(i)(C): California
state regulations also prohibit fishing for all
greenlings of the genus Hexagrammos,
California sheephead and ocean whitefish.
(D) Point St. George Yelloweye
Rockfish Conservation Area (YRCA).
Recreational fishing for groundfish is
prohibited within the Point St. George
YRCA, as defined by latitude and
longitude coordinates at § 660.70,
subpart C, on dates when the closure is
in effect. The closure is not in effect at
this time. This closure may be imposed
through inseason adjustment.
(E) South reef YRCA. Recreational
fishing for groundfish is prohibited
within the South Reef YRCA, as defined
by latitude and longitude coordinates at
§ 660.70, subpart C, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time. This closure may be
imposed through inseason adjustment.
(F) Reading Rock YRCA. Recreational
fishing for groundfish is prohibited
within the Reading Rock YRCA, as
defined by latitude and longitude
coordinates at § 660.70, subpart C, on
dates when the closure is in effect. The
closure is not in effect at this time. This
closure may be imposed through
inseason adjustment.
(G) Point Delgada (North) YRCA.
Recreational fishing for groundfish is
prohibited within the Point Delgada
(North) YRCA, as defined by latitude
and longitude coordinates at § 660.70,
subpart C, on dates when the closure is
in effect. The closure is not in effect at
this time. This closure may be imposed
through inseason adjustment.
(H) Point Delgada (South) YRCA.
Recreational fishing for groundfish is
prohibited within the Point Delgada
(South) YRCA, as defined by latitude
and longitude coordinates at § 660.70,
subpart C, on dates when the closure is
in effect. The closure is not in effect at
this time. This closure may be imposed
through inseason adjustment.
*
*
*
*
*
(ii) * * *
(A) * * *
(1) Between 42° N. lat. (California/
Oregon border) and 40°10′ N. lat. (North
Management Area), recreational fishing
for the RCG complex is open from May
14, 2011 through October 31, 2011 (i.e.
it’s closed from January 1 through May
13 and from November 1 through
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
67896
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 / Proposed Rules
hsrobinson on DSK69SOYB1PROD with PROPOSALS2
December 31 in 2011) and from May 12,
2012 through October 31, 2012 (i.e. it’s
closed from January 1 through May 11
and from November 1 through
December 31 in 2012).
(2) Between 40°10′ N. lat. and
38°57.50′ N. lat. (Mendocino
Management Area), recreational fishing
for the RCG Complex is open from May
14, 2011 through August 15, 2011 (i.e.
it’s closed from January 1 through May
13 and August 16 through December 31
in 2011), and from May 12, 2012
through August 15, 2012 (i.e. it’s closed
from January 1 through May 11 and
August 16 through December 31 in
2012).
(3) Between 38°57.50′ N. lat. and
37°11′ N. lat. (Bay Management Area),
recreational fishing for the RCG
complex is open from June 1 through
December 31 (i.e. it’s closed from
January 1 through May 31).
(4) Between 37°11′ N. lat. and 34°27′
N. lat. (Central Management Area),
recreational fishing for the RCG
complex is open from May 1 through
December 31 (i.e. it’s closed from
January 1 through April 30).
(5) South of 34°27′ N. lat. (Southern
Management Area), recreational fishing
for the RCG Complex is open from
March 1 through December 31 (i.e. it’s
closed from January 1 through February
28).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:19 Nov 02, 2010
Jkt 223001
(B) Bag limits, hook limits. In times
and areas when the recreational season
for the RCG Complex is open, there is
a limit of 2 hooks and 1 line when
fishing for the RCG complex and
lingcod. The bag limit is 10 RCG
Complex fish per day coastwide.
Retention of canary rockfish, yelloweye
rockfish, bronzespotted and cowcod is
prohibited. Within the 10 RCG Complex
fish per day limit, no more than 2 may
be bocaccio, no more than 2 may be
greenling (kelp and/or other greenlings)
and no more than 3 may be cabezon.
Multi-day limits are authorized by a
valid permit issued by California and
must not exceed the daily limit
multiplied by the number of days in the
fishing trip.
*
*
*
*
*
(iii) * * *
(A) * * *
(1) Between 42° N. lat. (California/
Oregon border) and 40°10.00′ N. lat.
(Northern Management Area),
recreational fishing for lingcod is open
from May 14, 2011 through October 31,
2011 (i.e. it’s closed from January 1
through May 13 and from November 1
through December 31 in 2011) and from
May 12, 2012 through October 31, 2012
(i.e. it’s closed from January 1 through
May 11 and from November 1 through
December 31 in 2012).
(2) Between 40°10’ N. lat. and
38°57.50′ N. lat. (Mendocino
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
Management Area), recreational fishing
for lingcod is open from May 14, 2011
through August 15, 2011 (i.e. it’s closed
from January 1 through May 13 and
August 16 through December 31 in
2011) and from May 12, 2012 through
August 15, 2012 (i.e. it’s closed from
January 1 through May 11 and August
16 through December 31 in 2012).
(3) Between 38°57.50′ N. lat. and
37°11′ N. lat. (San Francisco
Management Area), recreational fishing
for lingcod is open from June 1 through
December 31 (i.e. it’s closed from
January 1 through May 31).
(4) Between 37°11′ N. lat. and 34°27′
N. lat. (Central Management Area),
recreational fishing for lingcod is open
from May 1 through December 31 (i.e.
it’s closed from January 1 through April
30).
(5) South of 34°27′ N. lat. (Southern
Management Area), recreational fishing
for lingcod is open from March 1
through December 31 (i.e. it’s closed
from January 1 through February 28).
*
*
*
*
*
(C) Size limits. Lingcod may be no
smaller than 22 in (56 cm) total length.
(D) Dressing/filleting. Lingcod filets
may be no smaller than 14 in (36 cm)
in length.
*
*
*
*
*
[FR Doc. 2010–26941 Filed 10–26–10; 4:15 pm]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\03NOP2.SGM
03NOP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 75, Number 212 (Wednesday, November 3, 2010)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 67810-67896]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2010-26941]
[[Page 67809]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
50 CFR Part 660
Magnuson-Stevens Act Provisions; Fisheries Off West Coast States;
Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery; 2011-2012 Biennial Specifications and
Management Measures; Amendment 16-5; and Amendment 23; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 75 , No. 212 / Wednesday, November 3, 2010 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 67810]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
50 CFR Part 660
[Docket No. 100804324-0489-01]
RIN 0648-BA01
Magnuson-Stevens Act Provisions; Fisheries Off West Coast States;
Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery; 2011-2012 Biennial Specifications and
Management Measures; Amendment 16-5; and Amendment 23
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule; request for comments.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This proposed action would establish the 2011-2012 harvest
specifications and management measures for groundfish taken in the U.S.
exclusive economic zone (EEZ) off the coasts of Washington, Oregon, and
California consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation
and Management Act and the Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery Management
Plan (PCGFMP). This action revises the collection of management
measures in the groundfish fishery regulations that are intended to
keep the total catch of each groundfish species or species complex
within the harvest specifications. This action also includes
regulations to implement Amendments 16-5 and 23 to the PCGFMP.
Amendment 16-5 would revise existing rebuilding plans, create a new
rebuilding plan for Petrale sole, which was declared overfished on
February 9, 2010, and revise status determination criteria and a
harvest control rule for flatfish. This action is consistent with and
partially implements Amendment 23 to the PCGFMP. Amendment 23 would
make the PCGFMP consistent with the revised National Standard 1
Guidelines (74 FR 3178, January 16, 2009).
DATES: Comments must be received no later than 5 p.m., local time on
December 3, 2010.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by the RIN number 0648-
BA01, by any of the following methods:
Electronic Submissions: Submit all electronic public
comments via the Federal eRulemaking Portal at https://www.regulations.gov.
Fax: 206-526-6736, Attn: Becky Renko.
Mail: William Stelle, Administrator, Northwest Region,
NMFS, 7600 Sand Point Way, NE., Seattle, WA 98115-0070, Attn: Becky
Renko.
Instructions: All comments received are a part of the public record
and will generally be posted to https://www.regulations.gov without
change. All personal identifying information (for example, name,
address, etc.) voluntarily submitted by the commenter may be publicly
accessible. Do not submit confidential business information, or
otherwise sensitive or protected information.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) will accept anonymous
comments (enter N/A in the required fields if you wish to remain
anonymous). Attachments to electronic comments will be accepted in
Microsoft Word, Excel, WordPerfect, or Adobe PDF file formats only.
Information relevant to this proposed rule, which includes a draft
environmental impact statement (DEIS), a regulatory impact review
(RIR), and an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (IRFA) are
available for public review during business hours at the office of the
Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council), at 7700 NE. Ambassador
Place, Portland, OR 97220, phone: 503-820-2280. Copies of additional
reports referred to in this document may also be obtained from the
Council.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Becky Renko, phone: 206-526-6110, fax:
206-526-6736, or e-mail: becky.renko@noaa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Electronic Access
This rule is accessible via the Internet at the Office of the
Federal Register Web site at https://www.access.gpo.gov/su_docs/aces/aces140.html. Background information and documents are available at the
NMFS Northwest Region Web site at https://www.nwr.noaa.gov/Groundfish-Halibut/Groundfish-Fishery-Management/index.cfm and at the Council's
Web site at https://www.pcouncil.org.
Background
The Pacific Coast Groundfish fishery is managed under the PCGFMP.
The PCGFMP was prepared by the Council, approved on July 30, 1984, and
was implemented under the authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery
Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act). Regulations at
50 CFR part 660, subparts C through G, implement the provisions of the
PCGFMP.
The amount of each Pacific Coast groundfish species or species
complex that is available for harvest in a specific year is referred to
as a harvest specification. The PCGFMP requires the harvest
specifications and management measures for groundfish to be set at
least biennially. This proposed rule, which proposes the Council's
preferred alternative, would set 2011-2012 harvest specifications and
management measures for the 90-plus groundfish species or species
complexes managed under the PCGFMP. The groundfish fishery regulations
include a collection of management measures intended to keep the total
catch of each groundfish species or species complex within the harvest
specifications. The management measures would be revised by this
action.
The following groundfish species have been declared as overfished
and are currently being managed under rebuilding plans: Bocaccio south
of 40[deg]10' north latitude; canary rockfish; cowcod south of
40[deg]10' north latitude; darkblotched rockfish, Pacific Ocean Perch
(POP), widow rockfish, and yelloweye rockfish. This action also updates
the existing overfished species rebuilding plans.
Petrale sole was declared overfished on February 9, 2010. The
proposed action adds a new rebuilding plan for petrale sole under
Amendment 16-5 to the PCGFMP. In addition, also under Amendment 16-5,
the proposed action modifies status determination criteria in the
PCGFMP for flatfish and adds to the PCGFMP a new precautionary harvest
control rule for flatfish.
On January 16, 2009, NMFS adopted revisions to its guidelines
implementing Magnuson-Stevens Act National Standard 1 (74 FR 3178) to
prevent and end overfishing and rebuild fisheries. The proposed action
would implement a new fishery specification framework under Amendment
23 to the PCGFMP including: Overfishing limits (OFLs), an acceptable
biological catch (ABC) that incorporates a scientific uncertainty
buffer in specifications, annual catch limits (ACLs), and annual catch
targets (ACTs). These new specifications are designed to better account
for scientific and management uncertainty and to prevent overfishing.
Amendment 23 also removes dusky and dwarf-red rockfish from the list of
species in the groundfish fisheries.
On April 29, 2010, the District Court for the Northern District of
California ruled that the 2009-2010 harvest specifications for three
overfished species (cowcod, darkblotched, and yelloweye) violated the
MSA and ordered that NMFS apply its 2008 harvest levels for these
species in 2010. (Natural Resources Defense Council v.
[[Page 67811]]
Locke (N.D. Cal., 2010) here after refered to as NRDC v. Locke.) On
July 8, 2010, NMFS revised the harvest specifications for yelloweye
rockfish, cowcod and darkbloched rockfish to be consistent with the
court order (75 FR 38030). The court further ordered NMFS to publish
new specifications within one year of its ruling.
This proposed rule is based on the Council's final decisions on the
2011 and 2012 biennial specifications and management measures, and on
Amendment 23 and Amendment 16-5 at its June 2010 meeting. The
supporting rationale described in this proposed rule is based on the
DEIS prepared by the Council and other documents developed as part of
the Council's decision process. NMFS has not made its final
determination regarding its approval of the two amendments or whether
the proposed specifications are consistent with the PCGFMP, the
Magnuson-Stevens Act, and other applicable law, including the April 29,
2010 Court Order on Remedy in NRDC v. Locke.
Specification and Management Measure Development Process
The process for setting the 2011 and 2012 biennial harvest
specifications began in 2009 with the preparation of stock assessments.
A stock assessment is the scientific and statistical process where the
status of a fish population or subpopulation (stock) is assessed in
terms of population size, reproductive status, fishing mortality, and
sustainability. In the terms of the PCGFMP, stock assessments generally
provide: (1) An estimate of the current biomass (reproductive
potential); (2) an FMSY or proxy (a default harvest rate for
the fishing mortality rate that is expected to achieve the maximum
sustainable yield), translated into exploitation rate; (3) an estimate
of the biomass that produces the maximum sustainable yield
(BMSY); and, (4) a precision estimate (e.g., confidence
interval) for current biomass estimate. Each stock assessment is
prepared by a stock assessment scientist then reviewed by the Council's
stock assessment review panel (STAR--The STAR panel is a key part of a
process designed to review the technical merits of stock assessments
and is responsible for determining if a stock assessment document is
sufficiently complete) and the Council's Scientific and Statistical
Committee (SSC).
In each biennial period, the Council and NMFS consider a number of
full stock assessments, where each stock assessment model is critically
examined and possibly updated. They also use stock assessment updates
to update an existing assessment by incorporating the most recent data.
A stock assessment update must carry forward the fundamental structure
from the model that was previously reviewed and endorsed by a STAR
panel. Stock assessment updates are prepared for stocks that have been
determined to have a stable model approach to data analysis and
modeling.
For overfished stocks a rebuilding analysis is also prepared. The
rebuilding analysis is used to project the status of the overfished
resource into the future under a variety of alternative harvest
strategies to determine the probability of recovering to
BMSY (or its proxy) within a specified time-frame. Minimum
requirements for rebuilding analyses for routine situations have been
established by the SSC and are applied with computer package developed
by Dr Andr[eacute] Punt (University of Washington). The SSC encourages
analysts to explore alternative calculations and projections that may
more accurately capture uncertainties in stock rebuilding and which may
better represent stock-specific concerns. In the event of a discrepancy
between the calculations resulting from Dr Andr[eacute] Punt's program,
the SSC groundfish subcommittee will review the issue and recommend
which results to use. The SSC also encourages explicit consideration of
uncertainty in projections of stock rebuilding, including comparisons
of alternative states of nature using decision tables to quantify the
impact of model uncertainty. The rebuilding analyses include: An
estimation of B0 (the unfished biomass and hence
BMSY or its proxy); the selection of a method to generate
future recruitment; the specification of the mean generation time; a
calculation of the minimum possible rebuilding time (TMIN);
and, the identification and analysis of alternative harvest strategies
and rebuilding times.
At the Council's June, September and November 2009 meetings, new
stock assessments, stock assessment updates and rebuilding analyses
were made available to the Council as was an SSC report on whether the
SSC considered the documents to be the ``best available science''
suitable for use in setting biennial harvest specifications. The
Council considered the information brought forward from its advisory
bodies and public comment before approving the new stock assessments,
stock assessment updates and rebuilding analyses for setting the 2011
and 2012 biennial harvest specifications.
The biennial harvest specifications and management measures are
developed over the course of three Council meetings. At its November
2009 meeting the Council recommended an initial range of harvest
specifications and management measures based on the new stock
assessments, new rebuilding analyses, recommendations of its advisory
bodies, and public comment. Using the Council's initial harvest
specifications and management measure recommendations, the Council's
advisory bodies developed initial alternatives for a draft
Environmental Impact Statement (EIS).
A holistic or integrated approach was taken in the development of
alternatives in the Draft EIS for this action. The newly adopted
rebuilding analyses were used to develop a range of alternatives driven
by the annual catch limits (ACLs) for overfished species. The
interrelated nature of the Pacific Coast groundfish stocks makes the
consideration of holistic alternatives necessary. The degree of
interaction between overfished species and other stocks is such that
``rebuilding as quickly as possible while taking into account the needs
of fishing communities'' is not possible based solely on a species-by
species approach.
At its April 2010, meeting, the Council made recommendations on
overfishing limits (OFLs) for all groundfish stocks and stock
complexes. At this same meeting, the Council made recommendations on
preferred 2011 and 2012 acceptable biological catches (ABCs) that
incorporate scientific uncertainty buffers for all groundfish stocks
and stock complexes, and preferred 2011 and 2012 ACLs for all non-
overfished groundfish stocks and stock complexes. A preliminary
analysis of the holistic alternatives relative to the biological and
socio-economic environment and consistent with the requirements of NEPA
was further developed and made available to the public, the Council,
and the Council's advisory bodies prior to the June 2010 meeting.
Additional information that further refined the analysis was provided
at the Council's June meeting. At its June 2010 meeting, the Council
considered the holistic alternatives, the analysis, reports provides by
its advisory bodies and public comment before making final
recommendations on the groundfish harvest specifications, rebuilding
plan revisions for overfished groundfish species, and groundfish
fishery management measures.
The alternative actions considered by the Council were consistent
with the harvest specification framework proposed under Amendment 23 to
the PCGFMP, which contemplates setting an OFL, an ABC that incorporates
a scientific uncertainty buffer, and an ACL for each groundfish stock
and stock
[[Page 67812]]
complex. A final decision regarding approval of Amendment 23 is
expected by January 1, 2011. The alternative actions considered by the
Council were also consistent with Amendments 20 and 21 to the PCGFMP
which were approved August 9, 2010 and which are expected to be fully
implemented by January 1, 2011. The components of these PCGFMP
amendments and the relationship of each to the biennial harvest
specifications are further discussed below.
Decision Process
To best inform the decision process, an analysis was prepared that
contrasted the Council's preliminary preferred alternative against the
other alternatives relative to the Council's stated goals and
objectives for rebuilding. The Council's goals and objectives for
rebuilding plans are identified in section 4.5.3.1 of the PCGFMP: ``The
overall goals of rebuilding programs are to (1) achieve the population
size and structure that will support the maximum sustainable yield
within a specified time period that is as short as possible, taking
into account the status and biology of the stock, the needs of fishing
communities, and the interaction of the stock of fish within the marine
ecosystem; (2) minimize, to the extent practicable, the adverse social
and economic impacts associated with rebuilding, including adverse
impacts on fishing communities; (3) fairly and equitably distribute
both the conservation burdens (overfishing restrictions) and recovery
benefits among commercial, recreational, and charter fishing sectors;
(4) protect the quantity and quality of habitat necessary to support
the stock at healthy levels in the future; and (5) promote widespread
public awareness, understanding and support for the rebuilding
program.'' These overall goals are derived from and consistent with the
requirements of the Magnuson-Stevens Act. The first goal mirrors
Magnuson-Stevens Act National Standard 1 and the requirements for
rebuilding overfished stocks found at Magnuson-Stevens Act section
304(e)(4)(A). The second goal, to minimize adverse impacts to fishing
communities is required by Magnuson-Stevens Act National Standard 8.
The third goal is required by Magnuson-Stevens Act section
304(e)(4)(B). The fourth and fifth goals represent additional policy
preferences of the Council that recognize the importance of habitat
protection to the rebuilding of some fish stocks and the desire for
public outreach and education on the complexities--biological,
economic, and social issue--involved with rebuilding overfished stocks.
Each rebuilding analysis is based on parameters from the stock
assessment and projects the future status of the stock based on the
rebuilding alternatives being considered by the Council using Monte
Carlo simulation techniques. There is considerable scientific
uncertainty involved with these projections, which the rebuilding
analysis expresses as the probability of the stock being rebuilt in any
given year. The rebuilding analysis estimates the shortest time to
rebuild, referred to as TMIN. TMIN is the time it
takes to rebuild the stock, with a 50 percent probability, if all
fishing caused mortality is ceased. The Council's policy for rebuilding
is established with a TTARGET. TTARGET is the
year in which the Council expects the stock to rebuild with at least a
50 percent probability under the chosen rebuilding strategy. A
particular TTARGET is determined by the productivity of the
stock, its current status (a.k.a, ``status and biology''), and the
allowable harvest associated with a particular rebuilding strategy. The
target abundance for rebuilding is the biomass level that produces
maximum sustainable yield (BMSY).
Section 304(e)(4) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act provides: That any
fishery management plan, plan amendment, or proposed regulations for
rebuilding an overfished fishery shall--``(A) specify a time period for
rebuilding the fishery that shall--(i) be as short as possible, taking
into account the status and biology of any overfished stocks of fish,
the needs of fishing communities, recommendations by international
organizations in which the United States participates, and the
interaction of the overfished stock of fish within the marine
ecosystem; and (ii) not exceed 10 years, except in cases where the
biology of the stock of fish, other environmental conditions, or
management measures under an international agreement in which the
United States participates dictates otherwise''.
Because so many of the groundfish stocks are intermixed in
different proportions, making adjustments to protect one stock may
increase the impacts on other stocks. The Council's integrated
rebuilding strategy, when taking into account the biology of the stocks
and the needs of the fishing communities, centers on pushing fishing
effort off of the more sensitive rebuilding species and on to the less
sensitive rebuilding species (i.e., off of species with longer
rebuilding times and onto species able to rebuild more quickly). This
concept was adopted in Amendment 16-4 to the PCGFMP as the best way of
taking into account the biology of the stocks and the needs of fishing
communities in a holistic fashion that simultaneously considers all
rebuilding species and groundfish sectors.
Section 4.5.3.2 of the PCGFMP provides the following general
guidance on the needs of the fishing communities: ``Fishing communities
need a sustainable fishery that: Is safe, well-managed, and profitable;
provides jobs and incomes; contributes to the local social fabric,
culture, and image of the community; and helps market the community and
its services and products.''
The rockfish rebuilding plans are challenging as overfished
rockfish indirectly affect fishing opportunities by constraining the
harvest of target stocks; they affect multiple commercial and
recreational fishery sectors; it is difficult to lessen fishing impacts
on one rockfish species without affecting another; some rockfish
populations are so slow growing that even small increases in the long-
term harvest rate can delay rebuilding for a number of years. The
Council has approached this challenging situation using a comprehensive
approach to analyzing rebuilding alternatives and impacts to fishing
communities.
Because the rebuilding results in revenue losses in the short-term
and often in the medium-term, the communities that bear the greatest
short-term and medium-term revenue impact are those most dependent on
groundfish and the least resilient. To avoid disastrous short-term
consequences for fishing communities, harvest levels above the
TMIN level were considered. The harvest specifications and
management measures in the Council's preliminary preferred and final
preferred alternatives considered were generally similar to those in
place at the start of 2010, with some increased opportunity to the
California recreational and nearshore fixed gear fisheries south of
40[deg]10' north latitude. The remaining alternatives recommended for
analysis by the Council were more restrictive, to provide a meaningful
analysis of the shortest time possible to rebuild overfished stocks.
In its recommendations for overfished species rebuilding plans and
groundfish harvest specifications and management measures for 2011 and
2012, the Council was clear that it did not expect fishing community
needs (described in Section 4.5.3.2 of the PCGFMP) could be met by the
rebuilding plans and management measures being recommended. While the
Council could not meet the needs of fishing
[[Page 67813]]
communities, the Council took them into account as directed by the
Magnuson-Stevens Act and recommended harvest specifications and
management measures that could allow fishing businesses and communities
to operate at a level that could provide for the continued existence of
fishing businesses and communities. Opportunities for economic growth
or profit would only be allowed if they were consistent with the
adopted rebuilding policies. The Council expressed particular interest
in seeing the success of new trawl fishery management measures (trawl
rationalization) and the expected long-term benefits. The supporting
draft EIS for this action assesses, through the analysis of integrated
rebuilding alternatives, the needs of groundfish fishing communities,
the dependence of fishing communities on overfished species, and the
vulnerability of fishing communities to further near-term reductions in
groundfish harvest.
The Council and fisheries science are just beginning to consider
approaches for transitioning to ecosystem based fisheries management.
Models for assessing impacts on the marine environment are being
developed. Given that this area of marine science is in development,
the respective impact of the rebuilding alternatives on ecosystem
structure and function cannot be described by science at this time.
At the start of each biennial management cycle, NMFS and the
Council establish fishery management measures that are expected to
allow as much harvest of the healthy species ACLs as possible without
exceeding allowable harvest levels for co-occurring overfished species.
At the start of the biennial period, the management measures are based
on the best scientific information available at the time. However, as
catch data and new scientific information become available during the
fishing year, NMFS and the Council's knowledge may change. Catch data
vary in quality and abundance both before and during the season, and
catch of the most constraining overfished species may also occur in
fisheries not managed under the PCGFMP.
Managing a coastwide fishery to ensure that ACLs of overfished
species are not exceeded is particularly difficult because of the low
ACLs. If new information received during the season reveals that total
catch is occurring at a faster pace than initially anticipated,
management action would be needed to keep the harvest of healthy stocks
and the incidental catch of overfished species at or below their
specified ACLs. If these inseason adjustments to management measures
are dramatic, such as an early closure of a fishery, then the effects
of management actions on the fishing communities can be severe. To
prevent major inseason changes in management measures, the 2011-2012
overfished species ACLs account for management uncertainty in order to
minimize the potential need for dramatic inseason measures. In other
words, currently available scientific information is used to design
management measures that are projected to result in overfished species
harvest levels that are somewhat lower than their ACLs. In addition,
for some overfished species (yelloweye rockfish and POP) annual catch
targets (ACTs) have been proposed. ACTs provide an additional buffer to
account for uncertainty and unexpected occurrences within the fishery.
This additional measure helps prevent ACLs from being exceeded. Even
with these safeguards, information that becomes available during the
fishing year from activities within the fishery and from activities
outside the fishery (i.e. research fishing mortality) may reveal that
previously set management measures need to be revised inseason. If that
is the case, management measures will be appropriately adjusted
inseason.
District Court Ruling in NRDC v. Locke
NRDC challenged the 2009-2010 groundfish harvest specifications (74
FR 9,874, March 6, 2009), asserting that the harvest specifications for
seven overfished species of Pacific groundfish: darkblotched rockfish,
cowcod, yelloweye rockfish, canary rockfish, bocaccio, Pacific Ocean
Perch, and widow rockfish violated the Magnuson-Stevens Act, 16 U.S.C.
1801-1891, and the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), 42
U.S.C.A. 4321 et seq. The 2009-2010 harvest specifications revised the
Amendment 16-4 rebuilding periods for four of the seven overfished
species in accordance with the PCGFMP's rebuilding framework. The Court
upheld the integrated approach, but determined that the 2009-2010
harvest specifications for darkblotched rockfish, cowcod, and yelloweye
rockfish violated the Magnuson-Stevens Act by failing to rebuild the
species in as short a time as possible and ordered the agency to
develop, within one year of the Order, revised rebuilding plans for
those species that are consistent with the MSA.
With respect to yelloweye rockfish, the court vacated the OY of 17
metric tons (mt) for 2009-2010 and established an OY of 14 mt for 2010,
consistent with the ``ramp down'' strategy that the agency adopted in
the 2007-2008 specifications. The court likewise vacated the 2009-2010
cowcod OY of 4 mt and the darkblotched rockfish OYs of 285 mt and 291
mt for 2009 and 2010 stating that they do not rebuild in time periods
that are as short as possible. For these two species, the court
established OY levels consistent with the most recent levels in 2007-
2008.
On July 8, 2010, NMFS revised the harvest specifications for
yelloweye rockfish, cowcod and darkblotched rockfish to be consistent
with the court order (75 FR 38030) and projected impacts to
darkblotched rockfish in 2010 are being actively managed to prevent
exceeding 290 mt.
The court also agreed with NRDC's argument that NMFS' decisions
regarding the rebuilding plans were arbitrary and capricious because
the agency relied on economic data from 1998, before any of the species
at issue in the case were declared overfished, and did not use 2002
data that was available to it. The court ruled that the 1998 data was
not the best available scientific information, and distorted current
revenue losses by comparing them to revenues resulting from fishing
losses before fishing was constrained to rebuild overfished species.
The use of the 1998 data, the court opined, ``weight[ed] the Agency's
analysis in favor of short-term economic interests and against
conservation, in violation of the MSA.'' NMFS used a different approach
in this biennial cycle.
PCGFMP Amendment 23
On January 16, 2009, NMFS published a final rule in the Federal
Register to implement new requirements in the Magnuson-Stevens
Reauthorization Act by amending the National Standard Guidelines (50
CFR 600.310) for National Standard 1. National Standard guidelines aid
in the development and review of fishery management plans (plans), plan
amendments, and regulations prepared by the regional Fishery Management
Councils and the Secretary of Commerce. National Standard 1 establishes
the relationship between conservation and management measures,
preventing overfishing, and achieving OY from each stock, stock complex
or fishery. The National Standard 1 guidelines also address the
classification of stocks within a fishery management plan, and the new
requirement in the MSRA that fishery management plans include annual
catch limits (ACLs) to prevent overfishing. Amendment 23 to the PCGFMP
is intended to modify the harvest specification framework in the PCGFMP
[[Page 67814]]
to be consistent with the revised National Standard 1 guidelines. An
approval decision on Amendment 23 is expected prior to January 1, 2011.
Therefore, the harvest specifications being considered for 2011 and
2012 are consistent with the provisions of Amendment 23.
To better account for scientific and management uncertainty and to
prevent overfishing, the revised National Standard 1 guidelines
introduced new fishery management concepts including: OFL, ACL, ACT,
and accountability measures (AMs), and defined the term ABC. The
concept of OY remains in the PCGFMP as revisions to National Standard 1
did not alter the definition of OY.
Under the Amendment 23 framework the OFL is an estimate of the
maximum amount of annual catch of a stock or stock complex from all
sources (includes landed and discarded catch) that does not result in
overfishing. Overfishing occurs whenever a stock or stock complex is
subjected to a rate or level of fishing mortality that jeopardizes the
stock's capacity to produce MSY (an estimate of the largest long-term
average annual catch or yield that can be taken from each stock under
prevailing ecological and environmental conditions) on a continuing
basis. This level is also referred to as the maximum fishing mortality
threshold (MFMT) in the PCGFMP. The OFL is comparable to the ABC
specification used in the Pacific Coast groundfish fishery from 1999
through 2010.
The term ABC is redefined under proposed Amendment 23 as an annual
catch specification that is the stock or stock complex's OFL reduced by
an amount associated with scientific uncertainty. Proposed Amendment 23
revises the descriptions of species categories used in the development
of the ABC. The first category (category 1) includes those species
where relatively data-rich quantitative stock assessment can be
conducted on the basis of catch-at-age, catch-at-length or other data.
OFLs and overfished/rebuilding thresholds can generally be calculated
for these species. The second category (category 2) includes species
for which some biological indicators are available, including a
relatively data-poor quantitative assessment or non-quantitative
assessments. The third category (category 3) includes minor species
which are caught and where the only available information is on the
landed biomass.
For species that have had relatively data-rich quantitative stock
assessments prepared (category 1 stocks), the Council chose to
determine ABC based on the SSC-recommended framework for estimating the
relative risk of overfishing the stock (referred to as the P*
approach). The SSC quantified the scientific uncertainty in the
estimate of OFL ([sigma]) and presented a range of probabilities of
overfishing (P*). Each P* value links to a corresponding fraction that
is used to reduce the OFL and to derive an ABC. As the P* value is
reduced, the probability of the ABC being greater than the ``true'' OFL
becomes lower. The Council then determines its preferred level of risk
aversion by selecting an appropriate P* value. Amendment 23 provides
that the P*-Sigma approach for quantifying scientific uncertainty will
be the default approach for category 1 species unless an SSC-
recommended method is adopted by the Council during the biennial
specification process.
For stocks with data-poor stock assessments or no stock assessments
(category 2 and 3 stocks), proposed Amendment 23 recognizes that there
is greater scientific uncertainty in the estimate of OFL. Therefore,
the scientific uncertainty buffer is generally greater than that
recommended for stocks with quantitative stock assessments. It may be
determined using straight percentage reductions (25% for category 2 or
50% for category 3) or using the P* approach with larger sigma values.
The Council adopted an upper limit on P* for all three categories of
0.45. For category 2 and 3 species, Amendment 23 provides that either
the P*-Sigma approach or the straight percentage reduction from OFL
will be used unless the Council adopts an SSC-recommended approach
during the biennial specification process.
The ACL is a harvest specification set equal to or below the ABC
threshold which considers conservation objectives, socio-economic
concerns, management uncertainty and other factors. All sources of
fishing-related mortality including landings, discard mortality, and
catches in exempted fishing permit activities are counted against the
ACL. In addition, research fishing catches are counted against the ACL.
Sector-specific ACLs may be specified, particularly in cases where a
sector has a formal, long-term allocation of the harvestable surplus of
a stock or stock complex. The new ACL values are comparable to the OY
specification used in the Pacific Coast groundfish fishery from 1999
through 2010.
The ACTs are management targets set below the ACL to address
management uncertainty. The term ``catch'' includes fish that are
retained for any purpose, as well as mortality of fish that are
discarded. Therefore, for fisheries where estimates are not available
in a timely enough manner to manage retained and discarded catch
(bycatch) inseason, targets may be specified. In addition, a sector-
specific ACT may serve as a harvest guideline for a sector or used
strategically in a rebuilding plan to attempt to reduce mortality of an
overfished stock more than the rebuilding plan limits prescribe. These
targets account for landings and bycatch estimates such that the total
of landings and bycatch will not exceed the stock or stock complex's
ACL. Since the annual catch target is a target and not a limit it can
be used in lieu of harvest guidelines or strategically to accomplish
other management objectives. Sector-specific annual catch targets can
also be specified to accomplish management objectives.
The AMs are management controls that prevent ACLs or sector-ACLs
from being exceeded, where possible, and correct or mitigate overages
if they occur. If a stock or stock complex's catch exceeds its ACL, AMs
will be invoked as specified in the PCGFMP. If ACLs are exceeded more
often than 1 in 4 years, then AMs, such as catch monitoring and
inseason adjustments to fisheries, need to improve or additional AMs
may need to be implemented. The development of harvest specifications
for 2011-2012 is discussed later in the preamble to this proposed rule,
while the harvest specifications are provided in Tables 1a through 2d.
Amendment 23 adds an additional species category identified as
ecosystem component (EC) species. These species are not ``in the
fishery'' and therefore not actively managed. EC species are not
targeted in any fishery and are not generally retained for sale or
personal use. EC species are not determined to be subject to
overfishing, approaching an overfished condition, or overfished, nor
are they likely to become subject to overfishing or overfished in the
absence of conservation and management measures. Amendment 23 does not
propose that any species currently in the PCGFMP be designated as an EC
species. Amendment 23 removes dusky rockfish and red-dwarf rockfish
from the PCGFMP as there are no recorded landings of these species in
the groundfish fishery.
PCGFMP Amendments 20 and 21
Amendment 20 established a program to ``rationalize'' the
groundfish limited entry trawl fishery. Rationalization of a fishery is
designed to create a sustainable level of fishing from both the
resources conservation and economic perspective through the use of
harvest shares and cooperatives. The
[[Page 67815]]
program being implemented under Amendment 20 to the PCGFMP uses quota
shares, or catch allocation, to allow individuals to harvest specific
amounts of groundfish. The trawl rationalization program is intended to
increase net economic benefits, create individual economic stability,
provide full utilization of the trawl sector allocation, consider
environmental impacts, and achieve individual accountability of catch
(retained and discarded). NMFS approved Amendment 20 on August 9, 2010,
and expects to fully implement it prior to January 1, 2011, so the
harvest specifications and management measures being considered for
2011 and 2012 are consistent with the provisions of Amendment 20.
For the purposes of Amendment 20, the limited entry trawl fishery
has been divided into three distinct sectors (shoreside, mothership,
and catcher/processor). An individual fishing quota (IFQ) program is
created for the shoreside sector and harvester cooperatives are created
for the catcher/processor and mothership sectors. Formal allocations
(to and among the trawl sectors) necessary to support the trawl
rationalization program have been adopted under Amendment 21 to the
PCGFMP.
Amendment 21 to the PCGFMP modifies the PCGFMP framework by
specifying formal, long term allocations for the following species:
Lingcod, Pacific cod, sablefish south of 36[deg] north latitude,
Pacific ocean perch (POP), widow rockfish, chilipepper rockfish,
splitnose rockfish, yellowtail rockfish north of 40[deg]10' north
latitude, shortspine thornyhead (north and south of 34[deg]27' north
latitude), longspine thornyhead north of 34[deg]27' north latitude,
darkblotched rockfish, minor slope rockfish (north and south of
40[deg]10' north latitude), Dover sole, English sole, petrale sole,
arrowtooth flounder, starry flounder, and other flatfish. Because
Amendment 21 has been approved, the harvest specifications being
considered for 2011 and 2012 are consistent with the provisions of
Amendment 21. Long term, formal allocations are expected to provide
more stability to the trawl fishery sectors by reducing the risk of the
trawl sector being closed as a result of a non-trawl or recreational
fishery exceeding an allocation or harvest guideline.
Species that are not formally allocated under Amendment 21 will
continue to be addressed through short-term allocations that are to be
decided through the biennial harvest specifications and management
measure process. IFQ species with trawl and non-trawl allocations
established through the biennial harvest specifications include the
following species: canary rockfish, bocaccio, cowcod, yelloweye
rockfish, and minor shelf rockfish north and south. In addition to
allocations specified under the Amendment 21 provisions for 2011 and
2012, trawl and non-trawl allocations are being specified through the
biennial harvest specifications for the following: minor nearshore
rockfish north and south, and longnose skate. Species being managed
under trip limits and without trawl and non-trawl allocations are:
Shortbelly rockfish, longspine thornyhead south of 34[deg]27' north
latitude, black rockfish (Washington-Oregon), California scorpionfish,
cabezon (California only), kelp greenling, and the ``other fish''
complex.
Amendment 21 also provides for the use of fishery set-asides.
Fishery set-asides are not formal allocations but rather amounts that
are not available to the other fisheries during the fishing year. Set-
asides for the catcher/processor and mothership sectors of the at-sea
Pacific whiting fishery are deducted from the limited entry trawl
fishery allocation. Set-asides for the Pacific Coast treaty Indian
tribal harvest, and exempted fishing permits (EFPs) are deducted from
the ACL. Set-aside amounts could change through the biennial harvest
specifications and management measures process. The set-aside amounts
will be specified in the footnotes to Tables 1a through 2b of this
subpart.
In addition to a new groundfish allocation framework, Amendment 21
would establish Pacific Halibut trawl mortality limits to restrict the
incidental catch of Pacific halibut in limited entry trawl fisheries.
The trawl mortality limit may be adjusted downward or upward through
the biennial harvest specifications and management measures process.
Trawl individual bycatch quota (IBQ) for halibut will be issued for the
Shorebased IFQ Program north of 40[deg]10' north latitude. A portion of
the overall trawl mortality limit (10 mt) is a set-aside for the at-sea
whiting fisheries (catcher/processor and mothership) and the Shorebased
IFQ Program south of 40[deg]10' north latitude, where halibut IBQ is
not required. The set-aside amount of Pacific halibut to accommodate
the incidental catch in the trawl fishery south of 40[deg]10' north
latitude and in the at-sea whiting fishery may be adjusted in the
biennial harvest specifications and management measures process. The
use of a trawl mortality limit for Pacific halibut in Area 2A trawl
fisheries is consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Act mandate to
minimize bycatch, while providing increased benefits to Area 2A fishers
targeting Pacific halibut.
Under Amendment 20, up to 10 percent of unused IFQ quota pounds in
a vessel's account may be carried over for use in the next fishing
year. Similarly, in order to cover an overage (landings that exceed the
amount of quota pounds held in a vessel account) that is within 10
percent of the quota pounds that have been in the vessel account during
the year, the vessel owner may use that amount from the quota pounds he
will receive in the following fishing year to account for the overage
in the current year. The rationale for the carryover as presented in
the Amendment 20 EIS is to provide increased flexibility to fishery
participants. During the biennial harvest specification and management
process the Council discussed how the carry-over provision works in
relationship to the 2011-2012 harvest specifications, this provision is
further discussed below.
OFL Policy
The OFL is the MSY harvest level associated with the current stock
abundance. When setting the 2011 and 2012 OFLs for category 1 species,
the FMSY harvest rate or a proxy was applied to the
estimated exploitable biomass. A policy of using a default harvest rate
as a proxy for the fishing mortality rate that is expected to achieve
the maximum sustainable yield is also referred to as the
FMSY control rule or maximum fishing mortality threshold
(MFMT) harvest rate. For category 2 species, OFLs are typically set at
a constant level and monitoring is necessary to determine if this level
of catch is causing a slow decline in stock abundance. It is difficult
to estimate overfished and overfishing thresholds for the category 2
species a priori, but indicators of long-term, potential overfishing
can be identified. Average catches are generally used to determine the
OFL for category 3 species.%
For 2011 and 2012, the Council maintained a policy of using a
default harvest rate as a proxy for the fishing mortality rate that is
expected to achieve the maximum sustainable yield (FMSY). A
proxy is used because there is insufficient information for most
Pacific Coast groundfish stocks to establish a species-specific
FMSY. In 2011 and 2012, the following default harvest rate
proxies, based on the Council's SSC recommendations, were used:
F30% for flatfish, F40% for Pacific Whiting,
F50% for rockfish (including thornyheads), and F45%
for other groundfish such as
[[Page 67816]]
sablefish and lingcod. The OFL for groundfish species with stock
assessments are derived by multiplying the harvest rate proxy by the
current estimated biomass. A rate of F40% is a more
aggressive rate than F45% or F50%.
The PCGFMP allows default harvest rate proxies to be modified as
scientific knowledge improves for a particular species. A fishing
mortality or harvest rate will mean different things for different
stocks, depending on the productivity of a particular species. For fast
growing species (those with individuals that mature quickly and produce
many young that survive to an age where they are caught in the fishery)
a higher fishing mortality rate may be used. Fishing mortality rate
policies must account for several complicating factors, including the
capacity of mature individuals to produce young over time and the
optimal stock size necessary for the highest level of productivity
within that stock.
For flatfish, a new proxy of F30% is being used for the
2011-2012 specifications. Following the 2009 scientific peer review of
the petrale sole assessment by the Council's stock STAR panel, the STAR
panel prepared a report which recommended that the SSC review the
estimates of FMSY and BMSY produced by the
petrale sole assessment and investigate alternatives to the proxies of
F40% and B40%. The SSCs groundfish sub-committee
further considered the proxies produced by the petrale sole assessment
and recommended that proxies of B25% for BMSY and
F30% for FMSY be established for all west coast
flatfish.
The overfished threshold or minimum stock size threshold (MSST) is
the estimated biomass level of the stock relative to its unfished
biomass (i.e., depletion level) below which the stock is considered
overfished. The current default proxy MSST for all the actively managed
groundfish stocks and stock complexes, other than the assessed flatfish
species, is 25 percent of the unfished biomass (B25%), which
is 62.5 percent of the BMSY target of B40%. The
default proxy MSST for the assessed flatfish species is being revised
from B25% to B12.5% which is 50 percent of the
BMSY target of B25%.
The full SSC endorsed the groundfish subcommittee's recommendation
to establish new proxies of B25% for BMSY and
F30% for FMSY for flatfish. The values were based
on a number of considerations, including evaluation of information on
flatfish productivity (steepness) for assessed west coast flatfish,
published meta-analyses of other flatfish stocks, and recommendations
on appropriate proxies for FMSY and BMSY in the
scientific literature. The SSC however did not endorse the use of a
species-specific estimate of BMSY and FMSY for
petrale sole because of high variability in the estimates between
repeat assessments for other stocks and the sensitivity of the
estimates to assumptions concerning stock structure.
For the 2011-2012 biennial specification process, two new
methodologies were evaluated for determining OFL from data-poor stocks
(unassessed category 2 species and category 3 species). In January
2010, the SSC Groundfish Subcommittee and Groundfish Management Team
(GMT) examined yield estimates from the Depletion-Corrected Average
Catch (DCAC) and the Depletion-Based Stock Reduction Analysis (DB-SRA)
for 31 groundfish stock assessments. The DCAC and DB-SRA were developed
by stock assessment scientists from the Northwest Fishery Science
Center (NWFSC) and the Southwest Fishery Science Center. The DCAC
provides an estimate of sustainable yield (the OFL) for data-poor
stocks of uncertain status. DCAC adjusts historical average catch to
account for one-time ``windfall'' catches that are the result of stock
depletion, producing an estimate of yield that was likely to be
sustainable over the same time period. Advantages of the DCAC approach
to determining sustainable yield for data-poor stocks include: (1)
Minimal data requirements, (2) biologically-based adjustment to catch-
based yield proxies with transparent assumptions about relative changes
in abundance, and (3) simplicity in computing. The DB-SRA extends the
DCAC by (1) restoring the temporal link between production and biomass
and (2) evaluating and integrating alternative hypotheses regarding
changes in abundance during the historical catch period. This method
combines DCAC's distributional assumptions regarding life history
characteristics and stock status with the dynamic models and simulation
approach of stochastic stock reduction analysis. The SSC Groundfish
Subcommittee endorsed application of DCAC and DB-SRA to derive the OFL
for unassessed groundfish stocks. Although the Council would like
further analysis, the Council did recognize that the DB-SRA and the
DCAC methods used by the GMT were the best available scientific
information for determining OFLs for category 2 and 3 stocks.
Proposed OFLs for 2011 and 2012
For the 2011 and 2012 biennial specification process, 8 stock
assessments and 4 stock assessment updates were prepared. Full stock
assessments, those that consider the appropriateness of the assessment
model and that revise the model as necessary, were prepared for the
following stocks: Bocaccio, widow rockfish, lingcod, cabezon, yelloweye
rockfish, petrale sole, splitnose rockfish and greenstriped rockfish.
Stock assessment updates, those that run new data through an existing
model without changing the model, were prepared for: Canary rockfish,
cowcod, darkblotched rockfish, and POP. Each new stock assessment
includes a base model and two alternative models. The alternative
models are developed from the base model by bracketing the dominant
dimension of uncertainty (e.g., stock-recruitment steepness or
R0, natural mortality rate, survey catchability, recent
year-class strength, weights on conflicting CPUE series, etc.) and are
intended to be a means of expressing uncertainty within the model for
decision makers by showing the contrast in management implications.
Once a base model has been bracketed on either side by alternative
model scenarios, capturing the overall degree of uncertainty in the
assessment, a 2-way decision table analysis (states-of-nature versus
management action) is used to present the repercussions of uncertainty.
As noted above, the SSC makes recommendations to the Council on the
appropriateness of using the different stock assessments for management
purposes, after which the Council considers adoption of the stock
assessments, use of the stock assessment for the development of
rebuilding analysis, and the OFLs resulting from the base model runs of
the stock assessments. Tables 1a and 2a present the specifications for
each stock while the footnotes to these tables describe how the
proposed specifications were derived.
For species that did not have new stock assessments or updates
prepared, the Council considered an OFL derived from the most recent
stock assessment or update, the results of rudimentary stock
assessments, or the historical landings data approved by the Council
for use in setting harvest specifications. Detailed information on how
the OFLs for species without any new stock assessments were derived are
provided in the footnotes to Table 1a and Table 2a. The stock
assessment cycle and the process for adoption of final OFLs for Pacific
whiting are detailed below.
Species that are not overfished and for which new stock assessments
or stock assessment updates were prepared and recommended for use in
setting harvest specifications by the Council include: Lingcod,
greenstriped rockfish,
[[Page 67817]]
splitnose rockfish, Cabezon. Specific information on the OFLs for
species associated with these new stock assessments and assessment
updates are provided in the footnotes to Table 1a and Table 2a.
For the overfished species, new assessments were prepared for
bocaccio, petrale sole, widow rockfish, yelloweye rockfish and stock
assessment updates were prepared for canary rockfish, cowcod,
darkblotched, POP. The following stock assessment summaries pertain to
the new stock assessments or stock assessment updates for stocks that
have been declared overfished.
Bocaccio (Sebastes Paucispinis)
A new stock assessment was prepared for the bocaccio stock between
the U.S.-Mexico border and Cape Blanco, OR, using the Stock Synthesis
3.03a model. Changes in the model from the prior assessment include: A
northern expansion of the modeled area from Cape Mendocino, CA, to Cape
Blanco, OR; and the extension of the catch history from 1950 to 1892.
Assessment scientists have treated bocaccio as independent stocks north
and south of Cape Mendocino. The southern stock, which has been
declared overfished, occurs south of Cape Mendocino. Although the range
extends considerably further north, there is some evidence that there
are two demographic clusters of bocaccio. The northern stock is found
north of 48[deg] north latitude in northern Washington and Canada, with
a relative rarity of bocaccio (particularly smaller fish) in the region
between Cape Mendocino and the Columbia River mouth.
Since the early 2000s, the bocaccio spawning output has been
increasing steadily. Spawning output in 2009 was estimated at 2,209,900
mt (~95 percent confidence: 1,546,440--2,873,360 mt). Bocaccio
depletion was estimated to be 28.12 percent (0.18--0.37 percent) of its
unfished biomass in 2009. There are clear signs that the stock is
rebuilding at a relatively rapid rate. Recovery may be taking place
more rapidly in the south, and recovery in the central/northern
California region may be dependent on an influx of fish from the
southern area.
Model uncertainty regarding natural mortality rates and estimates
of selectivity for the NMFS triennial trawl survey continue to be
problematic. Since 2001, large scale area closures have affected the
spatial distribution of fishing mortality and truncated several
abundance indices (recreational CPUE indices), confounding the
interpretation of survey indices as well as fishery dependent and
independent length frequency data. Data from relatively recent, short-
term surveys do not yet appear to be informative with respect to trends
in abundance, although they are informative with respect to cohort
strength.
At the September 2009 Council meeting, the SSC endorsed the use of
the 2009 bocaccio assessment for status determination and management in
the Council process. The SSC supported the extension of the assessment
area as biologically appropriate given the current understanding of
stock structure, but also recognized that the boundary extension raises
issues with respect to area management. Approximately 6 percent of the
coastwide bocaccio catch has occurred historically between Cape
Mendocino and Cape Blanco while only 1 percent has been taken from the
California/Oregon border to Cape Blanco. The SSC indicated that there
was no conservation issue north of the 40[deg]10' north latitude
management boundary at Cape Mendocino, based on these low bocaccio
catches in the area. Therefore, the SSC did not recommend changing the
area where bocaccio are designated as overfished. The SSC indicated
that management should be based on a pro-rata allocation using the
historical catch distribution north and south of 40[deg]10' north
latitude. The bocaccio OFL of 737 mt for 2011 and 732 mt for 2012 was
based on the FMSY harvest rate proxy of
F50 as applied to the estimated exploitable biomass
from the 2009 stock assessment. For setting harvest specifications, six
percent of the assessed biomass was estimated to occur north of
40[deg]10' north latitude. The projected OFLs from the assessment were
adjusted accordingly.
Canary Rockfish (Sebastes Pinniger)
A stock assessment update was prepared for the coastwide canary
rockfish stock using the Stock Synthesis 3.03a model. Consistent with
the Terms of Reference for Groundfish Stock Assessments, fishery and
survey data were updated through 2008. Data updates for earlier years
were also made with most of the updates being minor, with the exception
of historical catch estimates (< 1981) that were substantially revised
by NMFS and CDFG scientists. The historical catch revisions resulted in
a 24 percent reduction in the total estimated canary rockfish catch
from 1916 to 2006, with most of this reduction occurring prior to 1968.
The new data resulted in a rebuilding trajectory that was overall lower
than previous projections. Although the stock has continued to progress
towards the rebuilding threshold (B40), the overall
lowering of the trajectory means that it would take more time to reach
the B40. The new assessment estimated the 2007
depletion level for canary rockfish to have been 21.7 percent (below
the estimate of 32.4 percent for 2007 from the 2007 assessment with 95
percent confidence bounds of 24-41 percent) and the 2009 depletion
level to have been 23.7 percent with 95 percent confidence bounds of
17-30 percent). The SSC indicated that the broad confidence interval on
the depletion level was due to a high degree of uncertainty in the
parameter estimates, especially steepness. The change in the depletion
level is largely due to the revised historical catch time-series for
California. At the Council's September meeting, the SSC indicated that
revised catches reflected the best available data, and were consistent
with the Terms of Reference for Stock Assessment Documents.
The assessment update estimated the unfished spawning stock biomass
to be 25,993 mt (down from the 2007 estimate of 32,561 mt). After a
period of above average recruitments, recent year-class strengths
(1997-2008) have generally been low, with only 4 of the 12 years (1999,
2001, 2006, and 2007) estimated to have produced larger recruitments.
Because of the limited number of years they have been observed, the
strengths of the 2006-2007 year classes are subject to greater
uncertainty. As the larger recruitments from the late 1980s and early
1990s move through the population, the rate of recovery to
BMSY in future projections is estimated to slow. Because the
species has a patchy distribution it is difficult to sample well with
the bottom trawl gear used in the trawl survey.
The base case assessment model explicitly captures parameter
uncertainty in the asymptotic confidence intervals for key parameters
and management quantities. Uncertainty around the base model results is
considered through integration of rebuilding trajectories over two
alternate states of nature corresponding to lower and higher stock-
recruitment steepness, the parameter largely governing productivity and
recent rebuilding trajectory. At the Council's September meeting the
SCC indicated that the canary rockfish stock assessment update
represented the ``best available science,'' and was suitable to use for
Council management decisions. The canary rockfish OFL of 614 mt for
2011 and 622 mt for 2012 was based on the FMSY harvest rate
proxy of F50 as applied to the estimated exploitable
biomass from the 2009 stock assessment update.
[[Page 67818]]
Cowcod (Sebastes Levis)
A stock assessment update was prepared for cowcod in the Southern
California Bight (U.S. waters south of Point Conception--34[deg]27'
north latitude) using an age-structured production model (Stock
Synthesis 2 model). The assumption of an isolated stock is untested,
and no information is available regarding stock structure or dispersal
across the assumed stock boundaries. No new data sources were available
for this update assessment.
Cowcod is a long lived species with a mean generation time
estimated at 38 years. Relative depletion was estimated at 4.5 percent
in 2009 for the base model. The cowcod stock shows a slowly increasing
trend in stock biomass, but given that no new data are available, this
result is little more than a stock projection. Cowcod remain on a
multi-decadal rebuilding timeline. Management actions since 2001, that
include large scale area closures specifically to reduce fishery
interactions with cowcod, have truncated data used in the assessment.
Due to uncertainty in total mortality since no-retention regulations
took effect, recreational and commercial mortalities have been assumed
to be 0.25 metric tons per year, per fishery. A major source of
uncertainty in the assessment was the assumed value of the steepness
parameter in the spawner-recruit relationship. In addition, the
percentage of cowcod in total rockfish landings in years prior to the
1980s is not well understood. At the Council's June 2009 meeting the
SSC indicated that the updated assessment for cowcod represented the
``best available science,'' and was suitable as the basis for Council
management decisions. The 2011 and 2012 cowcod OFL contribution for the
Conception area (south of 36[deg]00' north latitude) was determined
from the 2009 stock assessment update with an FMSY proxy harvest rate
of F50% applied to the estimated exploitable biomass for the assessed
portion of the stock in the Conception area. The OFLs for the Monterey
area were determined using a DB-SRA approach. The OFLs for the
Conception and the Monterey areas were summed to determine an OFL
specification of 13 mt for 2011 and 2012 for the entire stock south of
40[deg]10' north latitude.
Darkblotched Rockfish (Sebastes Crameri)
In 2009, a stock assessment update was prepared for darkblotched
rockfish the U.S. Vancouver, Columbia, Eureka and Monterey areas using
the Stock Synthesis 3.03a model. During the previous assessment cycle,
The SSC indicated that changes to the darkblotched rockfish stock
assessment model in 2007 (same model used for 2009 update) represented
a substantial advancement over previous stock assessments.
The fishing mortality rate on darkblotched rockfish has been
greatly reduced, and darkblotched rockfish appear to be rebuilding
gradually, relatively consistent with previous rebuilding projections.
The point estimate for the depletion of the spawning output at the
start of 2009 is 27.5 percent. In 2009, the biomass (1+ age fish) is
estimated at 12,836 mt, as compared to